Burbank City Council
November 18, 2025

APPENDIX D

BURBANK WATER AND POWER
Electrical Interconnection and Metering Agreement
for Solar Electric Generating Facilities and/or Battery Energy Storage Systems

This Electrical Interconnection Agreement for Net Energy Metering from Solar Electric Generating Facility and/or Battery Energy Storage System (this "Agreement") is made and entered into this day of , 20 , by and between (“Customer”)
and the City of Burbank, through its Burbank Water and Power (BWP), referred to collectively as “Parties” or individually as “Party.”

The Parties agree as follows:

Section 1. Applicability and Definitions
This Agreement provides the requirements for Customer to interconnect and operate Solar Electric Generating Facilities (SEG) (Interconnection Type A) or stand-alone Battery Energy Storage Systems (BESS) (including vehicle -to-grid technology) of up to 1.0 MW (Interconnection Type C) or combination of both SEG and BESS (Interconnection Type B) onsite at a Customers’ premises in parallel with the BWP Distribution System in order to serve a portion or all of the Customer’s electrical loads. The term “BWP Distri bution System” means all electrical wires, wires, equipment, and other facilities owned or provided by BWP other than customer-owned interconnection facilities, by which BWP provides electrical distribution service to its customers, including the Customer. Net Metering is applicable only to customers who satisfy all requirements of the definition of an "Eligible Customer Generator" as set forth in Section 2827 of the California Public Utilities Code on the effective date of this Agreement (such customers that satisfy all such requirements, referred to herein as “Net Metering Customer”). SEG capacity shall be limited to a maximum of 100% of the customer’s consumption for a full twelve -month period immediately prior to the execution of this Agreement. BESS when combined with SEG shall be rated as close to the SEG kW rating as standard battery sizes permit but not to exceed 150% of the SEG kW rating. BESS stand-alone systems size are limited by the rating of utility equipment serving the customer’s premises and will NOT BE PERMITTED TO EXPORT energy to the BWP Distribution System.

Section 2. Description of Solar Electric Generating Facility or Battery Energy Storage System or Both
Customer can elect to interconnect and operate a solar electric generating facility or a battery energy storage system or both located on Customer’s owned, leased or rented premises within the City of Burbank and operate it in parallel with BWP’s electric grid, so long as such interconnection and operation complies with all conditions and requirements set forth in this Agreement. Customer represents and warrants that 1) these facilities are intended primarily to offset all or part of the Customer's own electrical requirements 2) any collocated SEG or BESS within the same campus or parcel utilized by any affiliate or subsidiary company will be treated as part of the definition of the facility for purposes of the NEM agreement and 3) prior to any expansion or addition to the SEG or ATTACHMENT 5
A5-131
423
Appendix D – Electrical and Metering Agreement
for Solar Electric Generating Facilities and/or Battery Energy Storage Systems

BESS, Customer shall obtain BWP’s prior consent. To the extent necessary, BWP may perform engineering studies at the Customer’s expense. In the event that BWP consents to any such expansion or addition, the parties shall amend Section 2 of this agreement.

2.1 The Facility shall consist of photovoltaic electricity-generating modules, a battery energy storage system (if Interconnection Type B or C is selected below), electrical controls, an inverter, automatic disconnect(s), manual disconnect(s) and wiring to connect all of the above to BWP’s electricity distribution system at BWP’s meter.

2.2 Interconnection Type

Please select applicable Interconnection Type

A. Solar Electric Generating Facility Only

B. Solar Electric Generating Facility and Battery Energy Storage System

C. Battery Energy Storage System Only

2.3 Solar Electric Generating System Size (CEC AC kilowatts) kW

2.4 Expected Annual Generation from Solar Generating Facility:
kWh

The most recent 12 months of energy consumption shall be used to determine the proper size of the photovoltaic system which should not exceed customer’s prior 12 months of consumption.

2.5 Battery Energy Storage System Rated Output
kW

2.6 Battery Energy Storage System Rated Capacity:
kWh

2.7 Inverter Manufacturer and Model Number

2.8 Inverter Rating (kWAC) (Total kW where Facility consists of more than one inverter)

2.9 DC Source Rating (kWDC) (Total kW where Facility consists of more than one inverter)

ATTACHMENT 5
A5-132
424
Appendix D – Electrical and Metering Agreement
for Solar Electric Generating Facilities and/or Battery Energy Storage Systems

2.10 Facility Address:

2.11 Customer’s Phone Numbers

Home ( ) Cell ( )

Work ( )

2.12 The Facility expects to begin operation on or about this date:

2.13 Specific location of lockable and utility accessible Inverter, A/C disconnection devices and so forth located conspicuously on the property:

2.14 BWP Utility Account Number:

Section 3. Facility Operation

3.1 Customer shall construct, design, install, operate, and maintain the Facility in a manner consistent with the normal and safe operation of the electrical distribution system owned and operated by BWP and consistent with the terms of this Agreement.

3.2 Customer understands, accepts, and agrees that connection and operation of the Customer’s Facility shall be subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement and in BWP’s Rules and Regulations for Utility Service, as now in effect or as the same may be amended from time to time (the “Rules”). Any conflict between this Agreement and Rules will be governed by the terms of the Rules.

Section 4. Billing and Credits for Net Energy Generation – Interconnection Types A and B

4.1 Customer shall be billed for electrical service and credited for net energy generation, if any, as provided in Section 2827 of the California Public Utilities Code.

4.2 Customer may elect to either receive annual payment from BWP for any net energy generation under the terms and conditions set forth in Assembly Bill 920 of 2009 or Customer may elect for any kWh credit to roll over indefinitely.

Section 5. Interruption or Reduction of Deliveries

5.1 BWP shall not be obligated to accept, and BWP may require Customer to interrupt or reduce, deliveries of energy to BWP:

ATTACHMENT 5
A5-133
425
Appendix D – Electrical and Metering Agreement
for Solar Electric Generating Facilities and/or Battery Energy Storage Systems

(a) when necessary in order to construct, install, maintain, repair, replace, remove, investigate, or inspect any of BWP’s equipment or part of BWP’s Distribution System; or

(b) if BWP determines that curtailment, interruption, or reduction of receipt of energy from Customer’s Facility is necessary because of an emergency, forced outage, Force Majeure, or compliance with prudent electrical practices.

5.2 Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if at any time BWP, in its sole discretion, determines that the Facility may endanger BWP personnel or members of the general public, or that the continued operation of the Facility may impair or otherwise negatively affect the integrity of BWP’s Distribution System, BWP shall have the right to disconnect the Facility from BWP’s Distribution System.

5.3 The Facility shall remain disconnected until such time as BWP is satisfied that the condition(s) referenced in Section 5.2 have been corrected, and BWP shall not be obligated to compensate Customer for any loss of generation or energy during any and all periods of such disconnection.

5.4 Customer SEG, BESS or combination of both, may automatically reconnect its Facility to the BWP Grid after normal power restoration following an outage and/or interruption without notifying BWP, provided that the SEG,BESS or combination of both ensures that these systems are anti-islanding compliant in accordance with the current releases of IEEE 1547, and UL 1741.

BWP reserves the right to require that the Customer’s system does not automatically reconnect if BWP notifies Customer in advance that there is a reasonable possibility that reconnection would pose a safety hazard.

5.5 If BWP has disconnected Service to the Facility or has notified Customer that reconnection may pose a safety hazard, Customer may call BWP at (818) 238 -3582 to request authorization to reconnect the Facility.

Section 6. Interconnection

6.1 Customer shall not connect the Facility, or any portion of it, to BWP’s distribution system, until written approval of the Facility has been given to Customer by BWP.

6.2 Customer shall deliver energy from the Facility to BWP at BWP’s meter located on Customer's premises. (Applicable to Interconnection Types A and B only).

6.3 Customer, and not BWP, shall be solely responsible for all legal, regulatory and financial obligations arising from the construction, installation, design, operation, and maintenance of the Facility in accordance with all applicable laws, regulations, and electrical codes.

6.4 BWP shall own, operate and maintain on Customer’s premises a net revenue meter capable of registering the flow of electricity in two directions. If the existing Customer electrical revenue meter is not capable of measuring the flow of electricity in two directions, BWP shall purchase and install such a meter. (Applicable to Interconnection Types A and B only).

ATTACHMENT 5
A5-134
426
Appendix D – Electrical and Metering Agreement
for Solar Electric Generating Facilities and/or Battery Energy Storage Systems

6.5 BWP shall own, operate and maintain on Customer’s premises a Solar Performance meter capable of measuring power quality and solar output and automatically reporting this information to BWP. The Solar Performance meter panel and meter must be installed prio r to interconnection of the Facility to BWP’s distribution system. (Applicable to Interconnection Types A and B only).

6.6 BWP shall have the right to have its representatives present at the final inspection made by the governmental authority having jurisdiction to inspect and approve the installation of the Facility.

Customer shall notify BWP at least five (5) working days prior to such inspection.

Section 7. Design Requirements

7.1 Customer’s Facility, and all portions of it used to provide or distribute electrical power and parallel interconnection with BWP’s distribution equipment, shall be designed, installed, constructed, operated, and maintained in compliance with this Agreement.

7.2 The Facility shall conform to all applicable safety and performance standards established by the National Electrical Code (NEC), the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE), accredited testing laboratories such as Underwriters Laboratories, and applicable building codes.

7.3 The Facility shall meet the following specific design requirements:

(a) It shall automatically detect and isolate from the BWP source without any intentional delay within five cycles based on the latest revision of IEEE 1547 requirements for overvoltage, undervoltage, overfrequency, underfrequency, and the operation of AC overcurrent relay, circuit breaker, or internal fusing when the AC current is greater than the full load current.

(b) Inverter output distortion shall meet IEEE 519 standards.

(c) In the event of inverter control failure, the DC contactor must return to the normally open condition.
(d) A lockable and accessible disconnect switch acceptable to BWP must be clearly labeled as described in the National Electric Code (NEC) and conspicuously located shall be provided and maintained by Customer. The location of the disconnect switch shall be as described in Section 2.13.
(e) The Facility and subcomponents must be tested for islanding in conformance with current releases of IEEE 1547 and UL 1741 and the test result confirmed in writing by BWP.

(f) The Facility shall be equipped with a lightning surge arrestor, if required by the City's Building Official.

(g) The circuit and breaker feeding the inverter must be clearly identified inside the electrical main or sub-panel as described in the NEC.

ATTACHMENT 5
A5-135
427
Appendix D – Electrical and Metering Agreement
for Solar Electric Generating Facilities and/or Battery Energy Storage Systems

Section 8. Battery Energy Storage System Requirements

The following requirements are applicable to “Battery Energy Storage Systems”.

8.1 Customer must provide one of the following:

(a) Proof that battery storage is designed and built to store energy produced by the solar electric generating facility only. Battery storage system CANNOT be charged by the grid. (Interconnection Type B)

(b) Non-Export Protective device. (Interconnection Type C only)

8.2 Total aggregate Inverter/Battery storage system rating for Facilities with more than one inverter must not exceed 150% of the solar generating system’s CEC-AC kW rating.

8.3 The BESS shall be sized such that the Customer does not exceed its installed service size (Ampere rating).

Section 9. Non-Export Requirements for “Battery Energy Storage Systems Only”

The following requirements are applicable to “Battery Energy Storage Systems Only”.

9.1 A reverse-power protection device must be installed.

9.2 The connected inverter must be certified as non-islanding, and incidental export of power must be limited by the design of the interconnection.

9.3 Inadvertent Export:

Inadvertent export is a situation where the customer’s load drops unexpectedly, and the on-site generation or battery cannot ramp down quickly enough to adjust to the new load. In this situation there may be a few seconds of production that cannot be used on-site because the load is no longer there. In those situations, the ability to deal with inadvertent exports for those few seconds is critical for maintaining the balance of the system. In these situations, the battery system functions as a non-exporting system, but the ability to inadvertently exports in these rare occasions provides the customer with the ability to install systems that help them manage their on-site needs more effectively and potentially reduce the stress on the system.

BWP will permit inadvertent export provided that the export of real power from the small generating facility in any single event for a duration not exceeding 30 seconds and of a magnitude no more than the generating facility’s gross nameplate rating multiplied by 0.1 hours per day over a rolling 30-day period (e.g., for a 100 kVA gross nameplate BESS facility, the maximum energy allowed to be exported for a 30-day period is 300 kWh). Any export of energy under this section will not be credited to the customer’s bill.

ATTACHMENT 5
A5-136
428
Appendix D – Electrical and Metering Agreement
for Solar Electric Generating Facilities and/or Battery Energy Storage Systems

Section 10. Maintenance and Permits

10.1 Customer shall maintain the Facility and interconnection facilities in a safe and prudent manner and in conformance with all applicable laws and regulations including, but not limited to, the design requirements of Section 7 above.

10.2 Customer, at Customer’s sole expense, shall obtain and possess all permits and authorizations in accordance with all applicable laws and regulations for the construction, installation, design, operation and maintenance of the Facility. Customer understands that this Agreement does not constitute a permit to construct or install the Facility and that a permit must be obtained from the Building Division of the City of Burbank.

10.3 Customer shall reimburse BWP for any and all losses, damages, claims, penalties, or liability BWP incurs as a result of Customer’s failure to obtain or maintain any governmental authorizations and permits required for construction and operation of the Customer’s Facility.

10.4 Customer shall submit to BWP any new modification for review and approval, prior to construction.

Section 11. Access to Premises

BWP may enter Customer’s premises without prior notice to inspect, at all reasonable hours, the Facility’s protective devices, to read or test any meter for the Facility, or to disconnect the Facility pursuant to Section 5 of this Agreement.

Section 12. Indemnity and Liability by Customer

Customer shall indemnify and hold the City Of Burbank (“City”), its directors, officers, agents and employees harmless against all loss, damage, expense and liability to third persons for injury to or death of persons or injury to property caused by or arising out of the design, construction, installation ownership, maintenance, or operation of the Generating Facility, provided that Customer’s indemnity obligation shall not apply to any loss, damage, expense or liability caused by or arising out of the sole negligence or willful misconduct of the City or its directors, officers, agents and employees. Customer shall, upon the City’s request, defend any suit asserting a claim covered by this indemnity.

Section 13. Insurance

To the extent that Customer has currently in force all risk property insurance and comprehensive personal or commercial general liability insurance, Customer agrees that it will maintain such insurance in force for the duration of this Agreement. BWP and the City shall have the right to inspect or obtain a copy of the original policy or policies of insurance prior to commencing operation. In the event the solar generating system is greater than 30 kW (CEC AC), such insurance shall, by endorsement to the policy or policies, provide for thirty (30) calendar days written notice to BWP prior to cancellation, termination, alteration, or material change of such insurance.

Section 14. Rates and Billing
ATTACHMENT 5
A5-137
429
Appendix D – Electrical and Metering Agreement
for Solar Electric Generating Facilities and/or Battery Energy Storage Systems

14.1 Customer’s otherwise applicable tariff (Rate Schedule) or “Rate Schedule” means the Rate Schedule in BWP’s published Electric Rules and Regulations that would otherwise apply to Customer from time to time in the absence of this Agreement.

14.2 Customer is responsible for paying all charges in the applicable Rate Schedule including the minimum charge, service charge and demand charge, when applicable, regardless of Customer’s monthly or annual net generation.

14.3 The following are applicable to Interconnection Types A and B only:

a) All rates charged will be in accordance with Customer’s otherwise applicable tariff (Rate Schedule), as in effect from time to time, on a Net Energy Metering basis. “Net Energy Metering” means measuring the difference between the electricity supplied through the electric grid to the Customer and the electricity generated by Customer’s Generating Facility and fed back to the electric grid over the one -month billing period as described in Subsection 14.4 below.

b) The customer will be billed on a monthly basis. The monthly Net Energy Metering calculation shall be made by measuring the difference between the electricity supplied to the Customer and the electricity generated by the Customer and fed back to the grid over a normal one-month billing period. At the end of each one -month billing period following the date of first interconnection, BWP shall determine if Customer was a net consumer or a net producer of electricity. In the event the electricity supplied by BWP during the one-month period exceeds the electricity generated by Customer during the same period, Customer is a net energy consumer.

c) If Customer is a net energy consumer, BWP shall bill Customer for the net energy consumption during such billing period based on the Customer’s otherwise applicable Rate Schedule and Customer shall pay for such net energy consumption monthly in accordance with Customer’s monthly billing statement. If Customer elects, any excess kilowatt-hours generated during the billing cycle and stored in the net meter, shall be carried over to the following billing period indefinitely or until the account is closed.

d) If Customer’s Rate Schedule employs “time of use” rates, any net monthly consumption of electricity shall be calculated according to the terms of the applicable Rate Schedule. When Customer is a net generator during any discrete time of use period, the net ki lowatt hours produced shall be valued at BWP’s electric rate applicable to that specific time period.

e) If Customer’s Rate Schedule employs tiered rates, any net monthly consumption of electricity shall be calculated according to the terms of the Rate Schedule. If Customer is a net generator over a billing period, the net kilowatt-hours generated shall be valued at the cost of power to BWP during that billing period, and if the number of kilowatt -hours generated exceeds the baseline quantity, the excess shall be valued at the same price per kilowatt-hour as BWP would charge for electricity over the baseline quantity during that billing period.

ATTACHMENT 5
A5-138
430
Appendix D – Electrical and Metering Agreement
for Solar Electric Generating Facilities and/or Battery Energy Storage Systems

f) BWP shall provide residential Customers with Solar Performance and Net Energy Metering consumption information on a monthly basis.

g) If Customer terminates service under this Agreement prior to the end of any calendar year period, BWP shall reconcile Customer’s consumption and production of electricity and bill Customer for Net Energy Metering charges, if any, and adjust the excess energy to zero, if any.

Section 15. Governing Law

The laws of the State of California shall govern this Agreement.

Section 16. Amendment, Modifications or Waiver

Any amendments or modifications to this Agreement shall be in writing and agreed to by both Parties.

The failure of any Party at any time or times to require performance of any provision hereof shall in no manner affect the right at a later time to enforce the same. No waiver by any Party of the breach of any term or covenant contained in this Agreement, whether by conduct or otherwise, shall be deemed to be construed as a further or continuing waiver of any such breach or a waiver of the breach of any other term or covenant unless such waiver is in writing.

Section 17. Notices

All written notices shall be directed as follows:

Burbank Water and Power
164 West Magnolia Blvd.

Burbank, California 91502

Customer: Customer's name and address as shown in Section 2.

Customer’s notices to BWP pursuant to this Section must refer to the Facility Identification Number set forth in Section 2.

Section 18. Term of Agreement and Termination

18.1 This Agreement shall be in effect when signed by the Customer and BWP.

18.2 This Agreement shall remain in effect until terminated as provided herein. Upon termination, the Generating Facility shall be permanently disconnected from the BWP distribution system.

18.3 Customer may terminate this Agreement at any time upon providing thirty (30) days prior written notice to BWP.

18.4 BWP may terminate this Agreement for Customer’s breach of any material term. BWP shall give thirty (30) days written notice of such termination to Customer. When necessary to protect the ATTACHMENT 5
A5-139
431
Appendix D – Electrical and Metering Agreement
for Solar Electric Generating Facilities and/or Battery Energy Storage Systems

safety of its employees or the general public, notice of less than thirty days may be given, provided the notice period is reasonable under the circumstances.

Section 19. Assignment Prohibited

This Agreement is personal to Customer and may not be assigned without the written consent of BWP.

Section 20. Understanding

This Agreement contains the entire understanding between the Parties and supersedes all previous communications, representations, understandings, and agreements, either oral or written, between the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof. There are no other promises, terms, conditions, obligations, understandings, or agreements either written or oral between the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof. Any amendment, alteration or modification to this Agreement shall be in writing and approved by both Parties.

Section 21. Successors and Assigns

This Agreement is and shall be binding on all successors and assigns of each of the Parties hereto without the necessity of any further documentation.

Section 22. Limitation on Liability

CUSTOMER HEREBY ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE CITY OF BURBANK (INCLUDING ANY OF ITS DEPARTMENTS, EMPLOYEES, OFFICERS OR AGENTS) SHALL

NOT BE LIABLE TO CUSTOMER FOR COSTS OF PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOST PROFITS; LOST SALES OR BUSINESS EXPENDITURES; INVESTMENTS; COMMITMENTS IN CONNECTION WITH ANY BUSINESS; LOSS OF ANY

GOODWILL, OR FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL

DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT, HOWEVER CAUSED, ON

ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, AND WHETHER OR NOT THE CITY OF BURBANK HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.

Customer Burbank Water and Power

Signature Signature

Print Name Print Name

Title Title
ATTACHMENT 5
A5-140
432

APPENDIX E

INTERCONNECTION AGREEMENT

Dated as of
[Insert date]

by and between
The City of Burbank,
through its Burbank Water and Power
And
Insert Customer Name
(Must be same as billing name)
ATTACHMENT 5
A5-141
433
Appendix E – Interconnection Agreement – May 2016 Page 1 of 51 Table of Contents

1.0 Scope and Purpose............................................................................................................... 2

2.0 Summary and Description of Customer’s Generating Facility ............................................ 2

3.0 Documents Included ............................................................................................................ 3

4.0 Term and Termination ......................................................................................................... 4

5.0 Contacts and Notice ............................................................................................................. 6

6.0 Acknowledgments, Representations, and Warranties .......................................................... 7

7.0 Definitions ........................................................................................................................... 9

8.0 Design, Procurement, Construction, Testing, and Inspection ............................................ 13

9.0 Forecasting and Scheduling ............................................................................................... 14

10.0 Operational Outages .......................................................................................................... 15

11.0 Monitoring and Metering .................................................................................................. 15

12.0 Access ............................................................................................................................... 15

13.0 Operations and Maintenance ............................................................................................. 16

14.0 Sales and Compensation for Energy .................................................................................. 16

15.0 Standby Services and Billing ............................................................................................. 17

16.0 Harmonics ......................................................................................................................... 17

17.0 Reliability .......................................................................................................................... 17

18.0 Reverse Power Flows ........................................................................................................ 18

19.0 Generating Facility Design and Operating Requirements ................................................. 18

20.0 General Interconnection and Protective Function Requirements ....................................... 19

21.0 Protective Functions Required........................................................................................... 19

22.0 Suitable Equipment Required ............................................................................................ 20

23.0 Visible Disconnect Required ............................................................................................. 20

24.0 Drawings Required ............................................................................................................ 21

25.0 Prevention of Interference ................................................................................................. 21

26.0 Inverter and Grid Interconnect .......................................................................................... 26

27.0 Indemnity and Liability ..................................................................................................... 36

28.0 Insurance ........................................................................................................................... 36

29.0 Governing Law .................................................................................................................. 36

30.0 Amendment ....................................................................................................................... 36

31.0 Assignment Prohibited; Successors and Assigns ............................................................... 36

32.0 Entire Agreement .............................................................................................................. 37

33.0 Review of Records and Data ............................................................................................. 37

34.0 Force Majeure ................................................................................................................... 38

35.0 General .............................................................................................................................. 38 Appendix A .................................................................................................................................... 40 Appendix B .................................................................................................................................... 41 Appendix C ................................................................................................................................... 43 Appendix D ................................................................................................................................... 49 Appendix E .................................................................................................................................... 50 Appendix F .................................................................................................................................... 51 ATTACHMENT 5
A5-142
434
Appendix E – Interconnection Agreement – May 2016 Page 2 of 51

INTERCONNECTIONAGREEMENT
This Interconnection Agreement, dated as of [Insert Date] (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, this “Agreement” is entered into by and between The City of Burbank, through its Burbank Water and Power (“BWP”) and [ Company] (“Customer”).

Customer and BWP are sometimes also referred to in this Agreement collectively as “Parties” or individually as “Party.” In consideration of the mutual promises and obligations stated in this Agreement and its attachments, the Parties agree as follows:

1.0 Scope and Purpose
This Agreement provides for Customer to interconnect and operate the Generating Facilities in parallel with BWP Distribution System to serve a portion of the electrical loads at the location identified in Section 2. The Generation Facilities are made up solely of one or more Renewable Electrical Generation Facility/ies, that is (a) located on the customer's owned, leased, or rented premises, (b) designed such that it will have (i) a fuel cell as part of the Renewable Electric Generation Facility(ies) or (ii) a total capacity of more than fiveone megawatts (CEC- AC)
(c) interconnected and operates in parallel with the electrical grid, and (d) intended primarily to offset part of the customer's own electrical requirements. This Agreement does not constitute an agreement by BWP to provide retail electrical service to Customer. Such arrangements must be made separately between BWP and Customer. This Agreement is contingent on Customer receiving electrical service from BWP.

2.0 Summary and Description of Customer’s Generating Facility

A description of the Generating Facilities, including a summary of its significant components, a plot plan and a single-line diagram (the “Design Documents”) showing the general arrangement of how Customer’s Generating Facilities and loads are interconnected with BWP’s Distribution System is set forth on Appendix A to this Agreement. Customer shall not cause or permit the Project to have any changes or deviations from the Design Documents or description below without the prior written approval by BWP.

The Project shall consist of [#] Generating Facilities, as described below (including name and address used by BWP to locate such Generating Facilities and Point of Common Coupling (PCC):
“Generating Facility 1” shall be: [Facility Description including the type of Renewable Electrical Generation Facility]

The Gross Nameplate Rating of Generating Facility 1 is kW.

The Net Nameplate Rating of Generating Facility 1 is kW.

The Minimum load at Generating Facility 1 is expected to be kW.

The annual energy production of Generating Facility 1 is expected to be kWh.

Generating Facility 1 is expected to achieve Commercial Operation on [insert date].

Street Address
City
Zip Code
Cross Streets

ATTACHMENT 5
A5-143
435
Appendix E – Interconnection Agreement – May 2016 Page 3 of 51 “Generating Facility 2” shall be: [Facility Description including the type of Renewable Electrical Generation Facility]

The Gross Nameplate Rating of Generating Facility 2 is kW.

The Net Nameplate Rating of Generating Facility 2 is kW.

The Minimum load at Generating Facility 2 is expected to be kW.

The annual energy production of Generating Facility 2 is expected to be kWh.

Generating Facility 2 is expected to achieve Commercial Operation on [insert date].

If more than two Generation Facilities will be installed, please include additional sheets.

The expected date of Commercial Operation (“Scheduled Commercial Operation Date”) for each Generating Facility listed above shall be no later than two years of the date of this Agreement; provided, however, if BWP fails to approve, request modifications or otherwise comment on the Design Documents within 30 days of submission of such documents, then the Scheduled Commercial Operation Date shall be extended by one day for each day of delay after such 30 day period.

3.0 Documents Included

This Agreement includes the following Appendices, which are specifically incorporated herein and made a part of this Agreement.

Appendix A - Description of G en er at i n g Facility, the site (“Customer’s site”), plot and site development plans showing generators, disconnects, metering equipment locations and BWP access to generator, disconnect and meter locations, control and protection schematic, manufacturer’s datasheets and maintenance requirements for protective equipment, single-line diagrams, and any additional information required by BWP. (Design Documents)

As of the date of this Agreement, Customer represents and warrants that the Design Documents initially attached hereto reflect the most current and accurate Design Documents, prepared and submitted in accordance with Good Utility Practices. Prior to the commencement of Construction, Customer shall submit, in writing, a revised set of Design Documents for BWP’s review and approval. Within thirty (30) days following delivery of the revised set of Design Documents, BWP shall either (a) notify Customer that the Design Documents, as revised, are approved, or (b) request reasonable revisions for submission and further review by BWP. Upon BWP’s approval, the Parties shall execute a mutual written agreement for such revised Design Documents to replace the Design Documents attached as of the date hereof.

Appendix B – Fuel Cell Prequalification Requirements, detailed requirements for prequalifying a Fuel Cell before interconnecting with the BWP’s Distribution System.

Appendix C - Customer Certification of Biomethane (RPS Guidebook), Submittal and BWP approval of the precertification is required prior to interconnection.

Street Address
City
Zip Code
Cross Streets

ATTACHMENT 5
A5-144
436
Appendix E – Interconnection Agreement – May 2016 Page 4 of 51 Appendix D – Additional Metering and Telemetering Requirements and Material List with estimated equipment costs. This will be developed based on the submitted Customer Design Documents and dependent on the type of Generation installed and any specific site restrictions.

Appendix E – Annual Certification of Biomethane Compliance (RPS Guidebook), Verification of continued compliance is a requirement of this agreement.

Appendix F – Authorization to Interconnect and Form of Permission to Operate.

4.0 Term and Termination

4.1 This Agreement shall be effective upon the date it is fully executed and shall remain in effect until twenty (20) years from the Commercial Operation Date. If the Customer desires to extend this Agreement beyond the then existing term, it may deliver written notice requesting an extension for an additional year to commence at the end of the then existing term. This Agreement shall be extended for an additional year pursuant to such request if BWP agrees, in its sole discretion, to such extension in writing.

If the Customer has not achieved Commercial Operation of a Generating Facility by the Scheduled Commercial Operation Date, this Agreement shall automatically terminate without obligation by either Party.

Any Generating Facility that has not achieved Commercial Operation by the Scheduled Commercial Operation Date shall no longer qualify for interconnection under this Agreement.

This Agreement may be terminated earlier upon the occurrence of any one of the following events:

(a) The Parties mutually agree in writing to terminate the Agreement;

(b) Unless otherwise agreed in writing by the Parties, at 12:01 A.M. on the day following the date the Customer electric service account through which the Project is interconnected to BWP’s Distribution System is closed or terminated;
(c) The Generation Facilities are no longer being owned or operated by Customer; or

(d) At 12:01 A.M. on the 61st day after Customer or BWP provides written Notice to the other Party of Customer’s or BWP’s intent to terminate this Agreement, subject to the provisions of Section 4.2 and Section 4.3, respectively.

(e) A Generation Facility that no longer meets the definition of Renewable Electrical Generation Facility or no longer meets the requirements of Appendix B and C for qualifying renewable fuels (a “Disqualified Generation Facility”) and Customer fails to disconnect such Disqualified Facility within five (5) business day of notice that such Generation Facility is a Disqualified Generation Facility (a “Disqualification Notice”), then this Agreement will terminate immediately. If BWP determines that (a) Customer failed to provide evidence in a timely manner, (b) Customer provided insufficient evidence that its Generating Facility continues to meet the Eligibility Requirements or ATTACHMENT 5
A5-145
437
Appendix E – Interconnection Agreement – May 2016 Page 5 of 51 (c) the evidence provided fails to support Customer’s representation that the Generating Facility satisfies the Eligibility Requirements, this Agreement will be terminated if Customer fails to disconnect such Disqualified Facility within five (5) business days of receipt of a Disqualification Notice. Any Disqualification Notice shall contain reasons for disqualification. Notwithstanding any termination of this Agreement, BWP will not unreasonably condition, withhold, delay or deny any request by Customer to remedy the underlying cause of the termination.

4.2 Customer may elect to terminate this Agreement pursuant to the terms of Section 4.1(d) for any reason.

4.3 BWP may elect to terminate this Agreement pursuant to the terms of Section 4.1(d) for one or more of the following reasons:

(a) A change in any local, state or federal law, statute or regulation, either of which materially alters or otherwise affects BWP’s ability or obligation to perform BWP’s duties under this Agreement (a “Material Impact”); provided, that BWP and Customer shall use reasonable efforts to attempt to comply with such Material Impact; provided, further, that BWP shall not be required to incur material costs, fees, expenses or obligations to comply with such Material Impact. BWP will work with the Customer to amend this Agreement due to changes in laws, statutes or regulations in 4.3a as reasonable and applicable to bring this Agreement in compliance with applicable changes to laws, statutes or regulation.

(b) Unless otherwise agreed in writing by the Parties, Customer fails to take all corrective actions reasonably specified in BWP’s Notice that any of Customer’s Generating Facilities are out of compliance with the terms of this Agreement within the time frame set forth in such Notice which time frame shall, in any event, be no less than 60 days; provided, however, that such failure shall not result in any such right of termination if the nature of such failure, and within such 60-day period Customer undertakes such corrective actions and thereafter diligently prosecutes such correction action to completion and such correction takes no longer than [180] days from the date of such notice unless otherwise approved in writing by BWP.

(c) Customer is in default of any of the terms and conditions of this Agreement and such default is not cured within sixty (60) days following Customer’s receipt of written Notice from BWP of such default; provided, however, that Customer shall not be in default if the nature of such default is such that more than 60 days are reasonably required to correct such default, and within such 60-day period Customer undertakes such cure and thereafter diligently prosecutes such cure to completion and such correction takes no longer than 180 days from the date of such notice unless otherwise approved in writing by BWP; or

(d) Customer abandons the Generating Facility. BWP shall deem a Generating Facility to be abandoned if BWP determines, in its reasonable discretion, such Generating Facility is non- operational and Customer does not provide a substantive response to BWP’s Notice of its intent to terminate this Agreement as a result of Customer’s apparent abandonment of such Generating Facility affirming Customer’s intent and ability to continue to operate such Generating Facility.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Customer shall be deemed not to have abandoned any Generating Facility during any period in which such Generating Facility is non -operational as a result of the maintenance, replacement or other corrective activity of all or any portion thereof.

ATTACHMENT 5
A5-146
438
Appendix E – Interconnection Agreement – May 2016 Page 6 of 51

4.4 Any agreements attached to and incorporated into this Agreement shall terminate concurrently with this Agreement unless the Parties have agreed otherwise in writing.

Upon the termination of this Agreement, Customer (a) agrees that it shall, at its own cost and expense, permanently disconnect the Project to the reasonable satisfaction of BWP and shall not thereafter operate any of the Generating Facilities without BWP’s written approval, (b) Customer shall remain liable for any amounts owed to BWP prior to the termination of this Agreement and (c) Customer shall reimburse BWP for any costs and expenses incurred after the date of termination to the extent that such costs and expenses relate to the actions taken by BWP to disconnect the Project or otherwise in relation to the Project to ensure the reliability and safety of the BWP electrical system.

5.0 Contacts and Notice

The Administrative Contact information for BWP is: Burbank Water and Power:

Attention: Key Account Manager 164 W. Magnolia Blvd.

Burbank, CA 91502-1720
Phone: (818) 238-3706
FAX: (818) 238-3715

The Administrative Contact information for Customer is:

The Operational Contact information for BWP is: BWP Energy Control Center Phone: (818) 238-3750

The Operational Contact information for Customer is:

Either Party may designate a new Official and/or Operating Representative by giving reasonable written Notice to the other Party.

Any written notice, demand, or request required or authorized in connection with this Agreement (“Notice”) may be delivered in person, sent by reputable nationally recognized overnight delivery service (such as Federal Express or UPS) or sent by certified mail, postage prepaid, to the person specified below:

Customer Name:

Contact Person:

Customer Address:

Customer City, State, Zip:

Customer Phone:

Customer Fax:

Customer Name:

Contact Person:

ATTACHMENT 5
A5-147
439
Appendix E – Interconnection Agreement – May 2016 Page 7 of 51 If to BWP:

Burbank Water and Power: Attention: Key Account Manager 164 W. Magnolia Blvd.

Burbank, CA 91502-1720
Phone: (818) 238-3706
FAX: (818) 238-3715

If to Customer:

Any Notice shall be deemed given upon actual delivery as required above or upon any earlier refusal by any addressee to accept delivery. A Party may change its address for Notices at any time by providing the other Party Notice of the change in accordance with Section 5.0.

6.0 Acknowledgments, Representations, and Warranties
Customer acknowledges that Customer is subject to the Rules and Regulations (as defined below), including, but not limited to the Rules and Regulations Governing Electric Service as stated in the Rules and Regulations for Utility Service (“Rules and Regulations”), which Customer has agreed to by the virtue of being connected to the BWP system and that its obligations under this Agreement are further subject to the Rules and Regulations. BWP reserves the right to update these Rules and Regulations as needed and Customer agrees to comply with the updated Rules and Regulations and in the event of any conflict with the Rules and Regulations, this Agreement shall prevail.

Customer acknowledges that it is the responsibility of Customer to review the most current Rules and Regulations in effect at any time.

Customer represents and warrants that (a) the “Generation Facilities” are the only electrical generation facilities owned, leased or otherwise operated by Customer on Customer’s site and (b) the Generation Facilities meet the requirements for Renewable Electrical Generation Facility.

If a Generating Facility consists of one or more fuel cells, Customer represents, warrants and covenants that with respect to such Generating Facility:

(1) each such fuel cell:

(a) meets the requirements of an Renewable Electrical Generation Facility, (b) would satisfy the requirements of the renewable resource for the Renewable Electrical Generation Facility in the versions of the California Energy Commission’s Renewables Portfolio Standard Eligibility Guidebook (“Eligibility Guidebook”) and the Overall Customer Name:

Attention:

Address:

City:

State:

Zip Code:

Phone:

Fax:

ATTACHMENT 5
A5-148
440
Appendix E – Interconnection Agreement – May 2016 Page 8 of 51 Program Guidebook (“Eligibility Requirements”) in place on the date of this agreement and
(c) uses renewable energy resources eligible to qualify under the State of California’s Renewables Portfolio Standard (“RPS-eligible renewable energy resource”);

(2) if such fuel cell delivers biomethane through a dedicated pipeline, such pipeline satisfies the requirements set forth in Section II.C.1 of the Eligibility Guidebook; and,

(3) if such fuel cell delivers biomethane through a common carrier, that:
(a) each biomethane source meets one of the criteria set forth in Section II.C.2.a (3) of the Eligibility Guidebook,
(b) the delivery of biomethane through a common carrier pipeline meets the requirements set forth in Section II.C.2.b and,
(c) for each biomethane source, the capture and injection of biomethane into a common carrier pipeline directly result in at least one of the environmental benefits described in Section II.C.2.c of the Eligibility Guidebook.

Customer acknowledges, covenants and agrees that if, during the term of this Agreement, any of the documents submitted to BWP is no longer true, correct and complete, including, but not limited to any changes to the approved biomethane pipeline carrier, supplier, storage facility, or delivery entities or if additional entities have been contracted, the Customer shall deliver corresponding attestations from Appendix C to BWP and approved by BWP. Customer acknowledges and agrees that failure to submit the documents described in the foregoing sentence within 90 days of an event that makes such documents no longer true, correct and complete with respect to a Generating Facility, such Generation Facility shall be deemed to be out of compliance with this Agreement.

Customer represents, warrants and covenants that, beginning on the date of Initial Operation and continuing throughout the term of this Agreement, all of the Generating Facilities shall continue to meet the Eligibility Requirements at all times. If any Gen erating Facility ceases to meet the Eligibility Requirements, Customer agrees that it shall promptly provide BWP with Notice of such change pursuant this Agreement. If, at any time during the term of this Agreement, BWP determines, at its reasonable discretion, that the Project or any Generating Facility, or any portion thereof, no longer meets the Eligibility Requirements, BWP may require Customer to provide evidence, that such Generating Facility continues to meet the Eligibility Requirements, within 20 business days of BWP’s request for such evidence.

BWP may periodically inspect any of Customer’s Generating Facility and/or require documentation from Customer to monitor and verify such Generating Facility’s compliance with the Eligibility Requirements; provided that BWP will provide a minimum of 10 busi ness days’ notice to the Customer prior to such inspection. If BWP determines, in its discretion, that (a) Customer failed to provide documentation required under this Agreement in a timely manner, (b) Customer provided insufficient evidence that a Generating Facility continues to meet the ATTACHMENT 5
A5-149
441
Appendix E – Interconnection Agreement – May 2016 Page 9 of 51 Eligibility Requirements or (c) the evidence provided fails to support Customer’s representation that a Generating Facility satisfies the Eligibility Requirements, then such Generating Facility shall be deemed to be a Disqualified Generating Facility. In the event that BWP delivers a Disqualification Notice to Customer, Customer shall disconnect the Disqualified Generating Facility within five (5) business days of such notice. If Customer fails t o disconnect the Disqualified Generating Facility within five (5) business days, BWP may disconnect the Disqualified Generating Facility, and, in its sole discretion, terminate this Agreement. Followi ng any disconnection as provided in this paragraph, BWP will not unreasonably condition, withhold, delay or deny reconnection.

At no period of time for any portion of generation shall non-qualifying fuels be used for the output for any of the Generating Facilities. Any and all Fuel purchases related to any of the Generating Facilities must be qualifying fuels under this Agreement.

Customer will be charged per section 14.0 for any periods that fuel cell generation was operating with non-eligible fuels.

The Generating Facility consisting of a fuel cell which does not meet the Eligibility Requirements may not be interconnected and shall be disconnected if already interconnected. Customer will only interconnect generation facilities as described in Section 2.0. This Agreement applies to the total generation facilities on the Customer site and supersedes any prior interconnection agreement.

Customer shall not interconnect any generation not covered by this Agreement.

7.0 Definitions

The following terms, when used herein, shall have the meanings specified below:

24/7/365: At any time, including twenty-four hours a day, seven days a week and three -hundred sixty-five days a year or 366 days a year during a leap year.

Commercial Operation: When a Generating Facility has commenced generating electricity, excluding electricity during the period in which Customer is engaged in on -site testing and commissioning of the Generating Facility, and such Generating Facility is Interconnected.

Commercial Operation Date: The date on which a Generating Facility commences Commercial Operation in accordance with this Agreement.

Customer: The term is defined in the preamble.

Design Documents: The term is defined in Section 2.0.

Distribution System: All electrical wires, equipment, and other facilities owned or provided by BWP other than Interconnection Facilities, by which BWP provides Distribution Service to its customers, including the Customer.

ATTACHMENT 5
A5-150
442
Appendix E – Interconnection Agreement – May 2016 Page 10 of 51 Emergency: Whenever in BWP’s discretion an Unsafe Operating Condition or other hazardous condition exists or whenever access is necessary for service restoration, and such immediate action is necessary to protect persons, BWP’s facilities (including any other non-electrical facilities) or property of others from damage or interference caused by Interconnection Customer’s Project (both generating and non -generating), or the failure of protective device to operate properly, or a malfunction of any electrical system equipment or a component part thereof.

Fee Schedule: The most current fee schedule as adopted by the City Council of the City of Burbank.

Generating Facility: The term “Generating Facility” shall mean, individually, any of the generating facilities defined in Section 2.0, including all Generators, electrical wires, equipment, and other facilities, excluding Interconnection Facilities, owned or provided by Customer for the purpose of producing electric power, including storage. The term “Generating Facilities” shall mean, collectively, all of the Generating Facilities.

Generator: A device converting mechanical, chemical, thermal, photonic, or other energy into electrical AC energy, including all of its protective and control functions and structural appurtenances. One or more Generators comprise a Generating Facility.

Good Utility Practice/s: Those practices, and methods as changed from time to time, that are commonly used in prudent electrical engineering and operations to design, construct, operate, maintain and repair electric equipment, together with all ancillary equipment and components, lawfully and with safety, dependability, efficiency, and economy.

Gross Rating; Gross Nameplate Rating: The total gross generating capacity of a Generator or a Generating Facility as designated by the manufacturer(s) of the Generator(s).

Interconnection; Interconnected: The physical connection of a Generating Facility in accordance with the requirements of this Agreement so that Parallel Operation with BWP’s Distribution System can occur (has occurred).

Interconnection Facilities: The electrical wires, switches, and related equipment that are required in addition to the facilities required to provide electric Distribution Service to Customer to allow Interconnection. Interconnection Facilities may be located on either side of the Point of Common Coupling as appropriate to their purpose and design. Interconnection Facilities may be integral to a Generating Facility or provided separately. Interconnection Facilities may be owned by either Customer or BWP.

Island; Islanding: A condition on BWP’s Distribution System in which one or more Generating Facilities deliver power to Customers using a portion of BWP’s Distribution System that is electrically isolated from the remainder of BWP’s Distribution System. A condition where all or part BWP’s Distribution System separates from the remainder of the grid and operates with embedded generation.

Metering: The measurement of electrical power in kilowatts (kW) and/or energy in kilowatt- hours (kWh), and if necessary, reactive power in kVAR at a point, and its display to BWP.

ATTACHMENT 5
A5-151
443
Appendix E – Interconnection Agreement – May 2016 Page 11 of 51 Metering Equipment: All equipment, hardware, software including meter cabinets, conduit, etc., that are necessary for Metering.

Minimum: As used in Minimum Load means the least amount of Customer demand at any one time from Customer end-use devices.

Generation Output Metering: Metering of the net electrical power output in kW or energy in kWh, from a given Generating Facility or parts thereof. This may also be the measurement of the difference between the total electrical energy produced by a Generator and the electrical energy consumed by the auxiliary equipment necessary to operate the Generator.

Net Nameplate Rating: The net nameplate rating shall be calculated using the CEC -AC Nameplate Calculation as f ol l ow s :

Technology CEC-AC Nameplate Calculation
Solar PV (Qty of Modules) x (PTC Rating) x (Inverter
Efficiency %) / 1000 = kW
Wind (Qty of Turbines) x (Power Output) x (Inverter
Efficiency %) / 1000 = kW
Fuel Cell (Qty of Cells) x (Rated Output) x (Inverter
Efficiency %) / 1000 = kW
Non-Emergency: Conditions or situations including but not limited to meter reading, inspection, testing, routine repairs, replacement, and maintenance.

Notice: The term is defined in Section 5.0.

Parallel Operation: The simultaneous operation of a Generator with power delivered by BWP while Interconnected. Parallel Operation includes only those Generating Facilities that are Interconnected with BWP’s Distribution System for more than 60 cycles (one second).

Periodic Test: A test performed on part or all of a Generating Facility/Interconnection Facilities at pre-determined times or operational intervals to achieve one or more of the following: 1) verify specific aspects of its performance; 2) calibrate instrumentation; and/or 3) verify and re-establish instrument or Protective Function set-points.

Point of Common Coupling (PCC): A transfer point for electricity between the electrical conductors of BWP and the electrical conductors of Customer or at Customer metered bounds as designated in the plot plan and single line diagram attached in Appendix A.

Point of Interconnection: The point where the Interconnection Facilities connect with BWP’s Distribution System.

Project: All Generating Facilities and Interconnection Facilities on the Customer’s site, including all ancillary facilities.

Protective Equipment: The equipment, hardware and/or software (whether discrete or integrated with other functions) whose purpose is to protect against Unsafe Operating Condition.

ATTACHMENT 5
A5-152
444
Appendix E – Interconnection Agreement – May 2016 Page 12 of 51 Protective Function(s): The actions of the protective equipment.

Renewable Electrical Generation Facility: means a facility that generates electricity from a renewable source listed in paragraph (1) of subdivision (b) of Section 25741 of the Public Resources Code. A small hydroelectric generation facility is not an eligible renewable electrical generation facility if it will cause an adverse impact on instream beneficial uses or cause a change in the volume or timing of streamflow.

Rules and Regulations: The Rules and Regulations of BWP, as published and found at BWP’s website, as such Rules and Regulations may be amended, modified, supplemented or replaced.

Short Circuit Contribution Ratio (SCCR): The ratio of a Generating Facility’s short circuit contribution to the short circuit contribution provided through BWP’s Distribution System for a three-phase fault at the distribution equipment connecting the Generating Facility to BWP’s Distribution System.

Single Line Diagram; Single Line Drawing: A schematic drawing, showing the major electric switchgear, Protective Function devices (including relays, current transformer and potential transformer configurations/wiring in addition to circuit breakers/fuses), wires, generators, transformers, meters and other devices, providing relevant details to communicate to a qualified engineer the essential design and safety of the system being considered.

Standby Service: Each of the services described in Schedule S (Standby Service) and set forth in the Fee Schedule.

System Integrity: The condition under which BWP’s System is deemed safe and can reliably perform its intended functions in accordance with the safety and reliability rules of BWP.

Telemetering: The electrical or electronic transmittal of Metering data on a real -time basis to BWP.

Transfer Trip: A Protective Function that trips a Generating Facility remotely by means of an automated communications link controlled by BWP.

Unintended Island: The creation of an Island, usually following a loss of a portion of BWP’s Distribution System, without the approval of BWP.

Unsafe Operating Conditions: Conditions that, if left uncorrected, could result in harm to personnel or to the public, damage to equipment, loss of System Integrity or operation outside pre- established parameters required by this Agreement.

ATTACHMENT 5
A5-153
445
Appendix E – Interconnection Agreement – May 2016 Page 13 of 51

8.0 Design, Permitting, Procurement, Construction, Testing, and Inspection

Customer shall design, procure and construct the Project using Good Utility Practices and shall obtain all necessary permits in connection therewith. Customer shall not undertake any action which is inconsistent with standard safety practices, material and equipment specifications, design criteria and applicable laws and regulations.

Customer shall obtain and possess all permits and authorizations in accordance with all applicable laws and regulations for the construction, installation, design, operation, and maintenance of the generating facility. All reviews, approvals, and permits required by the City must be obtained through the City for the proposed generation prior to any Interconnection of Generations Facilities.

Customer shall commence construction of the Generating Facilities only after receiving approval from BWP of the revised Design Documents in accordance with Section 3.0. Within 120 days after the Commercial Operation Date, Customer shall deliver to BWP the final drawings of the installed Generating Facilities (“as-built”) together with all related information and documents, including such appropriate drawings and diagrams as are customarily provided under Good Utility Practice and applicable laws and regulations. BWP’s review of the final specifications shall not be construed as confirming, endorsing or otherwise approving the as -built drawings and related documentation. Customer shall make any corrections to the Project if BWP identifies any inconsistencies between the as-built drawings and the approved Design Documents unless approved by BWP in writing.

Prior to the Commercial Operation Date of any Generating Facility, Customer shall test the Generating Facility to ensure its safe and reliable operation and provide written certification to BWP that the Generating Facility complies with the terms of this A greement. BWP reserves the right to test the Customer’s equipment prior to approving the connection to BWP’s system. BWP may request Customer to make modifications to its facilities that are found necessary as a result of such testing in order for such facilities to comply with the terms of this Agreement. Customer shall bear the cost of all such testing and modifications. BWP will provide written permission to complete the interconnection after it determines that all requirements respecting the Generating Facility as set forth in this Agreement have been me t and can be accomplished without hazard to the public, personnel or the BWP System. Following successful completion of the testing and inspection, written permission to operate will be granted immediately and signed -off on site. A form of Permission to Operate Letter is attached to this Agreement as Appendix F. If the testing and inspection is unsuccessful, within thirty (30) days following a written request by Customer, BWP shall deliver written notification to Customer specifyin g in reasonable detail the conditions that caused the testing and inspection to be unsuccessful and requesting Customer to correct the conditions specified in the notification. Customer shall make all necessary modifications to correct the conditions specified in BWP’s notification and all modifications are subject to inspection and approval, as above.

Customer shall generate test energy in parallel with the BWP system at a Generating Facility only if it has arranged for the delivery of such test energy.

ATTACHMENT 5
A5-154
446
Appendix E – Interconnection Agreement – May 2016 Page 14 of 51 Customer shall notify, in writing, BWP’s Operating Contact at least fourteen (14) days prior to:

i. The initial on Customer site testing of Protective Apparatus; and,

ii. The initial parallel operation of the Generators with BWP’s electrical system.

BWP shall have the right to have a representative present at each event at the Customer’s sole but reasonable expense.

BWP shall conduct all such testing and inspections, and otherwise perform all of the activities which BWP is authorized and required to engage in, pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, within a reasonable time frame not to exceed the fourteen (14) day n otice period provided in paragraphs 8.0(i) and (ii), following receipt of request from Customer. Upon Customer’s written request BWP will deliver to Customer a schedule of current customer billable rates to be charged by BWP for its representatives. If a G eneration Facility fails to meet all such testing and inspections, Customer shall make all such necessary modifications and may submit another request for such Generation Facility to be tested and inspected.

If the Generating Facility includes a fuel cell, at least thirty days prior to the Commercial Operation Date (but in no event, more than 90 days prior to the Commercial Operation Date), Customer shall meet the requirements of Appendix B and C and certify and deliver to BWP a copy of all the documents set forth in Appendix C. Such a Generating Facility shall not be interconnected if, in the reasonable determination of BWP, Customer has failed to provide the adequate documentation in Appendix B.

Prior to the completion of the 6th year of operation following BWPs issuance of the permission to operate, but no earlier than 6 months before the completion of the 6th year of operation, and every 6 years thereafter, Customer shall test all interconnected inverters operating at the site subject to the testing requirements of this section. Customer shall maintain the testing results and documentation for the life of the facility and shall produce them to BWP when requested.

Interconnected inve rters shall be replaced, subject to BWP review and approval per the requirements of this agreement, if the inverter lifespan is exceeded and if it fails testing as required in this section.

9.0 Forecasting and Scheduling
Customer shall provide BWP’s Operational Contact with a schedule of planned operation for each Generating Facility at least a week in advance with any periods of non-operation indicated on the schedule. Changes to the schedule for any reason will be communicated to BWP’s Operational Contact at the first opportunity.

ATTACHMENT 5
A5-155
447
Appendix E – Interconnection Agreement – May 2016 Page 15 of 51

10.0 Operational Outages

Customer will inform BWP at its first opportunity should an equipment outage (either planned or unplanned) occur in any of the Generating Facilities. If BWP determines that curtailment or interruption of a Generation Facility is necessary because of an Emergency, forced outage, Force Majeure or in compliance with Good Utility Practice, Customer shall curtail or interrupt such Generation Facility in accordance with BWP’s direction. Notwithstanding any other provision in this Agreement, if at any time BWP, in its sole and absolute discretion, determines that a Generating Facility or any of its ancillary facilities, may endanger BWP personnel or the members of the general public, or that continued operation of such Generating Facility may impair the System Integrity, (a)BWP shall have the right to disconnect and lock-out such Generating Facility or both Generating Facilities from BWP’s Distribution System and (b) such Generating Facility or both Generating Facilities shall remain disconnected and locked-out until such time as BWP is satisfied that the conditions described above have been corrected and BWP shall not be obligated to compensate Customer for any loss of use of generation or energy during any and all periods of disconnection. If BWP has disconnected a Generating Facility, Customer shall obtain BWP’s prior authorization before attempting to reconnect such Generating Facility.

11.0 Monitoring and Metering

Customer will install hardware and software to support Customer’s operational needs. In addition Customer will allow to be installed both retail revenue and performance metering and telemetering equipment. BWP will install metering equipment at the Customer switchgear, and other locations BWP reasonably deems necessary under the BWP Rules and Regulations and this Agreement to support BWP needs at Customer’s reasonable expense.

BWP’s meters will provide the information that BWP requires for safe operation of the grid and for billing Customer. Customer will provide facility access and support for the installation, inspection, calibration and repair of the metering and telemetry sy stems installed by BWP at Customer’s reasonable expense.

Please see Appendix D for BWP required meters and telemetering equipment.

12.0 Access
Customer will provide, at no cost to BWP, all rights of use, licenses, and rights of way as may be reasonably required for BWP to access the Generating Facilities and Interconnection Facilities (with the exception of the prime mover) for inspections, to perform or witness testing, or to perform or witness maintenance 24/7/365. Additionally, Customer shall provide BWP with a 24/7/365 direct contact in case any problems arise in meeting this access requirement. BWP has the right to drop any of Customer’s Generating Facilities from the remote substation if access is unreasonably delayed or denied.

ATTACHMENT 5
A5-156
448
Appendix E – Interconnection Agreement – May 2016 Page 16 of 51

13.0 Operations and Maintenance
Customer Protective Equipment shall be operated and maintained in accordance with Good Utility Practice and good engineering practices with respect to synchronizing, voltage, and reactive power control. BWP shall have the right to monitor operation of each Generating Facility in real time (see metering requirements) and may require reasonable changes in Customer’s method of operation if such reasonable changes are necessary in accordance with good engineering and operational practices to maintain BWP’s electric system Integrity.

Customer shall notify the BWP operational contact by telephone or other means of direct communication prior to operation of any Generating Facility to obtain approval for parallel operation. All BWP telemetry systems and metering shall be activated before parallel operation commences.

BWP shall have the right to restrict Customer from connecting any or all of its Generating Facilities to the BWP’s electric system whenever BWP determines, in its sole and absolute judgment, that such a restriction is necessary or appropriate to facilitate installation, construction, repair, replacement, investigation, inspection or maintenance of any BWP’s facilities, or to maintain BWP’s electric system integrity. Each Party shall endeavor to correct, within a reasonable period, the condition on its system which necessitates the disconnection. Each Generating Facility shall be operated with all of its Protective Apparatus in service whenever a Generator is connected to or is operated in parallel with the BWP’s electric system. Any deviation shall only be for periods of emergency or maintenance and shall only be by agreement of the Parties.

Customer shall maintain each Generating Facility and the Interconnection Facilities in a safe and prudent manner and in conformance with all applicable laws and regulations, including, but not limited to, the design requirements of Section 18.0 below.

Customer, at Customer’s sole expense, shall obtain and possess all permits (including those from the Building Division of The City of Burbank) and authorizations in accordance with all applicable laws and regulations for the construction, installation, design, operation and maintenance of the Generating Facilities including environmental reviews. Customer understands that this Agreement does not constitute a permit to construct or install the Project, including any Generating Facility.

Customer shall indemnify and reimburse BWP for any and all actual losses, damages, claims, penalties or liability BWP incurs as a result of Customer’s failure to obtain or maintain any governmental authorizations and permits required for construction and operation of the Project, including any of the Generating Facilities.

Each Party shall have an Operating Representative to coordinate all operational, technical and maintenance matters regarding the generation and delivery of electric power under this Agreement.

The Parties’ initial Operating Representatives are set forth in Section 5.0 of this document.

14.0 Sales and Compensation for Energy

Customer will not participate in any wholesale or retail sales of energy, ancillary services, or other capabilities of the installed Generation Facilities. Generation Facilities will not qualify for crediting of any excess power that may be generated if the Generation Facilities does not meet the applicability for Net Energy Metering under BWP Rules.

ATTACHMENT 5
A5-157
449
Appendix E – Interconnection Agreement – May 2016 Page 17 of 51 Customer will be charged for energy that was produced by the fuel cell for such period of time that was determined by BWP to have not met the Eligibility Requirement. The billing rate for periods of non -compliance is calculated as the then current ECAC charge (3.13C Rules and Regulations) less avoided fuel costs. The billing which will be initially at a rate of 6.07 cents per kWh until replaced by the then current rate as established and/or amended from time to time in the City of Burbank Fee Schedule. Avoided fuel costs will be calculated as the cents per kWh marginal cost of generating energy from a combined cycle natural gas plant with a heat rate of 7,500 Btu per kWh, using the then current budgeted forward gas price plus $0.15 per MMBtu for transportation costs.

Customer will be responsible for any reasonable cost incurred by BWP by a third party to review the Customer’s prequalification and continuing review of the Customer evidence of their fuel cell meeting the Eligibility Requirements.

The back billing rate in effect as of the date of this Agreement is subject to change throughout the term of this Agreement. The Customer acknowledges and agrees that it is not entitled to rely on the existing current rate and rate structure to remain the same during the term of this Agreement.

15.0 Standby Services and Billing

Customer shall take Standby Service per the BWP Rules and Regulations, which will be in conformity with State law, for all of the Generating Facilities. Standby Service shall be subject to a Standby Service Charge, if applicable under the BWP Rules and Regulations. Such Standby Service Charge, if any, shall initially billed at the rates and charges set forth in the then current Fee Schedule at the time of the Agreement until replaced by the then current rate as established and amended from time to time in the City of Burbank Fee Schedule.

Applicable rates and charges in effect as of the date of this Agreement are subject to change throughout the term of this Agreement. The Customer acknowledges and agrees that it is not entitled to rely on the existing current rates and rates structure to remain the same during the term of this Agreement.

16.0 Harmonics

Customer will mitigate any harmonics that the distributed generation systems create in accordance with IEEE 519-1992 and/or EN61000-2-4. Customer and BWP will review any harmonics beyond the recommended levels in IEEE 519 and agree to what issues need mitigation.

17.0 Reliability

Customer will use commercially reasonable efforts to operate and maintain each Generating Facility so that it operates in a safe and reliable fashion. Should the systems become either unsafe or unreliable, BWP may ask that the systems be disconnected from the grid until such time as they are again capable of operating in a safe and reliable fashion. Once notified by BWP to disconnect, Customer shall disconnect the requested system at the first opportunity to do so. In the event of noncompliance, BWP has the option to disconnect the Customer’s Generating Facilities from the BWP system.

ATTACHMENT 5
A5-158
450
Appendix E – Interconnection Agreement – May 2016 Page 18 of 51

18.0 Reverse Power Flows

18.1 Generation Facilities meeting the applicability for Net Energy Metering under BWP Rules, which will be in conformity with State law, will be allowed reverse power flows to the BWP electric system.

18.2 Section 18.2 applies to Customers whose Generation Facilities does not meet the applicability for Net Energy Metering under BWP Rules.

(a) Customer agrees that the Generating Facilities are solely for use on-site at the Customer location and will not inject power into the BWP system, to this end Customer will install a protective device for each Generating Facility that will prevent the distributed generation systems from creating reverse power flow on any phase of any feeder. BWP may change the protection device settings on each feeder that runs to the Customer site to prevent reverse power flow from entering the BWP system. Should reverse power flow be detected the protective device will open the feeder automatically.

(b) Customer further acknowledges and agrees that in the event that the Customer’s generation exceeds the amount of power consumed on site at any time, BWP has the right to disconnect Customer’s Generation Facilities from the distribution system.

(c) Because the Customer may have large motors that can auto -generate during shutdown, BWP understands that some transient reverse power flow may occur from these systems. To that end the BWP protective devices will be calibrated based on information provided by Customer on the auto- generation time for the largest pieces of equipment on the site. Should Customer not provide such information, BWP will set the protective devices to open after 15 cycles (0.25 seconds) of reverse power flow. This grace period is to allow Customer control systems time to correct any generation/load mismatch on their site.

(d) BWP will proceed with their standard ECC procedure for re -establishing connection and resetting the protective device. BWP will inform Customer if the connection cannot be reestablished in a reasonable period of time.
(e) Should a protective device trip again after reestablishment, BWP and Customer will coordinate to correct the condition causing the trip to re-occur.

19.0 Generating Facility Design and Operating Requirements Customer’s interconnected facilities design and operation must meet the requirements of ANSI/IEEE 1547 Standard for Interconnecting Distributed Resources with Electric Power Systems (IEEE 1547 latest revision). Designs for the generation and interconnected facilities must be approved by BWP prior to interconnection or operation.

ATTACHMENT 5
A5-159
451
Appendix E – Interconnection Agreement – May 2016 Page 19 of 51

20.0 General Interconnection and Protective Function Requirements

The Protective Functions and requirements are designed to protect BWP’s System and not the Project or any of its Generating Facilities. Customer shall be solely responsible for providing adequate protection for the Project and Interconnection Facilities.

Customer Protective Functions shall not impact the operation of other Protective Functions on BWP’s Distribution System in a manner that would affect BWP’s capability of providing reliable service to its customers.

20.01 CUSTOMER SHALL NOT CONNECT THE PROJECT, OR ANY PORTION OF IT, TO BWP’S DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM, UNTIL WRITTEN APPROVAL OF THE FACILITY HAS BEEN GIVEN TO CUSTOMER BY BWP.

20.02 CUSTOMER, AND NOT BWP, SHALL BE SOLELY RESPONSIBLE FOR

COMPLYING WITH ALL LEGAL REQUIREMENTS INCLUDING ANY

ENVIRONMENTAL REVIEWS AND CITY OF BURBANK REQUIREMENTS, AND FOR

SATISFYING ALL FINANCIAL OBLIGATIONS, ARISING FROM THE CONSTRUCTION,

INSTALLATION, DE SIGN, OPERATION, AND MAINTENANCE OF THE PROJECT IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE LAWS AND REGULATIONS.

20.03 BWP SHALL HAVE THE RIGHT TO HAVE ITS REPRESENTATIVES PRESENT AT

THE FINAL INSPECTION AND COMMISSIONING OF EACH INSTALLED GENERATING FACILITY. CUSTOMER SHALL NOTIFY BWP AT LEAST TEN (10) BUSINESS DAYS PRIOR TO SUCH INSPECTION.

21.0 Protective Functions Required

Each of the Generating Facilities operating in parallel with BWP’s Distribution System shall be equipped with the following Protective Functions to sense abnormal conditions on BWP’s System and cause a Generating Facility to be automatically disconnected from BWP’s System or to prevent a Generating Facility from being connected to BWP’s System inappropriately:

i. Over and under voltage trip functions and over and under frequency trip functions; ii. A voltage and frequency sensing and time -delay function to prevent the Generating Facility from energizing a de-energized Distribution System circuit and to prevent a Generating Facility from reconnecting with BWP’s Distribution System unless BWP’s Distribution System service voltage and frequency is within the ANSI C84.1-1995 Table 1 Range B voltage Range of 106 volts to 127 volts (on a 120 volt basis), inclusive, and a frequency range of 59.3 Hz to 60.5 Hz, inclusive, and are stable for at least 60 seconds; and,

iii. A function to prevent a Generating Facility from contributing to the formation of an Unintended Island, and cease to energize BWP’s Distribution System within two seconds of the formation of an Unintended Island.

ATTACHMENT 5
A5-160
452
Appendix E – Interconnection Agreement – May 2016 Page 20 of 51 BWP reserves the right to audit any testing and/or certification of protective devices on the Customer system. BWP reserves the right to test the protection equipment that is installed in the Customer system, including live tests of the protective equipment. BWP will conduct its own testing as BWP determines is prudent. BWP will inform Customer in advance of any live testing of the protective equipment on Customer’s site. A Generating Facility shall cease to energize BWP’s Distribution System for faults on BWP’s Distribution System circuit to which it is connected (IEEE 1547-4.2.1). A Generating Facility shall cease to energize BWP’s Distribution System circuit prior to re-closure by BWP’s Distribution System equipment (IEEE 1547-4.2.2).

22.0 Suitable Equipment Required

Circuit breakers or other interrupting equipment must be Certified or “Listed” (as defined in Article 100, the Definitions Section of the National Electrical Code) as suitable for their intended application. This includes being capable of interrupting the maximum available fault current expected at their location. Customer’s Project and Interconnection Facilities shall be designed so that the failure of any single device or component shall not potentially compromise the safety and reliability of BWP’s System. Each Generating Facility’s paralleling -device shall be capable of withstanding 220% of the Interconnection Facility rated voltage (IEEE 1547 -4.1.8.3). Each Interconnection Facility shall have the capability to withstand voltage and current surges in accordance with the environments defined in IEEE Std C62.41.2 (latest revision) or IEE E Std C37.90.1 (latest revision) as applicable and as described thereof in L.3.e (IEEE 1547-4.1.8.2).

23.0 Visible Disconnect Required

As required by BWP’s operating practices, Customer shall furnish and install a ganged, manually- operated isolating switch (or a comparable device mutually agreed upon by BWP and Customer) near the Point of Interconnection to isolate a Generating Facility from BWP’s Distribution System.

The device does not have to be rated for load break nor provide over-current protection.

The device must:
i. Allow visible verification that separation has been accomplished. (This requirement may be met by opening the enclosure to safely observe contact separation.) ii. Include markings or signage that clearly indicates open and closed positions.

iii. Be capable of being reached:

(a) For Emergency purposes quickly and conveniently 24 hours a day by BWP personnel for construction, operation, maintenance, inspection, testing or to isolate a Generating Facility from BWP’s Distribution System without obstacles or requiring those seeking access to obtain keys, special permission, or security clearances; and,
(b) For Non -Emergency purposes during normal business hours. BWP, where possible, will provide Notice to Customer for gaining access to Customer’s premises.

ATTACHMENT 5
A5-161
453
Appendix E – Interconnection Agreement – May 2016 Page 21 of 51 iv. Be capable of being locked in the open position.

v. Be capable of having an Accident Prevention Tag as Defined in Cal OSHA Title 8, Subchapter 7, Croup 2, Article 7, GISO §3341 tag hung on the disconnect that shows that the disconnect is locked in the open position.

vi. Be clearly marked on the submitted single line diagram and its type and location approved by BWP prior to installation. If the device is not adjacent to the PCC, permanent signage must be installed at a BWP approved location providing a clear description of the location of the device. If the switch is not accessible outside the locked premises, signage with contact information and a BWP approved locking device for the premises shall be installed.

24.0 Drawings Required

Prior to Parallel Operation of a Generating Facility, Customer must submit and obtain approval of Customer’s Protective Function and control diagrams by BWP. Generating Facilities equipped with Protective Functions and a control scheme previously approved by BWP for system -wide application or only UL Certified Equipment may satisfy this requirement by reference to previously approved drawings and diagrams. Copies of the control and protective diagrams shall accompany all required drawings included in this document as Appendix A.

Any future changes to any of the drawings submitted to BWP as part of the process of completing this agreement, including changes to the “as-built” drawings will be submitted to BWP within 10 business days of completion of said drawings.

25.0 Prevention of Interference

Customer shall not operate Generating Facilities or Interconnection Facilities that superimpose a voltage or current upon BWP’s Distribution System that interferes with BWP operations, service to BWP Customers, or communication facilities. If such interference occurs, Customer must diligently pursue and take corrective action at its own expense after being given Notice and reasonable time to do so by BWP. If Customer does not take corrective action in a timely manner, or continues to operate the facilities causing interference without restriction or limit, BWP may, without liability, disconnect Customer’s Generating Facilities from BWP’s Distribution System.

To eliminate undesirable interference caused by its operation, each Generating Facility shall meet the following criteria:

(a) Voltage Regulation
Each Generating Facility shall not actively regulate the voltage at the PCC while in parallel with BWP’s Distribution System. Each Generating Facility shall not cause the service voltage at other customers to go outside the requirements of ANSI C84.1 (latest revision), Range A (IEEE 1547-4.1.1).

(b) Voltage Trip Setting
The voltage ranges in Table H.1 define protective trip limits for the Protective Function and are not intended to define or imply a voltage regulation function. The Generating ATTACHMENT 5
A5-162
454
Appendix E – Interconnection Agreement – May 2016 Page 22 of 51 Facilities shall cease to energize BWP’s Distribution System within the prescribed trip time whenever the voltage at the PCC deviates from the allowable voltage operating range. The Protection Function shall detect and respond to voltage on all phases to which a Generating Facility is connected.

Each Generating Facility shall be capable of operating at a range between 88% and 110% of the applicable interconnection voltage. Voltage shall be detected at either the PCC or the Point of Interconnection, with settings compensated to account for the voltage at the PCC.

However, the voltage range at the PCC, with the generator on-line, shall stay within +/-5% of nominal.

Whenever BWP’s Distribution System voltage at the PCC varies from and remains outside normal (Nominally 120 volts) for the predetermined parameters set forth in the Table below, the Generating Facility’s Protective Functions shall cause the Generator(s) to become isolated from BWP’s Distribution System:

Table H1:

Voltage Trip Settings for Generating Facilities*
Voltage at Point of Common Coupling (the
ranges below are used to trip the generator
during abnormal distribution system conditions)

Maximum Trip Time**
Assuming 120 Volt
Base % of Nominal Voltage # of Cycles
(Assuming 60 Hz Seconds
Less than 60 volts Less than 50% 10 Cycles 0.16 Seconds Greater than or equal to
60 volts but less than
106 volts
Greater than or equal to
50%
but less than 88%
120 Cycles 2 Seconds
Greater than 132 volts
but less than or
equal to 144 volts
Greater than 110% but
less than or equal to
120%
60 Cycles 1 Second
Greater than 144 volts Greater than 120% 10 Cycles 0.16 Seconds

*For Generating Facilities with a Rating greater than 30 kVA, set points shall be field adjustable and different voltage set points and trip times from those in Table H.1 may be negotiated with BWP
** "Maximum Trip Time" refers to the time between the onset of the abnormal condition and the Generating Facility ceasing to energize BWP’s Distribution System. Protective Function equipment and circuits may remain connected to BWP’s Distribution System to allow sensing of electrical conditions for use by the "reconnect" feature. The purpose of the allowed time delay is to allow for a Generating Facility to minimize tripping during short term system disturbances. Set points shall not be user adjustable for generating facilities less than 30 kW.

ATTACHMENT 5
A5-163
455
Appendix E – Interconnection Agreement – May 2016 Page 23 of 51 (c) Paralleling
Each Generating Facility shall parallel with BWP’s Distribution System without causing a voltage fluctuation at the PCC greater than plus/minus 5% of the prevailing voltage level of BWP’s Distribution System at the PCC, and meet the flicker requirements of Section H.2.d.

Section L, Certification and Testing Criteria, provides technology -specific tests for evaluating the paralleling Function. (IEEE 1547-4.1.3)

(d) Flicker
Refer to Appendix B of BWP’s Rules and Regulations with regard to flicker.

(e) Integration with BWP’s Distribution System Grounding The grounding scheme of each Generating Facility shall not cause over-voltages that exceed the rating of the equipment connected to BWP’s Distribution System and shall not disrupt the coordination of the ground fault protection on BWP’s Distribution System (IEEE 1547-

4.1.2)

(f) Frequency
BWP controls system frequency, and each Generating Facility shall operate in synchronism with BWP’s Distribution System. Whenever BWP’s System frequency at the PCC varies from and remains outside normal (nominally 60 Hz) by the predetermined amounts set forth in Table H.2, the applicable Generating Facility’s Protective Functions shall cease to energize BWP’s Distribution System within the stated, maximum trip time.

Frequency Trip Settings:

Table H2:

Frequency Range (Assuming
60Hz Nominal)
Maximum Trip Time [1] (Assuming 60 Cycles
per Second)
Less than 57.0 Hz 10 Cycles
Less than an adjustable value
between 59.8 Hz and 57 Hz
but greater than 57 Hz. [2]
Adjustable between 10 and 18,000 Cycles[2, 3]
Greater than 60.5 Hz. 10 Cycles
[1] – “Maximum Trip time” refers to the time between the onset of the abnormal condition and a Generating Facility ceasing to energize BWP’s Distribution System. Protective Function sensing equipment and circuits may remain connected to BWP’s Distribution System to allow sensing of electrical conditions for use by the “reconnect” feature. The purpose of the allowed time delay is to allow a Generating Facility to “ride through” short- term disturbances to avoid nuisance tripping. Set points shall not be user adjustable (though they may be field adjustable by qualified personnel). For Generating Facilities with a Gross Rating greater than 30 kVA, set points shall be field adjustable and different voltage set points and trip times from those in Table H.2 may be negotiated with BWP. [2] – Unless otherwise required by BWP, a trip frequency of 59.3 Hz and a maximum trip time of 10 cycles shall be used.

ATTACHMENT 5
A5-164
456
Appendix E – Interconnection Agreement – May 2016 Page 24 of 51 [3] – When a 10 cycle Maximum trip time is used, a second under frequency trip setting is not required.

(g) Harmonics
Refer to Appendix A of the BWP Rules and Regulations for Harmonics.

(h) Direct Current Injection
Generating Facilities should not inject direct current into BWP’s Distribution System.

(i) Power Factor
Customer shall provide adequate reactive power compensation on site to maintain each Generating Facility power factor near unity at rated output or a BWP specified power factor within a power factor range from 0.995 leading to 0.995 lagging, based on local system conditions.

Technology Specific Requirements:

(a) Three-Phase Synchronous Generators:

For a Generating Facility with three -phase Generators, such Generating Facility’s circuit breakers shall be three-phase devices with electronic or electromechanical control. Customer shall be responsible for properly synchronizing each of its Generating Facilities with BWP’s Distribution System by means of either manual or automatic synchronous equipment.

Automatic synchronizing is required for all synchronous Generators that have a Short Circuit Contribution Ratio (SCCR) exceeding 0.05. Loss of synchronism protection is not required except as may be necessary to meet Section H.2.d (Flicker) (IEEE1547 - 4.2.5). Unless otherwise agreed upon by Customer and BWP, synchronous Generators shall automatically regulate power factor, not voltage, while operating in parallel with BWP’s Distribution System. A power system stabilization Function is specifically not required for Generating Facilities under 10 MW Net Rating.

(b) Induction Generators
Induction Generators (except self -excited Induction Generators) do not require a synchronizing Function. Starting or rapid load fluctuations on induction Generators can adversely impact BWP’s Distribution System voltage. Corrective step-switched capacitors or other techniques may be necessary and may cause undesirable ferro -resonance. When these counter measures (e.g. additional capacitors) are installed on Customer’s side of the PCC, BWP must review these measures. Additional equipment may be required as determined by BWP.

(c) Inverters
Grid-interactive inverters do not require separate synchronizing equipment. Non- grid- interactive or “stand -alone” inverters shall not be used for Parallel Operation with BWP’s Distribution.

ATTACHMENT 5
A5-165
457
Appendix E – Interconnection Agreement – May 2016 Page 25 of 51 (d) Supplemental Generating Facility Requirements
(i) Fault Detection
A Generating Facility with an SCCR exceeding 0.1 or one that does not cease to energize BWP’s Distribution System within two seconds of the formation of an Unintended Island shall be equipped with Protective Functions designed to detect BWP System faults, both line-to- line and line-to-ground, and cease to energize BWP’s Distribution System within two seconds of the initiation of a fault.
(ii) Transfer Trip
Customer will provide a Transfer Trip capability for the installed Generation Facilities. (iii) Reclose Blocking

The BWP distribution system serving Customer facilities may have automatic reclosing installed and enabled. Reclosing can result in serious damage to AC power sources and requires special protection to insure safe and reliable operation.

The Customer is responsible for protection of the Customer’s equipment.

If the aggregated Generating Facilities capacity exceeds 15% of the peak load on any automatic reclosing device, BWP may change Protective Functions, including, but not limited to reclose -blocking or removal of reclose function on some of the automatic reclosing devices.

(e) Metering, Monitoring and Telemetering
(i) General Requirements
All Generating Facilities shall be metered in accordance with Section 11, this Section and shall meet all applicable standards of BWP contained in BWP’s rules and regulations. (ii) Generation Output Metering
Customer is required to allow installation of approved BWP metering and equipment to measure Generation Output for evaluation, monitoring, and verification purposes and to determine applicable standby and non -by-passable charges as defined in BWP’s Fee Schedule.

All metering options available to the Customer must conform to the requirements set forth in BWP’s Rules and Regulations and this Agreement. BWP shall have the right to install BWP-owned Net Generation Output Metering.
(iii) Point of Common Coupling (PCC) Metering
For purposes of assessing BWP’s charges for retail service, Customer PCC Metering shall be reviewed by BWP, and if required, replaced by BWP to ensure that it will appropriately measure electric power according to the provisions of the Customer’s electric service Tariff. Where required, the Customer’s existing meter may be replaced with a bi - directional meter so that power deliveries to and from Customer’s site can be separately recorded. Where necessary, such PCC Metering shall be designed to prevent reverse registration.
(iv) Telemetering
Customer must allow proper space for installation of BWP telemetering equipment, associated communications equipment and pathways for necessary telemetering or communication cables near Customer’s switchgear and/or generators as reasonably necessary at Customer’s expense to allow the collection of real-time data for BWP’s use.

ATTACHMENT 5
A5-166
458
Appendix E – Interconnection Agreement – May 2016 Page 26 of 51 (v) Location
Where BWP -owned Metering and Telemetering is located on Customer’s premises, Customer shall provide, at no expense to BWP, a suitable location for all such Equipment. (vi) Costs of Metering
Customers with Non-Eligible Customer Generators will bear all reasonable costs of the Metering and Telemetering required, including the incremental costs of operating and maintaining the Metering and Telemetering Equipment.

26.0 Inverter and Grid Interconnect

Customer will comply with the latest revision of IEEE 15471 and its associated guidelines for the inverters and grid interconnects. All power being generated will be done in unity with the power grid.

Should Customer pick a smart inverter or a Rule 212 based inverter the following settings will be made:
http://www.nrel.gov/docs/fy04osti/34875.pdf

Phase 1 Inverter-
Distributed Energy
Resource (I-DER)
Functions
Description Setting Comments
Anti-Islanding: Support
anti‐islanding to trip off
under extended
anomalous conditions
The I‐DER system trips off if voltage or
frequency limits are exceeded over specified
time periods.

Although default trip‐off limits settings would
be implemented initially, these settings could be
modifiable through agreement between the Area
EPS and the I‐DER operator.

Enabled
LHVRT: Provide ride‐
through of low/high
voltage excursions
beyond normal limits
The I‐DER system remains connected during
voltage excursions beyond normal limits, based
on extended voltage limits during specified time
windows. The I‐DER system would disconnect
only when the ride‐through window has expired.

Although default ride‐through settings would be
implemented initially, these settings could be
modifiable through agreement between the Area
EPS and the I‐DER operator, based on the
technical capabilities of the I‐DER system and
used to possibly mitigate abrupt losses of
generation.

Enabled

2Recommendations for Updating the Technical Requirements for Inverters in Distributed Energy Resources Smart Inverter Working Group Recommendations January 2014
ATTACHMENT 5
A5-167
459
Appendix E – Interconnection Agreement – May 2016 Page 27 of 51 Phase 1 I-DER
Functions
Description Setting Comments
LHFRT: Provide ride‐
through of low/high
frequency excursions
beyond normal limits
The I‐DER system remains connected during
frequency excursions beyond normal limits,
based on extended frequency limits during
specified time windows. The I‐DER system
would disconnect only when the ride‐through
window has expired.

Although default ride‐through settings would be
implemented initially, these settings could be
modifiable through agreement between the Area
EPS and the I‐DER operator, based on the
technical capabilities of the I‐DER system and
used to possibly mitigate abrupt losses of
generation.

Enabled
Volt-Var Control:

Provide volt/var control
through dynamic reactive
power injection
through autonomous
responses to local
voltage measurements
The I‐DER system implements volt/var curves
that define the available reactive power required
at different voltage levels. Settings are coordinated
between the utility and I‐DER operator. Available
reactive power is defined as what reactive power is
available without decreasing real power output. I‐
DER controller contains pre-established volt/var
settings, and/or Volt/var settings can be updated
remotely.

Disabled All power will
be delivered at
unity
Ramping: Define ramp
rates
The default ramp rate is established, contingent
upon what the I‐DER can do. Additional
emergency ramp rates and high/low ramp rate
limits may also be defined.

Disabled
Fixed PF: Provide
reactive power by a fixed
power factor
The I‐DER system sets the inverter to the
specified power factor setting: I‐DER controller
contains pre‐established power factor setting,
and/or Power factor setting can be updated
remotely.

Enabled and set
to unity

ATTACHMENT 5
A5-168
460
Appendix E – Interconnection Agreement – May 2016 Page 28 of 51 Phase 1 I-DER
Functions
Description Setting Comments
Soft-Start
Reconnection:

Reconnect after grid
power is restored
The I‐DER system reconnects to the grid after
power is restored using soft‐start methods such as
ramping up and/or randomly turning on within a
time window after grid power is restored, to avoid
abrupt increases in generation. The delay time
between power restoration and the start of
reconnection is preset, as are the ramping rate and
the time window.

Enabled

Should the Customer install a Phase 3 capable system, the Customer must notify BWP so that specific settings can be agreed upon. See required phase 3 settings below.

Phase 3 I-DER
Functions with
Communications
Description Setting Comments
Monitor Alarms:

Provide emergency
alarms and information
The I‐DER system (and aggregations of I‐DER
systems, such as virtual power plants) provides
alarms and supporting emergency information via
the FDEMS to the utility. This function is feasible
only if the ICT infrastructure is available.

Enabled
Monitor DER Status
and Output: Provide
status and
measurements on
current energy and
ancillary services
The I‐DER system (and aggregations of I‐DER
systems, such as virtual power plants) provides
current status, power system measurements, and
other real‐time data (possibly aggregated via the
FDEMS) to the utility, in order to support real‐
time and short‐term analysis applications. This
function is feasible only if the ICT infrastructure
is available. (Revenue metering data is provided
via alternate means.)
Enabled
ATTACHMENT 5
A5-169
461
Appendix E – Interconnection Agreement – May 2016 Page 29 of 51 Phase 3 I-DER
Functions with
Communications
Description Setting Comments
Limit Maximum Real
Power: Limit maximum
real power output at an
ECP or the PCC upon a
direct command from
the utility
The utility issues a direct command to limit the
maximum real power output at the ECP or PCC.

The reason might be that unusual or emergency
conditions are causing reverse flow into the
feeder’s substation or because the total I‐DER real
power output on the feeder is greater than some
percentage of total load. The command might be
an absolute watt value or might be a percentage of
I‐DER output. This function is feasible only if the
ICT infrastructure is available. It might also be
used to ensure fairness across many I‐DER
systems.

Disabled
Command DER to
Connect or
Disconnect: Support
direct command to
disconnect or reconnect
The I‐DER system performs a disconnect or
reconnect at the ECP or PCC. Time windows are
established for different I‐DER systems to
respond randomly within that window to the
disconnect and reconnect commands. This
function is feasible only if the ICT infrastructure
is available.

Disabled
ATTACHMENT 5
A5-170
462
Appendix E – Interconnection Agreement – May 2016 Page 30 of 51 Phase 3 I-DER
Functions with
Communications
Description Setting Comments
Provide DER
information: Provide
operational
characteristics at initial
interconnection and
upon changes
The I‐DER system provides operational
characteristics after its “discovery” and whenever
changes are made to its operational status.

Enabled
Initiate Periodic Tests:

Test I‐DER
functionality,
performance, software
patching, and updates
Initial I‐DER software installations and later
updates are tested before deployment for
functionality and for meeting regulatory and
utility requirements, including safety. After
deployment, testing validates the I‐DER systems
are operating correctly, safely, and securely.

Disabled
Schedule Output at
PCC: Schedule actual
or maximum real power
output at specific times
The utility establishes (or pre‐establishes) a
schedule (e.g. on‐peak & off‐peak) of actual or
maximum real power output levels at the ECP or
PCC, possibly combining generation, storage, and
load management. The reason might be to
minimize output during low load conditions while
allowing or requiring higher output during peak
load time periods.

Disabled
Schedule DER
Functions: Schedule
real power and
ancillary service outputs
The I‐DER system receives and follows schedules
for real power settings, reactive settings, limits,
modes (such as autonomous volt/var, frequency‐
watt), and other operational settings.

Disabled
ATTACHMENT 5
A5-171
463
Appendix E – Interconnection Agreement – May 2016 Page 31 of 51 Phase 3 I-DER
Functions with
Communications
Description Setting Comments
Schedule Storage: Set
or schedule the storage
of energy for later
delivery, indicating time
to start charging,
charging rate and/or
“charge‐by” time
For a I‐DER system that has storage capabilities,
such as battery storage or a combined PV +
storage system or a fleet of electric vehicles.

Preset time‐of‐charge values can be established.

Settings are coordinated between the utility and I‐
DER operator. Different scenarios could include:

Lo w load conditions at night are causing some
renewable energy to be wasted, so charging
energy storage I‐DER systems at that time makes
power system operations more efficient. I ‐DER
controller charges at the specified rate (less than
or equal to the maximum charging rate) until the
state‐of‐charge (SOC) reaches a specified level. I ‐
DER controller charges at the necessary rate in
order to reach the specified SOC within the
“charge‐by” time.

Disabled

Phase 3 Autonomous
I-DER Functions
Description Setting Comments
Frequency-Watt:

Counteract frequency
excursions beyond
normal limits by
decreasing or increasing
real power
The I‐DER system reduces real power to
counteract frequency excursions beyond normal
limits (and vice versa if additional generation or
storage is available), particularly for microgrids.

Hysteresis can be used as the frequency returns
within the normal range to avoid abrupt changes
by groups of I‐DER systems.

Disabled
Voltage-Watt:

Modify real power
output autonomously in
response to local
voltage variations
The I‐DER system monitors the local (or feeder)
voltage and modifies real power output in or de r
to damp voltage deviations. Settings are coordinated
between the utility and I‐DER operator. Hysteresis
and delayed responses could be used to ensure
overreactions or hunting do not occur.

Disabled
ATTACHMENT 5
A5-172
464
Appendix E – Interconnection Agreement – May 2016 Page 32 of 51 Phase 3 Autonomous
I-DER Functions
Description Setting Comments
Dynamic Current
Support: Counteract
voltage excursions
beyond normal limits by
providing dynamic
current support
The I‐DER system counteracts voltage anomalies
(spikes or sags) through “dynamic current
support”. The I‐DER system supports t h e grid
during short periods of abnormally high or low
voltage levels by feeding reactive current to the
grid until the voltage either returns within its
normal range, or the I‐DER system ramps down,
or the I‐DER system is required to disconnect.

Disabled

Phase 3 Autonomous
I-DER Functions
Description Setting Comments
Limit Maximum Real
Power: Limit maximum
real power output at the
ECP or PCC to a preset
value
I‐DER systems are interconnected to the grid with
a preset limit of real power output to be measured
at the PCC. The reason might be that the I‐ DER
system is sized to handle most of the local load
behind an ECP or the PCC, but occasionally that
load decreases below a critical level and the
increased real power at the ECP or PCC may
cause backflow at the substation and be a
reliability concern for the utility. Most likely for
larger I‐DER systems.

Disabled
Set Real Power: Set
actual real power output
at the ECP or PCC
The utility either presets or issues a direct
command to set the actual real power output at the
ECP or PCC (constant export/import if load
changes; constant watts if no load). The reason
might be to establish a base or known generation
level without the need for constant monitoring.

This is the approach often used today with
synchronous generators. This function is feasible
only if the ICT infrastructure is available. Meter
reads could provide 15‐minute energy by the end
of the day could provide production information
for operational planning.

Disabled
ATTACHMENT 5
A5-173
465
Appendix E – Interconnection Agreement – May 2016 Page 33 of 51 Phase 3 Autonomous
I-DER Functions
Description Setting Comments
Smooth Frequency
Deviations: Smooth
minor frequency
deviations by rapidly
modifying real power
output to these
deviations
The I‐DER system modifies real power output
rapidly to counter minor frequency deviations.

The frequency‐watt settings define the percentage
of real‐power output to modify for different
degrees of frequency deviations on a second or
even sub‐ second basis.

Disabled

Optional I-DER
Functions
Description Setting Comments
Backup Power:

Provide backup power
after disconnecting
from grid
The I‐DER system, including energy storage and
electric vehicles, has the ability to provide real
power when the site is disconnected from grid
power. The reason is to provide backup power to
the facility and possibly black start capabilities.

Disabled
Imitate capacitor bank
triggers: Provide
reactive power through
autonomous responses
to weather, current, or
time‐of‐day
Similar to capacitor banks on distribution circuits,
the I‐DER system implements temperature‐var
curves that define the reactive power for different
ambient temperatures, similar to use of feeder
capacitors for improving the voltage profile.

Curves could also be defined for current‐var and
for time‐of‐day‐var.

Disabled
Operate within an
Islanded Microgrid:

Operate within an
islanded microgrid
After grid power is lost or disconnected, or upon
command, the I‐DER system enters into microgrid
“mode” as either “leading” or “following” the
microgrid frequency and voltage, while acting
either as base generation or as load‐matching,
depending upon preset parameters.

Disabled
Provide low-cost
energy
Utility, REP, or FDEMS determines which I‐DER
systems are to generate how much energy over
what time period in order to minimize energy
costs. Some I‐DER systems, such as PV systems,
would provide low-cost energy autonomously,
while storage systems would need to be managed.

Disabled
ATTACHMENT 5
A5-174
466
Appendix E – Interconnection Agreement – May 2016 Page 34 of 51 Optional I-DER
Functions
Description Setting Comments
Provide low emissions
energy
Utility, REP, or FDEMS determines which non‐
renewable I‐DER systems are to generate how
much energy in order to minimize emissions.

Renewable I‐DER systems would operate
autonomously.

Disabled
Provide renewable
energy
Utility, REP, or FDEMS selects which non‐
renewable I‐DER systems are to generate how
much energy in order to maximize the use of
renewable energy. Renewable I‐DER systems
would operate autonomously.

Disabled
Execute schedules:

Scheduled, planned, or
forecast of available
energy and ancillary
services
The FDEMS provides scheduled, planned, and/or
forecast information for available energy and
ancillary services over the next hours, days,
weeks, etc., for input into planning applications.

Separate I‐DER generation from load behind the
PCC. This function is feasible only if the ICT
infrastructure is available.

Disabled

Optional I-DER
Functions
Description Setting Comments
Issue generation and
storage schedules
The I‐DER system provides schedules of expected
generation and storage reflecting customer
requirements, maintenance, local weather
forecasts, etc. This function is feasible only if the
ICT infrastructure is available.

Disabled
Provide black start
capabilities
The I‐DER system operates as a microgrid
(possibly just itself) and supports additional loads
being added, so long as they are within its
generation capabilities. This function is feasible
only if the ICT infrastructure is available.

Disabled
Participate in AGC:

Support frequency
regulation by automatic
generation control
(AGC) commands
The I‐DER system (or aggregations of I‐DER
systems) implements modification of real‐ power
output based on AGC signals on a multi‐second
basis. This function is feasible only if the ICT
infrastructure is available.

Disabled
ATTACHMENT 5
A5-175
467
Appendix E – Interconnection Agreement – May 2016 Page 35 of 51 Optional I-DER
Functions
Description Setting Comments
Provide “spinning” or
operational reserve as
bid into market
The I‐DER system provides emergency real power
upon command at short notice (seconds or
minutes), either through increasing generation or
discharging storage devices. This function would
be in response to market bids for providing this
reserve. This function is feasible only if the ICT
infrastructure is available.

Disabled
Respond to Pricing
Signals: Manage real
power output based on
demand
The I‐DER system receives a demand response
(DR) pricing signal from a utility or retail energy
provider (REP) for a time period in the future and
d et er m i n e s what real power to output at that
time. This function is feasible only if the ICT
i n f r a st r u c t u r e is available.

Disabled
Respond to Pricing
Signals: Manage
selected ancillary
services based on
demand response (DR)
pricing signals
The I‐DER system receives a DR pricing signal
from a utility or retail energy provider (REP) for a
time period in the future and determines what
ancillary services to provide at that time. This
function is feasible only if the ICT infrastructure
is available.

Disabled

Optional I-DER
Functions
Description Setting Comments
Registration: Initiate
automated “discovery”
of I‐DER systems
The I‐DER system supports its automated
“discovery” as interconnected to a location on the
power system and initiates the integration
process. This function is feasible only if the ICT
infrastructure is available. Otherwise, manual
methods must be used.

Disabled
ATTACHMENT 5
A5-176
468
Appendix E – Interconnection Agreement – May 2016 Page 36 of 51

27.0 Indemnity and Liability

Customer shall indemnify and hold the City of Burbank, including BWP, its directors, officers, agents and employees (“Indemnitees”) harmless against all loss, damage, expense and liability to third persons for injury to or death of persons or injury to property caused by or arising out of the design, construction, installation, ownership, maintenance, or operation of the Project or any portion thereof, provided that Customer’s indemnity obligation shall not apply to any loss, damage, expense and liability to third persons for injury to or death of persons or injury to property to the extent caused by or arising out of the negligence or willful misconduct of the Indemnitees.

Customer shall, upon BWP’s request, defend any suit asserting a claim covered by this indemnity.

28.0 Insurance

During the term of this Agreement, Customer shall maintain comprehensive general liability insurance for the design, operation and maintenance of the Project; including blanket contractual liability coverage with a combined single limit of not less than [$1,000,000 subject to approval of City of Burbank Risk Management] each occurrence. From time to time BWP may require a reasonable increase in the coverage limits of the foregoing insurance consistent with prevailing risk management practices for similar commercial activities. BWP will notify Customer about changes in coverage limits. Such insurance shall name BWP, its officers, agents, and employees as additional insured parties in a form subject to the reasonable approval of BWP’s legal counsel.

Customer shall, prior to the operation of any of its Generating Facility in parallel with BWP’s Distribution System, furnish BWP with a certificate evidencing such insurance and providing that such insurance shall not be cancelled or materially reduced without thirty (30) days advance written Notice to BWP. [Subject to review by City of Burbank Risk Management]

29.0 Governing Law

The laws of the State of California shall govern this Agreement.

30.0 Amendment
Any amendments or modifications to this Agreement shall be in writing and agreed to by both Parties. The failure of any Party at any time or times to require performance of any provision hereof shall in no manner affect the right at a later time to enforce the same. No waiver by any Party of the breach of any term or covenant contained in this Agreement, whether by conduct or otherwise, shall be deemed to be construed as a further or continuing waiver of any such breach or a waiver of the breach of any other term or covenant unless such waiver is in writing. The General Manager of BWP, or its designee, is authorized to (a) enter into any amendments approving, modifying or accepting an updated Design Documents, (b) enter into any ministerial amendments to update or correct this Agreement and (c) administer this Agreement in the ordinary course.

31.0 Assignment Prohibited; Successors and Assigns

This Agreement is personal to Customer and its affiliates and successors in title and may not be assigned without the written consent of BWP. This Agreement is and shall be binding on all permitted successors and assigns of each of the Parties hereto without the necessity of further ATTACHMENT 5
A5-177
469
Appendix E – Interconnection Agreement – May 2016 Page 37 of 51 documentation.

Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything else to the contrary herein, Customer may assign this Agreement, without the consent of BWP, to any “Affiliate” of the Customer, or into which or with which Customer is merged or consolidated, or to any person or entity which acquires all or substantially all of the stocks or assets of Customer or any affiliate of the Customer and such “Affiliate” or successor has an electric service account with BWP for the location of the Generating Facilities as described in Section 2.0; provided, however, such assignment shall not relieve the Customer of its obligations and liabilities under this Agreement. The term “Affiliate” shall mean any person or entity which Customer has a majority ownership interest or that is under majority common ownership of Customer.

32.0 Entire Agreement

This Agreement contains the entire understanding between the Parties and supersedes all previous communications, representations, understandings, and agreements, either oral or written, between the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof. There are no other promises, terms, conditions, obligations, understandings, or agreements either written or oral between the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof.

33.0 Review of Records and Data

BWP shall have the right, in addition to those in Section 6 and 8, to review and obtain copies of Customer’s operations and maintenance records, logs, agreements, invoices, and any other evidence that the fuel cell meets the Eligibility Requirements as not ed in Section 6, Appendix B and C, and other information such as unit availability, maintenance outages, circuit breaker operation requiring manual reset, relay targets, and unusual events, as reasonably necessary, pertaining to Customer’s Generating Facil ities, or its interconnection with BWP’s Distribution System.

BWP may use a third party to review such information.

For fuel cell generation, Customer shall provide auditable package documentation annually to BWP by March 31, for the prior calendar year that includes completion of Appendix E and the following information for each biomethane source:
1) Fuel use summary showing the monthly fuel invoice, injection, delivery, and use quantities in MMBtus, and the monthly total generation of the electrical Generation Facility.

2) Fuel delivery summary spreadsheet showing the monthly fuel quantities received into and delivered from each pipeline along the delivery path.

3) Delivery path summary spreadsheet summarizing the delivery path.

4) Transport contract summary spreadsheet summarizing the information in the transport contracts.

5) Monthly meter data for the biomethane source’s injection point on the delivery pipeline.

ATTACHMENT 5
A5-178
470
Appendix E – Interconnection Agreement – May 2016 Page 38 of 51 6) Monthly pipeline nomination reports for each pipeline and storage facility along the delivery path.

7) Monthly invoices for the procurement of the biomethane.

8) Monthly meter data showing the total use of all fuels (biomethane and nonrenewable fuels) at the Generating Facility.

9) A summary statement, including supporting documentation, of all biomethane associated with, or planned to be delivered to, the Generating Facility remaining in a storage facility at the close of the calendar year. Biomethane quantities not identified in the summary report may not be used at a later time.

Customer authorizes BWP to release to regulatory bodies information regarding the Project, including the Customer’s name and location, and the size, location and operational characteristics of the generating facility, as requested from time to time pursuant to governing statutes and regulations.

34.0 Force Majeure

Any prevention, delay or stoppage due to strikes, lockouts, labor disputes, acts of God, acts of war, terrorism, terrorist activities, inability to obtain services, labor, or materials or reasonable substitutes therefore, governmental actions, civil commotions, fire, flood, earthquake or other casualty, and other causes beyond the reasonable control of the party obligated to perform (collectively, a “Force Majeure”), notwithsta nding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, shall excuse the performance of such party for a period equal to the period of any such prevention, delay or stoppage and, therefore, if this Agreement specifies a time period for performance of an obligation of either party, that time period shall be extended by the period of any delay in such party’s performance caused by an event of Force Majeure; provided, that a Force Majeure shall excuse performance only if the party facing such Force Majeure (a) delivers prompt notice to the other party of the occurrence of such Force Majeure and (b) uses commercially reasonable efforts to circumvent, address or otherwise overcome the Force Majeure.

35.0 General
Time is of the essence of this Agreement and each of the terms and conditions hereof. This Agreement may be executed in any number of duplicate counterparts, each of which, when executed, shall be deemed an original and all of which shall constitute one and the same agreement.

No provision of this Agreement may be amended or added to except by an agreement in writing signed by the parties hereto or their respective successors in interest. The illegality, invalidity, or unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement shall in no way impair or invalidate any other provision of this Agreement, and such remaining provisions shall remain in full force and effect.

ATTACHMENT 5
A5-179
471
Appendix E – Interconnection Agreement – May 2016 Page 39 of 51 IN WITNESS THEREOF, the Parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed as of , 20 .

THE CITY OF BURBANK,
through its Burbank Water and Power

By
Mandip Kaur Samra

Title General Manager, Burbank Water and Power

Approved as to form

By

Title Senior Assistant City Attorney, City Attorney’s Office

Customer Name

By

Title

By

Title
ATTACHMENT 5
A5-180
472
Appendix E – Interconnection Agreement – May 2016 Page 40 of 51 Appendix A
Project Documents (Provided by Customer)
ATTACHMENT 5
A5-181
473
Appendix E – Interconnection Agreement – May 2016 Page 41 of 51 Appendix B
Fuel Cell Qualification Requirements

Prior to Interconnection, Customer shall provide sufficient documentation and information for BWP to determine that the biomethane would meet the CEC Eligibility Requirements. If BWP determines in its reasonable judgment that Customer either failed to provide evidence or that it provided insufficient evidence that its Generating Facility does not or will not meet the Eligibility Requirements, then the Generating Facility shall be deemed to not be meeting the Eligibility Requirements until such time as Customer demonstrates to BWP’s reasonable satisfaction that Customer meets the Eligibility Requirements for its Generating Facility consisting of a fuel cell.

Such information shall include but not be limited to:

1. List of all biomethane to be used at the facilities.

2. Certification that the facility’s fuel sources qualify as biomethane as specified in the definition of the biomethane in the Eligibility Guidebook.

a. List of names of each fuel production facility.

b. Demonstrate and provide evidence to BWP’s satisfaction, for each biomethane source that the capture and injection of biomethane into a common carrier pipeline directly results in at least one environmental benefit in California as defined in the Eligibility Guidebook.

c. Every producer of biomethane shall provide at minimum the following certification:

i. Provide the fuel production facility owner/operator, the address of the fuel production facility, the start and end dates of the fuel supply contract.

ii. Provide the quantity of fuel to be delivered under this contract in MMBtus/month.

iii. Provide the delivery point of the gas into the natural gas pipeline system, if applicable.

iv. Provide attestation, in form and substance satisfactory to BWP, by an authorized officer or agent of the fuel production facility owner under penalty of perjury, that the fuel consists, or will consist, solely of an RPS eligible fuel as defined in the Eligibility Guidebook and constitutes an RPS eligible renewable fuel pursuant to the Eligibility Guidebook.

d. Every pipeline entity that provides storage or delivery of renewable pipeline biomethane shall provide at minimum the following certification:

i. Provide the named fuel production facility name.
ii. Provide the entity handling the delivery of the biomethane gas.

ATTACHMENT 5
A5-182
474
Appendix E – Interconnection Agreement – May 2016 Page 42 of 51 iii. Provide the name of the entity delivering the gas at the point of receipt into the pipeline.
iv. Provide the receipt point where the gas enters the pipeline and the delivery point where the gas exits the pipeline.
v. Provide the name of the entity receiving the gas at the delivery point. vi. Provide sufficient evidence that demonstrates that the delivery of biomethane meets the delivery requirements of the Eligibility Guidebook. vii. Provide attestation by authorized officer or agent of the pipeline biomethane delivering entity and attest under penalty of perjury on behalf of the entity that renewable pipeline biomethane, as defined in the Eligibility Guidebook, from the named fuel pro duction facility, is planned to be delivered, and to continue to be delivered, for the term of the delivery contract, from the named entity at the above receipt point to the named receiving entity at the above delivery point, in an eligible manner as described by the Eligibility Guidebook.

3. Customer must furnish copies of all contracts with any sensitive or confidential information redacted from each of these agreements, between Customer and Suppliers and Pipeline entities showing the production, transmission, and delivery of each biomethane resource acquired as fuel for Customer’s Generation Facilities.
a. The biomethane procurement contract for each biomethane source must demonstrate at minimum the following:
i. The biomethane procurement contract execution date and term. ii. The biomethane sources are specified in the contract. iii. The contracted quantity of biomethane in MMBtu from each source, which may include the full output or a percentage of the full output from each source, and the specific time frame for biomethane deliveries.
iv. All renewable and environmental attributes associated with the production, capture, and injection of the biomethane are transferred in whole to the electrical generating facility using the biomethane.
b. The pipeline transport contracts must demonstrate at minimum the following:
i. The point of receipt (POR), where the biomethane enters the pipeline. ii. The point of delivery (POD), where the gas exits the pipeline or enters storage. iii. The transport maximum daily quantity, the maximum amount that can be transferred through the pipeline each day, if specified in the transport contract.

ATTACHMENT 5
A5-183
475
Appendix E – Interconnection Agreement – May 2016 Page 43 of 51 Appendix C

Customer Certification of Biomethane
“Generating Facility”: [Facility Description]

Customer certifies to the City of Burbank that the facility's fuel sources, identified below, qualify as biomethane as specified in the definition of biomethane in the Eligibility Guidebook.

All sources of biomethane
Fuel Production Facility Name Delivery Entity
1 2
3 4
5 6
7 I am an authorized officer or agent of the above -noted electrical generation facility owner with authority to submit this application for precertification on said facility owner’s behalf, and hereby submit this precertification form and any supplemental forms and attachments included herewith on behalf of said facility owner of the above noted electrical generation facility as an eligible renewable energy resource that such electrical generation facility would qualify under California’s RPS. I attest on behalf of said facility owner to the following with respect to fuel identified in this form and any supplemental forms and attachments included herewith:

• The fuel described in this form and any supplemental forms and attachments included herewith is being procured for precertification and the above noted electrical generation facility owner intends to continue procuring that fuel from the above noted fuel production facility(ies);

The fuel satisfies the definition and requirements of “biomethane” as specified in the Eligibility Guidebook;

• The above noted electrical generation facility owner has not sold, traded, given away, claimed, or otherwise disposed of any of the attributes that would prevent the resulting electricity from being compliant with the definition of “green attributes" as defined in the Eligibility Guidebook, nor will it do so for any biomethane used to generate at the above noted electrical generation facility; and,
Customer Name:

Street Address:

City:

Zip Code:

ATTACHMENT 5
A5-184
476
Appendix E – Interconnection Agreement – May 2016 Page 44 of 51 • The above noted electrical generation facility owner has not made, and will not make, for any biomethane used to generate electricity at the above noted electrical generation facility, any marketing, regulatory, or retail claim of GHG reductions from methane destruction without rightful ownership of the environmental attributed associated with the capture and destruction of the biomethane, and in full compliance with the Eligibility Guidebook.

I have read the above information as well as the Eligibility Guidebook, and understand the provisions, eligibility criteria, and requirements of the Eligibility Guidebook. I acknowledge that interconnection of the above generating facility is conditioned on the above noted facility owner’s acceptance and ongoing satisfaction of all the biomethane requirements as set forth in the Eligibility Guidebook and confirmed by the City of Burbank. I further acknowledge that the Energy Commission may revise the Eligibility Guidebook in the future, and that it is my responsibility to remain informed of any changes that could affect the precertification of the above noted electrical generation facility. I declare under penalty of perjury that the information provided in this form and any supplemental forms and attachments included herewith including all that is required to be submitted pursuant to the interconnection ag reement between the City of Burbank and the customer, , is true and correct to the best of my knowledge and that I am authorized to submit this form and any supplemental forms and attachments included herewith on behalf of the above noted electrical generation facility owner. I am delivering this certification to and for the benefit of the City of Burbank.

Name of Facility:

Authorized Officer/Agent:

Officer Title:

Company:

Signature:

Date Signed:

ATTACHMENT 5
A5-185
477
Appendix E – Interconnection Agreement – May 2016 Page 45 of 51 Fuel Production Facility Certification of Biomethane

Type of biomethane:

Delivery Method:

Delivery point to the natural gas pipeline system, if applicable:

Quantity of fuel under this contract (MMBtu/month) Date of first delivery, or use, of gas:

Is the fuel production facility, or biomethane source, if different from the fuel production facility, required by law to capture and destroy methane?

Yes / No (Circle one)

I am an authorized officer or agent of the above-noted fuel production facility owner, and hereby attest on behalf of said fuel production facility owner to the following with respect to the fuel described above:

• The fuel consists solely of an RPS eligible fuel that meets the definitions and requirements as specified in the Eligibility Guidebook;
• The fuel has been sold for use in the above noted electrical generation facility meet; • The above noted fuel production facility owner has not sold, traded, given away, claimed, or otherwise disposed of any of the attributes for the fuel separate from the fuel itself that would prevent the resulting electricity from being compliant with the definition of "green attributes" as defined in the Eligibility Guidebook, nor will it do so for any fuel used to generate RPS eligible electricity at the above noted electrical generation facility; and, The fuel production facility owner has not made, and will not make, for any fuel used to generate RPS-eligible electricity at the above noted electrical generation facility, any marketing, regulatory, or retail claim of GHG reductions from methane destruction without rightful ownership of the environmental attributed associated with the capture and destruction of the fuel, and in full compliance with Eligibility Guidebook.

Name of Customer:

Fuel Production Facility Name:

Fuel Production Facility Owner/Operator:

Address:

City: State: Zip:

Start date of fuel supply contract:

End date of fuel supply contract:

ATTACHMENT 5
A5-186
478
Appendix E – Interconnection Agreement – May 2016 Page 46 of 51 I have read the above information as well as the Eligibility Guidebook and understand the provisions, eligibility criteria, and requirements of the Eligibility Guidebook. I acknowledge that the above noted electrical generation facility is conditioned on the above noted fuel production facility owner’s acceptance and satisfaction of all applicable program requirements as set forth in the Eligibility Guidebook I declare under penalty of perjury that the information provided in this form is true and correct to the best of my knowledge and that I am authorized to submit this form on behalf of the above noted fuel production facility owner. I am delivering this certification to and for the benefit of the City of Burbank.

Authorized Officer/Agent:

Officer Title: Company:

Signature: Date Signed:

ATTACHMENT 5
A5-187
479
Appendix E – Interconnection Agreement – May 2016 Page 47 of 51 Pipeline Biomethane Delivery Entity Certification

Complete a copy of this form for each entity that takes title to and transports the fuel (each, a “delivery entity”) from each fuel production facility used as a source by the electrical generation facility.

Electrical generation facility name:

Fuel production facility name:

Provide the name of the delivery entity transporting the biomethane from the receipt point to the delivery point:

Provide the name of the entity from which the biomethane was received at the receipt point:

Provide the name of the receipt point (where the biomethane enters the pipeline or where the delivery entity received the biomethane, as applicable) and the name of the delivery point (where the biomethane exits the pipeline or where the biomethane was delivered to an entity other than the delivery entity, as applicable).

Provide the name of the entity receiving the biomethane at the delivery point:

I am an authorized officer or agent of the above -noted biomethane delivery entity, and hereby attest on behalf of said biomethane delivery entity that biomethane, as defined in the Eligibility Guidebook, from the above noted fuel production facility, has been delivered, and will continue to be delivered pursuant to the terms of the delivery contract, from the named entity delivering the biomethane to the above noted receipt point to the named entity receiving the biomethane at the above noted delivery point , in the manner as required by the Eligibility Guidebook. I also attest that the above noted biomethane delivery entity has not sold, traded, given away, claimed, or otherwise disposed of any of the attributes associated with the biomethane separate from the biomethane itself that would prevent the resulting elec tricity from being compliant with the definition of “green attributes” as defined in the Eligibility Guidebook, nor will it do so for any biomethane used to generate electricity at the above noted e lectrical generation facility delivered pursuant to the terms of the delivery contract. I attest that the above noted biomethane delivery entity has not made, and will not make, for any biomethane used to generate electricity at the above noted electrical generation facility, any marketing, regulatory, or retail claim of GHG reductions from methane destruction without rightful ownership of the environmental attributes associated with the capture and destruction of the biomethane, and in full compliance with Eligibility Guidebook. I have read the above information as well as the Eligibility Guidebook and understand the provisions, eligibility criteria, and requirements of that guidebook and my responsibilities under that guidebook. I ac knowledge that the above noted electrical generation facility is conditioned on the above noted biomethane delivery entity’s acceptance and satisfaction of all applicable program requirements as set forth in the Eligibility Guidebook. I declare under penalty ATTACHMENT 5
A5-188
480
Appendix E – Interconnection Agreement – May 2016 Page 48 of 51 of perjury that the information provided in this form is true and correct to the best of my knowledge and that I am authorized to submit this form on behalf of the above noted biomethane delivery entity. I am delivering this certification to and for the benefit of the City of Burbank.

Authorized Officer/Agent:

Officer Title:

Company:

Signature: Date Signed:

ATTACHMENT 5
A5-189
481
Appendix E – Interconnection Agreement – May 2016 Page 49 of 51 Appendix D
Metering/Telemetering Requirements
(Section to be determined after receiving required documentation in Appendix A) ATTACHMENT 5
A5-190
482
Appendix E – Interconnection Agreement – May 2016 Page 50 of 51 Appendix E
Annual Certification of Biomethane compliance (Eligibility Guidebook)

I am an authorized officer or agent of the entity that owns the Generation Facility, as noted below, and hereby submit this report and attest to the following on behalf of said entity:
1) I am an authorized officer or agent of the entity that owns the Generation Facility, as noted below and for which this report was prepared, and have authority to submit this report on behalf of said company;
2) The information and data provided in this report is submitted to Burbank Water and Power (BWP) for use in verifying the quantities of biomethane used by the Generation Facility noted below, the corresponding amount of electricity generated by the Generation Facility, and the delivery path(s) used to deliver the biomethane to the Generation Facility in accordance with the Eligibility Guidebook;
3) The Generation Facility for which this report was prepared is the final and sole owner of all biomethane fuel identified in this report;
4) The biomethane fuel identified in this report and its delivery to the Generation Facility satisfies all the requirements for biomethane as described in the Eligibility Guidebook; 5) To the best of my knowledge, none of the electricity generated by the Generation Facility as identified in this report, nor any of the renewable energy certificates, as defined in the Eligibility Guidebook, associated with electricity generation, has been or will be used, sold, retired, claimed, or represented as part of electricity generation more than once to satisfy BWP procurement requirements or voluntary contributions;
6) I have read the Eligibility Guidebook and understand the provisions, eligibility criteria, and requirements of the guidebook and my responsibilities under the guidebook. I also agree to be responsible to provide additional information for verification purposes, if requested by BWP. 7) I declare under penalty of perjury that the information and data provided in this report is true and correct to the best of my knowledge.

Authorized Officer or Agent of Entity That Owns Electrical Generation Facility Name:

Title:

Phone:

E-mail:

Fax:

Entity That Owns Electrical Generation Facility
Entity Name:

Street Address:

City, State, Zip Code:

Signed: Dated:

Name of Officer or Agent:

Title of Officer or Agent:

ATTACHMENT 5
A5-191
483
Appendix E – Interconnection Agreement – May 2016 Page 51 of 51 Appendix F
Permission to Interconnect and Form of Permission to Operate Letter Procedure for Permission to Interconnect

1. Once the Customer has fulfilled all of the requirements specific to its Interconnection Agreement for one or more specified Generating Facilities (Designated Generating Facilities) in a manner reasonably satisfactory to Burbank Water and Power (BWP), BWP w ill issue a written permission to interconnect (Permission to Interconnect) to allow temporary operation of the Designated Generation Facilities only to extent needed for testing newly installed and approved Designated Generation Facilities. Customers are NOT permitted to operate any Generating Facilities prior to receiving an official Permission to Interconnect and shall be held liable for any damages or losses that may occur as a result of any unauthorized operation.

2. Upon receiving the Permission to Interconnect the Interconnecting Customer may energize its Designated Generation Facilities (subject to the terms and conditions of the Interconnection Agreement and any agreements between BWP and the Interconnecting Customer) for the term as set forth in the Permission to Interconnect.

3. It is required that the Customer safely operates and maintains its Generation Facilities in accordance with all applicable laws, rules, and regulations governing generation facilities. In particular, the Customer should schedule regular maintenance and must maintain any permanent plaques and other signage related to its Generation Facilities.

4. Additionally, the Customer is required to notify BWP of any changes (or proposed changes) related to: the configuration or operation of its generating equipment, the ownership of the Generation Facilities or part thereof, or the host retail electric billing account

5. After the Customer receives the Permission to Interconnect, customers should review the BWP website periodically for changes and updates to the Rules and Regulations.

Form of Permission to Operate
Date of Permission to Operate: .

Customer hereby certifies that the Generation Facilities identified below (the “Permitted Generating Facilities”) meet all the requirements of the Interconnection Agreement and complies with all applicable laws and is safe to operate.

“Generating Facility [ ]” shall be: [Facility Description including the type of Renewable Electrical Generation Facility]

The Gross Nameplate Rating of Generating Facility 1 is kW.

The Net Nameplate Rating of Generating Facility 1 is kW.

Customer further certifies that it shall operate and maintain the Permitted Generating Facilities in accordance with the Interconnection Agreement.

BWP hereby certifies the Permitted Generating Facilities at the location described above meets the requirements of Section 8.0 of the Interconnect Agreement on the date of this issuance of the Permission to Operate and is allowed to operate according to the terms of the Interconnection Agreement.

Street Address:

City:

Zip Code:

Cross Streets:

Customer Representative:

Customer Signature:

BWP Representative:

BWP Signature:

ATTACHMENT 5
A5-192
484
Consent Calendar
Item #6
1 STAFF REPORT
DAT
E: November 18, 2025
T
O: Justin Hess, City Manager
F
ROM: Mandip Kaur Samra, General Manager, Burbank Water and Power VIA: Joseph Lillio, Chief Financial Officer
BY: Saba Momayez, Energy Services and Utility Rates Manager S
UBJECT: Adoption of a Resolution Amending the Fiscal Year 2025- 26 Citywide Fee Schedule to Approve the Updated Burbank Water and Power Electric Vehicle Charging Rates, Solar Net Billing Rate, Lifeline Discount, and Miscellaneous Service Fees
RE

COMMENDATION
Adopt A RESOLUTION OF THE COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF BURBANK , AMENDING ARTICLE X, SECTION 1, SECTION 10, AND SECTION 11, AND ARTICLE XI, SECTION 9 OF THE FISCAL YEAR 2025-26 CITYWIDE FEE SCHEDULE TO APPROVE THE UPDATED RATES AND FEES (Attachment 1).

BACKG
ROUND
The Burbank Water and Power Department (BWP) is proposing to amend the following sections in the Fiscal Year 2025-26 Citywide Fee Schedule, effective January 1, 2026.

E
V Charging Rates
Burbank Water and Power (BWP) owns and operates 55 Level 2 and four Direct Current (DC) Fast Charging stations throughout the City of Burbank (City) that are available for public use. These stations are available for a fee per kilowatt-hour (kWh), and these fees are updated annually in the Citywide Fee Schedule.

T
he purchase and installation of these charging stations were funded through the California Air Resources Board’s (CARB) Low Carbon Fuel Standard (LCFS) program.

The LCFS program provides BWP with credits based on the total number of electric vehicles registered in the City and for the energy dispensed by BWP-owned EV charging stations. These credits can be sold on the open market to high- carbon-intensity fuel

WATER AND
POWER
485
2 producers, and funds from the sale of these credits can only be used for transportation electrification programs, projects, and activities. Because LCFS funds are directly allocated from the state, BWP’s LCFS -funded programs, projects, and activities do not impact electric rates for our ratepayers (Attachment 2). While the proceeds of the LCFS- programs cover the purchase and installation of the charging stations and certain other costs, they do not cover maintenance and payment transaction fees.

Solar Net Billing Rate
On January 14, 2025, the City Council (Council) approved the new Solar Net Billing program. Any solar system that receives a permit on or after January 1, 2026, will be placed on the Solar Net Billing rate and will follow the rules of that program, not the existing Solar Net Energy Metering (NEM) rate (Attachment 3).

Lifeline Rate
On June 20, 2025, the Council approved increasing the electric rate discount from 40% to 45%. The exemptions from the monthly customer service charge and the Utility User’s Tax, along with the eligibility criteria, will remain unchanged (Attachment 4).

Miscellaneous Service Fees
BWP is a not -for-profit organization. Fees are based on the cost of conducting and maintaining daily operations. These proposed service fees are designed to recover the full cost directly from the customers incurring the service instead of passing on these costs to other ratepayers. This provides full cost recovery, eliminates any undue subsidy, and helps drive lower rates for residential and commercial customers. Therefore, BWP proposes to increase the disconnection and reconnection fees for non-payment from $33 to $41.03 per call for residential customers and increase the cost from $33 to $214.32 per call for commercial customers (Attachment 5)

DISCUSSION
EV Charging Rates
BWP’s EV charging rates are based on the Customer Service Charge, Demand Charge, Energy Charge, and Energy Cost Adjustment Charge (ECAC) listed in the Medium General Service electric rate of the Fiscal Year (FY) 2025-26 Citywide Fee Schedule, plus the operational costs for BWP listed below:

1. Maintenance – BWP electricians perform monthly maintenance checks on all BWP-owned charging stations and typically respond to any service calls within 24 hours.

2. Payment transaction fees – These fees are charged as a percentage of the total charging transaction cost by the charging network provider for processing payments.

486
3 The above costs are not covered by LCFS funds. Additional operational costs that are currently entirely covered by LCFS funds and not included in the EV charging rate are:

1. Charging station network fees – These fees are for charging stations to be connected to an online charging network. This provides BWP with the ability to set pricing, recover revenue, and view charging data, among other capabilities.

2. Capital costs – These are costs for BWP to invest in future public and fleet EV charging infrastructure.

3. Administrative costs – These costs are to cover the staff time to manage and plan for future EV charging programs, projects, and activities.

EV charging rates will increase approximately 10% across all customer classes, so staff used this estimate to calculate the FY 2025-26 EV charging rate. T he table below compares the proposed FY 2025-26 EV charging rates to the FY 2024-25 rates. These rates are a combination of the EV charging rate and ECAC, which is the actual rate that an EV driver will pay when charging their vehicle at BWP-owned charging stations. All rates are per kWh.

Table 1: Comparison of Proposed FY 2025-26 and FY 2024-25 Rates (FY 2025-26 rates will go into effect on January 1, 2026)
TOU Period FY 2024-25 FY 2025-26 (proposed)
Level 2 On-Peak $0.3878 $0.4436
Level 2 Mid-Peak $0.2178 $0.3298
Level 2 Off-Peak $0.2178 $0.2537
DCFC On-Peak $0.6278 $0.4922
DCFC Mid-Peak $0.3678 $0.3783
DCFC Off-Peak $0.3678 $0.3022

Composite Energy charge: Comprised of Energy charge and ECAC, and may differ from the billed rate due to rounding.

Solar Net Billing Rate
Customers placed on the Solar Net Billing Rate will receive compensation for energy sent to the grid on BWP’s new Avoided Cost of Energy (ACOE) rate. The ACOE is the calculated value of the solar energy exported to the grid to BWP, at the time of day and season that it is sent to the grid. This rate will be recalculated on a yearly basis to reflect current market rates. Commercial customers on the Solar Net Billing rate will be charged the normal rate for their rate class for energy delivered to them by BWP . Residential customers on the Solar Net Billing Rate will be placed on a time-of-use rate for the energy delivered to them by BWP. It is identical to the current EV time- of-use rate. The fee schedule will be revised to:

487
4 1. Add a new section for residential solar rates for solar net billing customers in Article X, Section 1, and

2. Add the avoided cost of energy rate in Article X, Section 11 for Customer Generation.

Lifeline Rate
Outside of the rate- setting process, BWP manages financial assistance programs to support financially vulnerable members of the community who may need help. The funding for these programs does not directly impact rates. The Lifeline programs for low- income customers are funded by BWP’s Public Benefits Fund, which is mandated by the state and requires BWP to set aside 2.85% of electric revenues to invest in these types of programs and services. On June 20, 2025, the Council approved raising the Lifeline electric rate discount from 40% to 45%.

The Lifeline Program will offer a 4 5% reduced electric rate and exemptions from the monthly customer service charge and Utility User’s Tax to income -qualified customers (ranging from an annual household income of $53,000 for a one-person household up to $100,000 for an eight -person household) with at least one member of the household being sixty -two years old or permanently disabled. Exemptions from the monthly customer service charge and Utility User’s Tax benefits will continue, along with the existing eligibility criteria.

Miscellaneous Fees
The current service call fee for non-payment disconnecting and reconnecting customers is $33 per call. The current fee does not cover the utility’s costs associated with disconnecting and reconnecting services for non- payment. These costs include back - office tasks performed by Customer Service Repres entatives (CSRs) and field visits conducted by Field Service Representatives (FSRs) for residential customers, as well as a certified Test Technician for commercial customers. Staff studied statistics from prior years, and BWP processes approximately 510 residential and 19 commercial disconnections for non-payment per month. Each residential call takes 29 minutes of staff time, and each commercial call takes 1 hour and 40 minutes of staff time, totaling 278 hours of staff time per month. In addition to staff time, there is dispatching of resources such as equipment and vehicles.

Based on this amount of staff time and dispatched resources, BWP reasonably estimates that the cost associated with BWP staff to complete a residential disconnect or reconnect service is $41.03 per call, and the cost for a commercial disconnect or reconnect service is $214.32 per call.

Currently, the disconnect and reconnect fees are being subsidized by all ratepayers. In accordance with Council policy, certain fees are to be recouping one hundred percent 488
5 (100%) cost recovery. The disconnect and reconnect fees should not be subsidized by all ratepayers. Therefore, staff is recommending 100% cost recovery for these fees.

COMMUNITY OUTREACH
The new fees will be reflected in the Citywide Fee Schedule. The EV charging rates will be displayed on BWP -owned EV charging stations, charging network portals, and charging applications once they go into effect on January 1, 2026. The Miscellaneous Fees will also be communicated on all collection notices to customers with past-due accounts.

ENVIRONMENTAL REVIEW
This staff report has no potential for resulting in a direct or reasonably foreseeable indirect physical change to the environment and, as such, falls outside the definition of a “project” under the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) and is therefore not subject to CEQA pursuant to CEQA Guidelines § 15378. Staff ’s recommendation would simply update the FY 2025-26 Citywide Fee Schedule, previously approved on June 20, 2025.

FISCAL IMPACT
EV Charging Rates
The updated EV charging rates will enable BWP to fully recover the costs associated with EV charging. Without these updates, BWP would under collect EV charging costs by approximately $313,000 annually. This would negatively affect reserves in the Electric Fund and put upward pressure on future electric rates.

Solar Net Billing Rate
The Solar Net Billing Program’s time- of-use rates ensure that BWP charges customers based on the costs of delivering electricity during appropriate time periods, and the ACOE compensates customers for electricity exported to BWP based on the value of that electricity to BWP at the time it is exported to BWP.

For each new solar customer who installs a solar photovoltaic ( PV) system under the proposed Solar Net Billing program, BWP will, on average, recover revenue equal to the difference between monthly bills for the NEM and solar net billing rates. Table 2 displays the average value of cost recovery for three customer types.

Table 2: Average Annual Cost Recovery from Net Billing
Customer Type Average Annual Cost Recovery per Customer Residential Tiered $412
Small Commercial $1,067
Medium Commercial $2,291

489
6 Lifeline Rate
The Lifeline program will have no fiscal impact on Electric rates, as it is funded through the state-mandated set -aside of 2.85% of Electric revenues, which is a separate, designated reserve established and required by law. The reserve has sufficient funding to address the proposed discount rate increase from 40% to 45%.

Miscellaneous Fees
The updated miscellaneous fees align service charges with the actual costs associated with disconnection and reconnection activities. This change is expected to generate an estimated annual savings of approximately $303,000 for all ratepayers.

CONCLUSION
Staff recommends Council adopt the Resolution amending Article X, Section 1,10, and 11, and Article XI, Section 9 of the FY 2025-26 Citywide Fee Schedule to update the Public EV Charging Rates , Implementation of Solar Net Billing rate, Implementation of Lifeline Rate, Revised Fee Implementation for D isconnection for N on-Payment, and Reconnection Fee.

ATTACHMENTS
Attachment 1 – Resolution
Attachment 2 – Revised Electric Vehicle Charging Rates
Attachment 3 – Current Avoided Cost of Energy Rate
Attachment 4 – Lifeline Rate Effective January 1, 2026
Attachment 5 – Revised Miscellaneous Fees
Attachment 6 – Revised Fee Schedule Changes
490

RESOLUT
ION NO. ______________

A RESOLUTI

ON OF THE COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF
BURBANK, AMENDING ARTICLE X, SECTION 1, SECTION
10, SECTION 11, AND ARTICLE XI, SECTION 9 OF THE
FISCAL YEAR 2025 -26 CITYWIDE FEE SCHEDULE TO

APPROVE THE UPDATED RATES AND FEES

THE COUNCIL OF
THE CITY OF BURBANK FINDS:

A. At a regular meet
ing held on June 3, 2025, the City Council adopted
Resolution No. 25-29,616, adopting the fiscal year 2025-2026 Citywide Fee Schedule.

B. The Burbank Ci
ty Council is considering approval the updated rates and fees to Article X, Section 1, Section 10, and Section 11, and Article XI, Section 9 of the fiscal year 2025-26 citywide fee schedule at its regular meeting on November 18, 2025.

C. Section 1-
1-112 of the Burbank Municipal Code provides that all fees, penalties, and charges of any kind levied by the City shall be designated in the Burbank Fee Resolution (commonly referred to as the Citywide Fee Schedule), as amended by the Council from time to time.

THE COUNCIL OF
THE CITY OF BURBANK RESOLVES:

1. Article X,
Section 1, Section 10, and Section 11, and Article XI, Section 9 of the Fiscal Year 2025- 26 Adopted Citywide Fee Schedule are amended and hereby approved as shown on “Exhibit A” attached hereto:

PASSED AND ADOPT
ED this ____ day of ____________ 2025.
__________________
________
Nikki Perez
Mayor
Approved as to
Form:

Attest: Office of the City Attorney
__________________
_________ __________________________
Kimberley Clark, City Clerk Christopher Chwang
Senior Assistant City Attorney
ATTACHMENT 1
A1-1
491

STATE OF CAL

IFORNIA )
CITY OF BURBANK ) ss.

COUNTY OF LOS ANGELES )
I, K
imberley Clark, City Clerk of the City of Burbank, do hereby certify that the foregoing Resolution was duly and regularly passed and adopted by the Council of the City of Burbank at its regular meeting held on the ___ day of _____________ 2025, by the following vote:

AYES:

N
OES:

ABSEN
T:
___
________________________
Kimberley Clark, City Clerk
ATTACHMENT 1
A1-2
492
154
SECTION 1. RESIDENTIAL SERVICE (B.M.C. Sec. 30-206)
(Last Update 6/3/25, Resolution 25-29,616)
Description Amount Unit/Time
(A) Basic Service Rate
(1) Customer Service Charge $19.50 Meter
(2) Service Size Charge
(a) Small $2.18 Meter
(b) Medium $4.45 Meter
(c) Large $13.37 Meter
Definitions:

Small: Service location with two (2) or more meters per service drop and does not meet the definition of Large; typically multi-family residential
Medium: Service location with one (1) meter per service drop and does not meet the definition of Large; typically single-family residential Large: Service with panel size greater than 200A
(3) Energy Charge
(a) First 300 kWh $0.1460 kWh
(b) All additional kWh $0.2442 kWh
(4) Energy Cost Adjustment Charge (ECAC)
All kWh $0
.0340 kWh
ECAC rate shall be increased or decreased according to Section 13. (5) Composite Energy Rate
(Comprised of Energy charge and ECAC and may differ from billed rate due to rounding)
(a) First 300 kWh $0.1800 kWh
(b) All additional kWh $0.2782 kWh
Each of the rates above shall be increased or decreased according to Section

13. (6) Minimum Charge
(a) Small $21.68 Month
(b) Medium $23.95 Month
(c) Large $32.87 Month
(B) Lifeline Service Rate
(1) Customer Service Charge $0.00 Meter
(2) Service Size Charge $2.18 Meter
(3) Energy Charge
(a) First 400 kWh $0.0803 kWh
(b) All additional kWh $0.1343 kWh

ARTICLE X

ELECTRIC RATES AND CHARGES

EXHIBIT A
A1-3
493
155
Description Amount Unit/Time
(4) Energy Cost Adjustment Charge (ECAC)
All kWh

$0.0187

kWh
Each of the rates above shall be increased or decreased according to Section

13. (5) Composite Energy Rate
(Comprised of Energy charge and ECAC and may differ from billed rate due to rounding)
(a) First 400 kWh
(b) All additional kWh
$0.0990
$0.2333
kWh
kWh
Each of the rates above shall be increased or decreased according to Section

13. (6) Minimum Charge
The minimum charge shall be the sum of the Customer Service Charge and Month the Service Size Charge.
(C) Optional Time of Use Rates for Electric Vehicle Owners (1) Customer Service Charge

$19.50

Meter
(2) Service Size Charge
(a) Small

$2.18

Meter
(b) Medium $4.45 Meter
(c) Large $13.37 Meter

Definitions
Small: Service location with two (2) or more meters per service drop and does not meet the definition of Large; typically multi-family residential.

Medium: Service location with one (1) meter per service drop and does not meet the definition of Large; typically single-family residential.

Large: Service with panel size greater than 200A

(3) Energy Charge
(a) Summer On-Peak $0.3562 kWh
(b) Summer Mid-Peak $0.2277 kWh
(c) Summer Off-Peak $0.1215 kWh
(d) Winter Mid-Peak $0.2277 kWh
(e) Winter Off-Peak $0.1215 kWh

Definitions:

Summer: June 1 through October 31
On-Peak: 4pm to 7pm on weekdays, except holidays
Mid-Peak: 8am to 4pm, 7pm to 11pm on weekdays, except holidays

Off-Peak: All hours on weekends and holidays, 11pm to 8am on weekdays

Non-Summer: November 1 through May 31
Mid-Peak: 8am to 11pm on weekdays, except holidays
Off-Peak: All hours on weekends and holidays, 11pm to 8am on weekdays
Description
Amoun
t
Unit/Ti
me

(4) Energy
Cost

EXHIBIT A
A1-4
494
156
Adjustment Charge (ECAC)
All kWh
$0.034
0 kWh
ECAC rate shall be increased or decreased according to Section 13. (D) Electric Meter Opt-Out Alternative
Customers choosing the electric meter opt-out alternative by May 20, 2012, shall pay an initial one- time charge of $75.00 for the replacement of their existing electric meter with a non-communicating digital meter, and a recurring monthly service charge of $10.00 for customers who receive service under the Basic Rate in subsection (A) of this section. Customers under the Lifeline Service Rate in subsection (B) of this section shall pay an initial one-time charge of $37.50 for the replacement of their existing electric meter with a non- communicating digital meter and a recurring monthly service charge of $5.00

(E) Solar Net Billing Rate
(1) Customer Service Charge $19.50 Meter
(2) Service Size Charge
(a) Small $2.18 Meter
(b) Medium $4.45 Meter
(c) Large $13.37 Meter

Definitions:

Small: Service location with two (2) or
more meters per service drop and does
not meet the definition of Large; typically
multi-family residential

Medium: Service location with one (1)
meter per service drop and does not meet
the definition of Large; typically single-
family residential

Large: Service with panel size greater than 200A

(3) Energy Charge
(a) Summer On-Peak $0.3562 kWh
(b) Summer Mid-Peak $0.2277 kWh
(c) Summer Off-Peak $0.1215 kWh
(d) Winter Mid-Peak $0.2277 kWh
(e) Winter Off-Peak $0.1215 kWh

Definitions:

Summer: June 1 through October 31
On-Peak: 4 pm to 7 pm on weekdays, except holidays
Mid-Peak: 8 am to 4 pm, 7 pm to 11 pm on
weekdays, except holidays
Off-Peak: All hours on weekends and holidays, 11 pm to 8 am on weekdays
Non-Summer: November 1 through May 31
Mid-Peak: 8 am to 11 pm on weekdays, except holidays
Off-Peak: All hours on weekends and holidays,
11 pm to 8 am on weekdays

(F) Optional Green Rate Premium
Residential customers who opt-in to the Green Rate Premium will pay an additional $0.018 per kWh on top of their regular rate

kWh

EXHIBIT A
A1-5
495
157
SECTION 10. MISCELLANEOUS CHARGES
(Last Update 6/3/25, Resolution 25-29,616)

Description Amount Unit/Time

(A)

(B)

(4) Installation of new on-site facilities necessary to serve customers 100% Actual Costs (5) Special Remote Meter 100% Actual Costs
(6) "Actual Costs" shall mean all costs to the Burbank Water and Power Department associated with the providing of the described service, as determined by the General Manager, and shall include, but need not be limited to, contract labor, meters, transformers, switches, other equipment, and materials.

(7) Capacity charge necessary to recover the cost of sub-transmission and

$653.49

kVA
substation capacity to serve new load from the distribution system in that area.

(8) Installation of new off-site facilities necessary to serve multi-family dwellings or large high-rise industrial developments from underground circuits exclusively for one particular customer.
100% Actual Costs
(9) Aid-in Construction (AIC) charges may be waived, recovered over a period of time, or otherwise modified provided that the Department receives a benefit equal to or greater than that from the AIC charges that would normally have applied.

(A) Deposits
(1) Each applicant for electric service may be required to guarantee payment of charges for electricity by depositing or otherwise furnishing double the estimated coverage billing for such services, provided that no deposit shall be less than twenty dollars ($20.00).
(2) Each applicant for a new service connection shall be required to make a deposit equal to the estimated cost of the installation prior to installation, unless waived by the Department under special conditions. (3) Each applicant for temporary service shall be required to deposit with the General Manager an amount equal to the estimated bill for electric service to be rendered, including installation and removal of service facilities and the costs of any equipment furnished by the City. Such an amount shall not be less than fifty dollars ($50.00).

Penalties
(1) Disconnection of service for non-payment
a) Residential
b) Commercial

$41.03
$214.32

Disconnect
Disconnect
(2) Reconnection of service after payment
a) Residential
b) Commercial

$41.03
$214.32

Reconnect
Reconnect
(3) Collection activity $33.00 Call
(4) Disconnect after illegal connection $300.00 Violation (5) Service call $55.00 Call
(6) Return Item Charge $38.50 Each
(7) Repairs and replacements due to illegal connections At Cost Each (8) Energy diversion $750.00 Violation
(9) Late Fee (on past due balances) 1.5% Month
(10) Vegetation Clearance
(11) Collection Agency Fee
$667.00
Up to 24% of Debt Total Due
Each
Connections (Aid-In-Construction)
(1) Relocation of existing overhead or underground lines 100% Fully Burdened Costs (2) Feasibility Studies 100% Actual Costs
(3) Engineering 100% Fully Burdened Costs

EXHIBIT A
A1-6
496
158
Description Amount Unit/Time
(4) A deposit of fifty dollars ($50.00) shall be required for consumer requests to test the consumer’s meter if such test has been performed on that service in the 12 months immediately preceding. If the meter is inaccurate, the deposit will be refunded and a billing adjustment made. If the meter is accurate, the deposit shall be forfeited.

(D) Special Services
(1) A fee of one hundred twenty-five dollars ($125.00) shall be charged for each community banner that is hung by the Department.

(E) Electric Vehicle Charging
(1) Level 1 and Level 2 City AC Charging Stations

Energy Charge
(a) Summer On-Peak

$0.4096

kWh
(b) Mid-Peak $0.2958 kWh
(c) Off-Peak $0.2197 kWh
(2) DC Fast Charge Stations

Energy Charge
(a) Summer On-Peak $0.4582 kWh
(b) Mid-Peak $0.3443 kWh
(c) Off-Peak $0.2682 kWh

Definitions:

Summer: June 1 through October 31
Winter: November 1 through May 31
Summer On-Peak: Summer, 4pm to 7pm on weekdays
Mid-Peak: Summer, 8am - 4pm and 7pm - 11pm on weekdays. Winter, 8am - 11pm on weekdays Off-Peak: Summer and Winter, 11pm - 8am on weekdays, all hours on weekends.

(3) Energy Cost Adjustment Charge (ECAC)
All kWh $0.0340 kWh
ECAC rate shall be increased or decreased according to Section 13.

(F) Utility Pole Attachment Rate (Effective 2/6/17)

(1) Attachment of communications equipment to utility poles and/or support structures by communications service providers.
$30.10 Per foot of attachment
per pole per year

(2) Processing Fee $108.65 Per application
(3) Pole Attachment Application Review $72.20 Per pole per application

(G) Permit Processing and Plan Check Fees
(1) Electrical Review $200.75 Per application
(2) Development Review $329.17 Per application
(3) Excavation Permit Review $287.38 Per application
(4) Wireless Telecommunications Attachment Review $581.77 Per application

EXHIBIT A
A1-7
497
159
SECTION 11. CUSTOMER GENERATION
(Last Update 5/9/19, Resolution 19-29,082)
Description Amount Unit/Time
(A) The rate paid by the Burbank Water & Power Department to any "Qualifying Facility" under FERC rules shall be secured on an i ndividual contract basis. Rules specifying terms, conditions, and interconnection requirements as a prerequisite for cogeneration service under this rate schedule, in compliance with FERC Order No. 69, pursuant to PURPA, Section 210, were adopted by the City Council on September 28, 1982.

(B) Net Surplus Electricity Compensation Rate
All kWh delivered to BWP in excess of annual usage by the customer. $0.0455 kWh (C) Avoided Cost of Energy
(a) Summer On-Peak $0.1186 kWh
(b) Summer Mid-Peak $0.0825 kWh
(c) Summer Off-Peak $0.0702 kWh
(d) Winter Mid-Peak $0.0696 kWh
(e) Winter Off-Peak $0.0696 kWh
Defini
tions:

Summer: June 1 through October 31
On-Peak: 4 pm to 7 pm on weekdays, except holidays
Mid-Peak: 8 am to 4 pm, 7 pm to 11 pm on weekdays, except holidays Off-Peak: All hours on weekends and holidays, 11 pm to 8 am on weekdays
Non-Summer: November 1 through May 31
Mid-Peak: 8 am to 11 pm on weekdays, except holidays
Off-Peak: All hours on weekends and holidays, 11 pm to 8 am on weekdays

EXHIBIT A
A1-8
498
1 SE
CTION 9. MISCELLANEOUS WATER CHARGES
(Last Update 6/3/25, Resolution 25-29,616)
The total charge shall be the sum of the Water Availability Charge, Quantity Charge, and Water Cost Adjustment Charge (WCAC) as established in this section.

Description Amount Unit/Time
(A) Penalties
(1) Disconnection of service for non-payment
a) Residential
b) Commercial
$41.03
$214.32
Disconnect
Disconnect
(2) Reconnection of service for non-payment
a) Residential
b) Commercial
$41.03
$214.32
Reconnect
Reconnect
(3) Disconnection after illegal connection $110.00 Violation (4) Service Call - non payment $55.00 Call
(5) Return Item Charge $38.50 Check
(6) Late Fee (on past due balances) 1.5% Month
(7) Repairs and replacements due to illegal water connections At Cost Each Occurrence
(8) Collection Activity $33.00 Call
(9) Emergency Turn on/off customer request after hours $27.50 Call (10) Penalty for unauthorized connection to department facilities $550.00 Violation (11) Penalty for unauthorized use of water through a department facility
$550.00 Violation
(12) Collection Agency Fee Up to 24%
of Debt
Total Due
Each
(13) Collection Agency Court Fee or Secondary Collection Fee Up to 33% of Debt
Total Due
Eac h
(B) Water Distribution Main Charge (When applicant or his predecessor in interest has not previously paid such charge.)

ARTICLE XI

WATER RATES AND CHARGES

EXHIBIT A
A1-9
499
2 (1
) Water Main Charge (8") $155.00 Front foot of
parcel adjacent
to the water
main
(2) Water Main Charge (12") $220.00 Front foot of
parcel adjacent
to the water
main
(C) Water Main Replacement Fee (Water Rules and Regulations Section 4.34)
(1) 8" main $155.00 Front foot of
parcel adjacent
to the water
main
(2) 12" main $220.00 Front foot of
parcel adjacent
to the water
main
(D) Miscellaneous Charges
(1) Special Facilities Charge 100% Cost
(
2) Copies of Rules and R egulations $5.00 Copy
(3
) Public Fire Hydrant Installations At Cost Each
Occurrence
(4) Fire Hydrant Flow Test
Fire Hydrant Flow Information
$440.00
$110.00
Each
Occurrence
Each
(5) Inspection Services/Flushing
domestic/fire service
for customer installed $302.50 Each
Occurrence
(E) Deposits
(1) Each applicant for water service may be required to guarantee payment of charges for water by depositing or otherwise furnishing double the estima ted average billing for such service, provided no deposit shall be less than twenty dollars ($20.00)
(2) Each applicant for a new service connection shall be required to make a deposit equal to the estimated cost of installation prior to installation.
(3) Each applicant for temporary service shall be required to deposit with the General Manager an amount equal to the estimated bill for water service to be rendered, including installation and removal of service facilities, and the cost of any equipment furnished by the City. (4) A deposit of fifty dollars ($50.00) shall be required for consumer requests to test the consumer's meter if such test has been performed on that service in the 12 months immediately preceding. If the meter is inaccurate, the deposit will be refunded and a billing adjustment made. If the meter is accurate, the deposit shall be forfeited.
(F) Backflow Prevention
(1) Applicants for service shall be required to pay a plan check charge to cover costs for evaluating

EXHIBIT A
A1-10
500
3 premise
s for potential cross-connection per the State of California Cross-Connection Control Plan Handbook (CCCPH) under the Safe Drinking Water Act (SDWA). Such fee shall be $50.00 minimum, up to actual costs for large facilities.
(2) Where backflow prevention device must be maintained and tested, an administrative fee of $5.50 per month shall be charged.
(G) Water Testing Fees
Fees for water tests will be charged at the current laboratory contract rates. No mark-u p will be charged.

Description
Amount Unit/Time
(H) Plan and Permit Review Fees
(1) Water Service Review $218.63 Per Application
(2)
(1)
(2)
Development Review
Excavation / Encroachment
Utility Records Request
$532.13 Per Application
$56.80 Per Application
$154.15 Per Application

EXHIBIT A
A1-11
501
Revised Composite Electric Vehicle Charging Rates
Table 1: Comparison of Proposed FY 2025-26 and FY 2024-25 rates (FY 2025-26 rates will go into effect on January 1, 2026) TOU Period FY 2024-25 FY 2025-26 (proposed)
Level 2 On-Peak $0.3878 $0.4436
Level 2 Mid-Peak $0.2178 $0.3298
Level 2 Off-Peak $0.2178 $0.2537
DCFC On-Peak $0.6278 $0.4922
DCFC Mid-Peak $0.3678 $0.3783
DCFC Off-Peak $0.3678 $0.3022
Composite Energy charge: Comprised of Energy charge and ECAC and may differ from billed rate due to rounding.

ATTACHMENT 2
A2-1
502
Current Avoided Cost of Energy Rate
Table 2: Components of BWP’s Avoided Cost of Energy
Rate Time Period Total Avoided Cost of Energy ($/kWh)
Summer On-Peak
(4 PM – 7 PM)
$0.1186
Summer Mid-Peak
(8 AM – 4 PM & 7 PM – 11 PM)
$0.0825
Summer Off-Peak
(11 PM – 8 AM)
$0.0702
Winter Mid-Peak
(8 AM – 11 PM)
$0.0696
Winter Off-Peak
(11 PM – 8 AM)
$0.0696
ATTACHMENT 3
A3-1
503
Lifeline Rate effective January 1, 2026
Table 3: Lifeline rate effective January 1, 2026
Lifeline Rate
Energy Charge
First 400 kWh $ 0.0803
All Additional kWh $ 0.1343
Energy Cost Adjustment
Charge (ECAC) $ 0.0187
Composite Energy Rate
First 400 kWh $ 0.0990
All additional kWh $ 0.2333
ATTACHMENT 4
A4-1
504
Revised Miscellaneous Fees
Current Rate Proposed Rate
Residential $ 33.00 $ 41.68
Commercial $ 33.00 $ 214.38
ATTACHMENT 5
A5-1
505
(E) Electric Vehicle Charging
(1) Level 1 and Level 2 City AC Charging Stations
Energy Charge
(a) Summer On-Peak $0.4096 $0.24 kWh
(b) Mid-Peak $0.2958 $0.15 kWh
(c) Off-Peak $0.2197 $0.12 kWh
(2) DC Fast Charge Stations
Energy Charge
(a) Summer On-Peak $0.4582 $0.27 kWh
(b) Mid-Peak $0.3443 $0.19 kWh
(c) Off-Peak $0.2682 $0.16 kWh
Definitions:

Summer: June 1 through October 31
Winter: November 1 through May 31
Mid-Peak: Summer, 8am - 4pm and 7pm - 11pm on weekdays. Winter, 8am - 11pm on weekdays Off-Peak: Summer and Winter, 11pm - 8am on weekdays, all hours on weekends. (3) Energy Cost Adjustment Charge (ECAC)
All kWh $0.0340 kWh
ECAC rate shall be increased or decreased according to Section 13.

Summer On-Peak: Summer, 4pm to 7pm on weekdays
Revised Electric Vehicle Charging Rates
The following text shall be added to or deleted from Article I, Section 14 of the 2024-2025 Burbank Fee Schedule. Underlined text indicates addition, and strikethrough text indicates deletion.

Description Amount Unit/Time
ATTACHMENT 6
A6-1

REVISED FEE SCHEDULE CHANGES
506
2 Description Amount Unit/Time
kWh
(D)
$19.50 Meter
$2.18
$4.45
$13.37
Definitions
Small: Service location with two (2) or more meters per service drop and does not meet the definition of Large; typically multi-family residential.

Medium: Service location with one (1) meter per service drop and does not meet the definition of Large; typically single-family residential.

Large: Service with panel size greater than 200A
$0.3562
$0.2277
$0.1215
$0.2277
$0.1215
Definitions:

Summer: June 1 through October 31
On-Peak: 4pm to 7pm on weekdays, except holidays
Mid-Peak: 8am to 4pm, 7pm to 11pm on weekdays, except holidays Off-Peak: All hours on weekends and holidays, 11pm to 8am on weekdays
Non-Summer: November 1 through May 31
Mid-Peak: 8am to 11pm on weekdays, except holidays
Off-Peak: All hours on weekends and holidays, 11pm to 8am on weekdays
kWh
(4) Energy Cost Adjustment Charge (ECAC)
All kWh $0.0340
ECAC rate shall be increased or decreased according to Section 13.

Electric Meter Opt-Out Alternative
Customers choosing the electric meter opt-out alternative by May 20, 2012, shall pay an initial one- time charge of $75.00 for the replacement of their existing electric meter with a non-communicating digital meter, and a recurring monthly service charge of $10.00 for customers who receive service under the Basic Rate in subsection (A) of this section. Customers under the Lifeline Service Rate in subsection (B) of this section shall pay an initial one-time charge of $37.50 for the replacement of their existing electric meter with a non-communicating digital meter and a recurring monthly service charge of $5.00

(E) Optional Green Rate Premium
Residential customers who opt- in to the Green Rate Premium will pay an additional $0.018 per kWh on top of their regular rate
(EC
)
Optional Time of Use Rates for Electric Vehicle
OwnersSolar Net Billing Rate
(1) Customer Service Charge
(2) Service Size Charge
(a) Small
(b) Medium
(c) Large
Meter
Meter
Meter
(3) Energy Charge
(a) Summer On-Peak
(b) Summer Mid-Peak
(c) Summer Off-Peak
(d) Winter Mid-Peak
(e) Winter Off-Peak
kWh
kWh
kWh
kWh
kWh

CUSTOMER GENERATION
Current Avoided Cost of Energy Rate
ATTACHMENT 6
A6-2
507
3 (Last Update 5/9/19, Resolution 19-29,082)
Description Amount Unit/Time
(A) The rate paid by the Burbank Water & Power Department to any "Qualifying Facility" under FERC rules shall be secured on an individual contract basis. Rules specifying terms, conditions, and interconnection requirements as a prerequisite for cogeneration service under this rate schedule, in compliance with FERC Order No. 69, pursuant to PURPA, Section 210, were adopted by the City Council on September 28, 1982.
$0.0455 kWh
$0.1186
$0.0825
$0.0702
$0.0696
$0.0696
Definitions:

Summer: June 1 through October 31
On-Peak: 4pm to 7pm on weekdays, except holidays
Mid-Peak: 8am to 4pm, 7pm to 11pm on weekdays, except holidays Off-Peak: All hours on weekends and holidays, 11pm to 8am on weekdays
Non-Summer: November 1 through May 31
Mid-Peak: 8am to 11pm on weekdays, except holidays
Off-Peak: All hours on weekends and holidays, 11pm to 8am on weekdays
(B) Net Surplus Electricity Compensation Rate
All kWh delivered to BWP in excess of annual usage by the customer. (C)
B)
Net Surplus Electricity Compensation RateAvoided Cost of Energy All kWh delivered to BWP in excess of annual usage by the customer.(a) Summer On-Peak (b) Summer Mid-Peak
(c) Summer Off-Peak
(d) Winter Mid-Peak
(e) Winter Off-Peak
kWh
kWh
kWh
kWh
kWh
ATTACHMENT 6
A6-3
508
Description Amount Unit/Time
(3) Energy Charge
(a) First 400 kWh $0.0118 kWh
(b) All additional kWh $0.1112 kWh
(4) Energy Cost Adjustment Charge (ECAC)
All kWh $0.0674 kWh
(5) Composite Energy Rate
(a) First 400 kWh $0.0792 kWh
(b) All additional kWh $0.1786 kWh
(6) Minimum Charge
$1.94 Month
(C) Optional Time of Use Rates for Electric Vehicle Owners (1) Customer Service Charge $14.25 Meter
(2) Service Size Charge
(a) Small $1.94 Meter
(b) Medium $3.96 Meter
(c) Large $11.83 Meter
Definitions
Large: Service with panel size greater than 200A
(3) Energy Charge
(a) Summer On-Peak $0.2066 kWh
(b) Summer Mid-Peak $0.0935 kWh
(c) Summer Off-Peak $0.0000 kWh
(d) Winter Mid-Peak $0.0935 kWh
(e) Winter Off-Peak $0.0000 kWh
Definitions:

Summer: June 1 through October 31
(Comprised of Energy charge and ECAC and may differ from billed rate due to rounding)
Each of the rates above shall be increased or decreased according to Section

13. Small: Service location with two (2) or more meters per service drop and does not meet the definition of Large; typically multi-family residential.

Medium: Service location with one (1) meter per service drop and does not meet the definition of Large; typically single-family residential.

The minimum charge shall be the sum of the Customer Service Charge and the Service Size Charge.

Each of the rates above shall be increased or decreased according to Section

13. Mid-Peak: 8am to 4pm, 7pm to 11pm on weekdays, except holidays On-Peak: 4pm to 7pm on weekdays, except holidays
$0.1343
$0.0803
$0.2333
$0.0187
$0.0990
Lifeline Rate Effective January 1, 2026
ATTACHMENT 6
A6-4
509

EXHIBIT B
SECTION 10. MISCELLANEOUS CHARGES
(Last Update 9/15/25 6/25/25, Resolution 25-29,616)
Description Amount Unit/Time
(A) Penalties
(1) Disconnection of service for non-payment
a) Residential
b) Commercial
$41.03
$214.32
Disconnect
Disconnect
(2) Reconnection of service after payment
a) Residential
b) Commercial
$41.03
$214.32
Reconnect
Reconnect
(23) Collection activity $33.00 Call
(4) Disconnect after illegal connection $300.00 Violation (5) Service call $55.00 Call
(6) Return Item Charge $38.50 Each
(7) Repairs and replacements due to illegal connections At Cost Each (8) Energy diversion $750.00 Violation
(9) Late Fee (on past due balances) 1.5% Month
(10) Vegetation Clearance $667.00 Each
(11) Collection Agency Fee Up to 24 of Debt Total Due
(B) Connections (Aid-In-Construction)
(1) Relocation of existing overhead or underground lines 100% Fully Burdened Costs (2) Feasibility Studies 100% Actual Costs
(3) Engineering 100% Fully Burdened Costs
100%
100%
$653.49
100%
(C) Deposits
(1) Each applicant for electric service may be required to guarantee payment of charges for electricity by depositing or otherwise furnishing double the estimated coverage billing for such services, provided that no deposit shall be less than twenty dollars ($20.00).
(2) Each applicant for a new service connection shall be required to make a deposit equal to the estimated cost of the installation prior to installation, unless waived by the Department under special conditions. (4) Installation of new on-site facilities necessary to serve customers (5) Special Remote Meter
(6) "Actual Costs" shall mean all costs to the Burbank Water and Power Department associated with the providing of the described service, as determined by the General Manager, and shall include, but need not be limited to, contract labor, meters, transformers, switches, other equipment, and materials.
(7) Capacity charge necessary to recover the cost of sub-transmission and substation capacity to serve new load from the distribution system in that area.
(8) Installation of new off-site facilities necessary to serve multi -family dwellings or large high- rise industrial developments from underground circuits exclusively for one particular customer.
(9) Aid-in Construction (AIC) charges may be waived, recovered over a period of time, or otherwise modified provided that the Department receives a benefit equal to or greater than that from the AIC charges that would normally have applied.

Actual Costs
Actual Costs
kVA
Actual Costs
Revised Miscellaneous Fees
ATTACHMENT 6
A6-5
510
1 STAFF REPORT
DAT
E: November 18, 2025
T
O: Justin Hess, City Manager
F
ROM: Patrick Prescott, Community Development Department Director VIA: Simone McFarland, Assistant Community Development Director BY: Mary Hamzoian, Economic Development Manager
S
UBJECT: Approval of the Burbank Hospitality Association Fiscal Year 202 5–26 Annual Report

RECOMMENDATION
Approve the Fiscal Year (FY) 202 5–26 Burbank Hospitality Association (BHA) Annual Report pursuant to Section 36650 of the California Street and Highways Code.

BACKG
ROUND
The Burbank Tourism Business Improvement District ( TBID) was formed as a self - imposed, special benefit assessment district funded by a 1% assessment on overnight hotel room stays. Separate from the City’s Transient Occupancy Tax (TOT) which goes directly to the City’s General Fund, the TBID utilizes funds collected from the 1% assessment to boost hotel occupancy by marketing and promoting Burbank as a domestic, national, and international tourist destination. This results in increased hotel room occupancy, and increased revenue in Sales Tax, Transient Parking Tax (TPT), and TOT.

Cit
y Council (Council) approved the TBID for a five- year term on September 20, 2011 .

The TBID was renewed in 2016 for an additional 10- year term and Council will consider renewing the TBID for a new 10- year term on November 18, 2025. Should Council vote to renew the TBID, the new 10-year term will begin July 1, 2026, with a new assessment rate of 1.75%.

T
he TBID is governed by a Board of Directors known as the BHA, a non-profit corporation.

The BHA, also known as Visit Burbank, is an example of a successful public/private partnership with the City. The Economic Development Team manages the projects,

COMMUNITY

DEVELOPMENT
Consent Calendar
Item #7
511
2 programs and initiatives for the TBID , by utilizing funding from the private sector to enhance tourism, visitor spending, and increase general fund revenues for the City.

DISCUSSION
Tourism is a significant revenue generator for the City’s General Fund, with TOT revenue accounting for $13,352,395 in FY 2024-25, and projected to be $14,407,120 in FY 2025-

26. Hotel occupancy continues to recover post-pandemic and was reported at 76.4% at the end of FY 2024-25. Burbank’s hotel occupancy consistently ranks in the high occupancy levels, which are between 70% – 80%. While occupancy levels still haven’t recovered to pre-pandemic figures of 83%, Average Daily Rates1 (ADR) and Revenue Per Available Room2 (RevPAR) have surpassed those from 2019 as depicted in Figure 1 below.

Figure 1:

FY 24/25 2019
ADR $194.87 $164.00
RevPAR $148.83 $136.00
Occupancy 76.4% 83%

Burbank Tourism Impact Report 20
24 As in previous years, staff commissioned Tourism Economics to conduct a study of the economic impact of tourism in Burbank in 2024. Results showed that when compared to 2023, Burbank’s visitor volume increased 1.7% to 3.2 million, visitor spending increased

1.8% to $843 million, and 7,880 jobs were sustained because of tourism. A local return of $31.2 million was generated in lodging, sales, property taxes and fees supporting local government revenues.

Annual Report FY 202
5-26
The Annual Report (Attachment 1) is required by the California Streets and Highways Code § 36650 and provides insight into FY 2025-26 (July 1, 2025 to June 30, 2026). The BHA Year in Review FY 202 4-25 and Looking Ahead Marketing Report ( Attachment 2), provide highlights of the accomplishments and successes the organization achieved during the past fiscal year while also providing insight into the upcoming year.

FY 202 4-25 Accomplishments
The following are highlights of the TBID’s accomplishments in Sales, Marketing, and Destination Development:

1 Average Daily Rate (ADR) – is a metric used to understand the hotels financial performance and measures the average revenue earned per occupied room in a given period of time. This metric only considers average revenue generated.

2 Revenue Per Available Room (RevPar) – is a metric used to understand the hotels financial health and measures the average revenue generate per room during a given period. This metric considers both the ADR and occupancy rate. 512
3 Sales and Marketing Programs
• Marketing Campaigns: Generated 18.6 million impressions from digital and social campaigns.
• Social Media Influencer Program : Created social media influencer campaigns and media familiarization tours reaching an audience of 844K combined followers. • Universal Studios Hollywood Partner Hotel Program: Funded the participation of 12 Burbank hotels in the program, achieving $1.2 million in hotel bookings and 770K impressions.
• HotelPlanner Preferred Member Program : Funded the participation of ten Burbank hotels in the largest online group hotel reservation program, achieving $3.8 million in group travel sales, up 35% compared to FY 2023-24. • Events & Conferences 3: S ponsored six events and conferences , generating $315K in room night revenue.
• Trade Shows: Attended travel trade shows to promote Burbank as an international and domestic destination to more than 80 industry professionals.

Destination Development
• Visit Burbank Bicycle Program : Continued the program, offering 51 branded bikes to eight participating hotels to provide to their guests as an added amenity. • Superhero Statue Program: Unveiled Green Lantern, Burbank’s third epic bronze statue, in November 2024 along with a custom comic reprint. • ONEBurbank: Continued to fund the participation of 16 Burbank hotels in the City’s ONEBurbank high-speed fiber internet service within the hotels. • Fédération Internationale de Football Association (FIFA) World Cup 2026 and 2028 Summer Olympics ( LA28): Collaborated with the City on outreach and collaborations with Los Angeles Sports & Entertainment Commis sion and FIFA Los Angeles, leading to the City’s submission of a Request for Proposals for a FIFA 2026 Fan Zone.

Looking Ahead for FY 2025
-26
A major initiative in FY 2025-26 is the renewal of the TBID for a new 10-year term, set to begin July 1, 2026. The renewal of the TBID will ensure continued, stable funding for tourism marketing, destination development, and related programs that benefit the hotels, businesses, attractions, and the City as a whole.

Sales & Marketing Programs
In addition to all the programs outlined in FY 202 4-25, the TBID proposes the following new initiatives for FY 2025-26:

3 Annual events that attract overnight visitors that are supported by Visit Burbank through sponsorship funding. 513
4 • New Branding and Marketing Agency: Hire a new marketing firm and social media manager to lead a complete rebrand of the Visit Burbank logo, website, and marketing materials, set to launch in late 2025.
• Hollywood Burbank Airport Advertising Campaign: S trategically place advertising in various locations throughout the airport to promote Burbank’s shopping, dining, and lodging amenities to more than six million annual visitors.

Destination Development Programs
In addition to the programs outlined in FY 2024-25, new initiatives for FY 2025-26 include:
• Superhero Statue Program : Expand the m onumental program with the completion and installation of Krypto at Dick Clark Dog Park. • FIFA World Cup 2026 and 2028 Summer Olympics ( LA28): Continue to collaborate with the City and FIFA/LA28 to secure hotel blocks for Burbank hotels, and partner on special events and viewing parties.
• Monument and Wayfinding Signage : Begin the initial process to i mplement signage at major entryways into Burbank, delineating the city from surrounding communities while showcasing its identity as the Media Capital of the World. • Summer Art Exhibit : Secure a global art exhibit for Summer 2026 like the Elephant Parade.
• Airline Marketing: Provide airline marketing support to continue to promote new routes that build customer awareness of Burbank.

ENVIRONMENTAL REVIEW
This staff report has no potential for resulting in a direct or reasonably foreseeable indirect physical change to the environment and falls outside the definition of a “project” under the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) and is therefore not subject to CEQ A pursuant to § 15378 of Title 14 of the California Code of Regulations. This staff report is for informational purposes only regarding the annual review of the BHA Annual Report as required by California Streets and Highways Code § 36650.

FISCAL IMPACT
There is no fiscal impact to the City’s General Fund by approving the FY 2025-26 Annual Report. During FY 20 24-25, the City collected $ 13,352,395 in TOT revenue, while the TBID collected approximately $ 1,335,239 in assessments. In FY 202 5-26, the City is projected to receive $14,407,120 in TOT revenue.

CONCLUSION
For the past 14 years, the TBID has helped create a network of tourism drivers that support the growth of the industry. The collaboration between the City and the TBID has created a partnership that leverages funding from the private sector to enhance tourism, boost hotel occupancy and generate general fund revenues for the City. The TBID is also 514
5 managed by the Economic Development Team which has strategically created collaborations with the Hollywood Burbank Airport, Warner Bros. Studio Tour Hollywood, and Universal Studios Hollywood, and the TBID, all of which have greatly contributed to enhancing tourism. The ongoing efforts of the TBID have contributed to the economic wellbeing of the City, generating $32.1 million in local tax revenues in 2024. Tourism also creates a multiplier effect for retailers and restaurants as visitors shop in the City’s stores and dine in the City’s restaurants. These benefits increase sales tax and TOT revenues for the City, ultimately helping build a safe, beautiful, and thriving community.

ATTACHMENTS
Attachment 1 – Burbank Tourism Business Improvement District Annual Report FY 2025-26
Attachment 2 – Visit Burbank Accomplishments for FY 2024-25 and Looking Ahead FY 2025-26 Brochures
515
ATTACHMENT 1 – 1
Burbank Tourism Business Improvement District (TBID) Annual Report Fiscal Year 2025/2026
Attachment 1
Pursuant to Section 36650 of California Streets and Highways Code

SECTION ONE
Proposed Boundary Changes - Any proposed changes in the boundaries of the improvement district or in any benefit zones or classification of businesses within the district.

Response: In Fiscal Year 2025/2026, there will be no changes to the boundaries of the TBID.

SECTION TWO
Programs and Services for Fiscal Year 2025/2026 - The improvements, maintenance, and activities to be provided for that fiscal year.

Response:

In addition to Sales and Marketing and Destination Development initiatives, 2025 marks the launch of TBID’s renewal process for a new 10-year term beginning July 1,2026.

The following are the programs and services for Fiscal Year 2025-2026:

A. Sales and Marketing

SALES & MARKETING PROGRAMS
With the goal of increasing hotel room nights and adding to the overall economic growth of Burbank neighborhoods, shops, restaurants, and attractions, Visit Burbank marketing initiatives include:
• Marketing Campaign: Attract domestic drive-time/road trip markets (within a 300- mile radius), and non-stop flight markets into the Hollywood Burbank Airport on Google Pay Per Click, Google Display advertising, social media ads, and participation in collaborations with Discover Los Angeles, Visit California, and Brand USA. Internationally, the focus will be Canadian and Mexican travelers. Hire a new marketing firm and social media manager to develop and launch a new brand and identity campaign including a new logo, website and advertising materials.
• Social Media Influencer Program: Increase social media followers and engagement through Social Media Influencer Program and social media contests and giveaways. Leverage efforts from the new social media manager, to elevate the brand and increase followers and engagement.
• Universal Studios Hollywood Partner Hotel Program: Fund the participation of Burbank hotels in the Universal Parks & Resorts Vacations Partner Hotels Program to enhance revenue in the leisure travel market for Burbank. • HotelPlanner Preferred Member Program : Fund the participation of Burbank hotels in the HotelPlanner Program to enhance revenue in the group sales market. 516
ATTACHMENT 1 – 2
• Events & Conferences: Increase overnight stays by attracting and sponsoring multi-day events such as CTN Animation eXpo, Musexpo, AfroAnimation Summit

5.0, Arts, Media & Entertainment Leadership Institute, and California Institute of Behavioral Health Solutions Conference. Support homegrown events such as the Burbank International Film Festival and Burbank Comedy Festival. • Trade Shows: Attend travel trade shows to promote Burbank as an international and domestic destination to industry professionals.
• Burbank Chamber of Commerce Annual Marketing Sponsorship: Partner with the Chamber of Commerce to promote Visit Burbank to local Burbank businesses and residents to generate awareness, encourage usage of hotel meeting space and increase hotel bookings.

B. DESTINATION DEVELOPMENT PROGRAMS
• OneBurbank: Fund the participation of hotels in Burbank Water & Power ’s OneBurbank high-speed fiber internet service, enhancing the internet access/experience for hotel guests.
• Airline Marketing: Provide airline marketing support to continue to promote new routes that build customer awareness of Burbank.
• Superhero Statue Program: Expand the monumental program by completing the installation and unveiling of the Krypto statue Phase I V of a series of b ronze statues developed by Visit Burbank. Identify additional opportunities and locations for more statues to reinforce Burbank as the media capital of the world and inspire social media engagement.
• Hollywood Burbank Airport Advertising Campaign: Strategically place advertising from the TBID’s new campaign in various locations throughout the airport to promote Burbank’s shopping, dining and lodging amenities to more than 6 million annual visitors to help increase visitation and hotel stays. • FIFA World Cup 2026 & LA28 : Collaborate with the City and event planning committees for each organization to secure hotel blocks for Burbank hotels, develop citywide special events and viewing parties at various locations throughout the city, showcase Burbank’s major attractions, hotels and convenient access to events, and promote Burbank as an official sport destination for FIFA and LA28. • Monument & Wayfinding Signage : Implement distinctive signage at major entryways into Burbank, delineating the city from surrounding communities while showcasing its identity as the Media Capital of the World. Signs will serve as welcoming beacons, enhancing visitor experience, creating Instagram moments, and positioning Burbank as a premier overnight destination for families, groups, and solo travelers.
• Summer Art Exhibit: Secure a global art exhibit for Summer 2026, similar to the Elephant Parade.

*Please note, programs and services may be subj ect to change based on marketing performance and Board priorities but will still fall within the parameters of Sales and Marketing and Destination Development.

517
ATTACHMENT 1 – 3

SECTION THREE
Approved Budget for Fiscal Year 2025/2026 – An estimate of the cost of providing the improvements, maintenance, and the activities for the upcoming fiscal year.

Response: The budget estimate for the cost of providing improvements and activities for Fiscal Year 2025-2026 is $1,400,000 and is distributed as follows:

Fiscal Year 2025-2026 Budget: $1,400,000
Sales and Marketing: $771,815– 55% of budget
Destination Development: $280,660– 20% of budget
Administration: $280,660– 20% of budget
Contingency/Renewal: $70,165– 5% of budget

SECTION FOUR
Assessment Rates - The method and basis of levying the assessment in sufficient detail to allow each business owner to estimate the amount of the assessment to be levied against his or her business for that fiscal year.

Response: The initial annual assessment rate is one percent (1%) of gross short term room rental revenue. Based on the benefit received, assessments will not be collected on revenue derived from: stays of more than thirty (30) consecutive days; stays by any Federal or State officer or employee while on official business only and when payment for such occupancy is made directly to the operator by duly authorized voucher payment from a governmental accounting office, and stays by any officer or employee of a foreign government who is exempt by reason of express provision of Federal law or international treaty.

SECTION FIVE
Carryover Dollars from Fiscal Year 2024/2025 -The estimated amount of any surplus or deficit revenues to be carried over from previous fiscal years.

Response: The total carryover into Fiscal Year 2025/26 is $1,036,185.12 which is mostly earmarked for future destination development projects..

SECTION SIX
Estimated Contributions - The estimated amount of any contributions to be made from sources other than assessments levied pursuant to this part.

Response: The estimated amount of all projected contributions amounts to approximately $13,500.

These contributions are generated from the following:
• aRes: Approximately $7, 600 will be generated in w ebsite bookings in FY 2025/2026. A 40% commission on the net revenue of purchases from ticketed 518
ATTACHMENT 1 – 4
attractions that are bought through the aRes booking widget on the Visit Burbank website, and 20% commission on the net revenue of purchases on ticketed attractions that are bought through the aRes telephone booking system. • Destination Travel Network Advertisement: A pproximately $6,500 from advertisement services managed specifically for offering online ad space to local businesses and partners on the Visit Burbank website.
519
YEAR IN REVIEW 2024-2025
LOOKING AHEAD 2025-2026
Attachment 2
DRAFT
ATTACHMENT 2 - 1 520

DEAR TOURISM PARTNERS,
FY 2024–2025 was a record-breaking year for Visit Burbank. We achieved all-time highs with ADR at $189.56, RevPAR at $144.71, and total revenue reaching $140.4 million - clear proof that Burbank’s tourism momentum is stronger than ever.

It was also a year of bold moves and major announcements. In May, we welcomed Verdin Marketing as our new advertising agency, now hard at work on a full rebrand set to launch in November 2025 - perfectly timed to build visibility ahead of FIFA World Cup 2026 and the LA28 Summer Olympics. Meanwhile, construction is underway on Hollywood Burbank Airport’s spectacular 355,000-square-foot “Icon” terminal, opening in October 2026, which will transform the travel experience with modern architecture, streamlined amenities, and Hollywood-inspired design.

Hollywood Burbank Airport continues its upward trajectory, welcoming a record-breaking

6.5 million passengers in 2024. New nonstop routes and two brand-new airlines are on the horizon: Alaska Airlines will premier nonstops to Honolulu starting in May 2026.

Newcomer Allegiant begins service in February 2026, and Breeze Airways will launch in March 2026 bringing to ten the total of major US carriers serving Burbank. 2025 also marks the launch of Visit Burbank’s renewal initiative for a new 10-year term beginning July 1, 2026. Renewal will ensure stable, continued funding for tourism marketing, destination development, and related programs, enabling continued growth citywide. With competition for visitor dollars increasing across California and the world, renewal guarantees Burbank’s ability to market effectively, enhance the visitor experience, and sustain strong hotel occupancy and revenue.

We celebrated our pop-culture heritage in true Burbank fashion by unveiling the Green Lantern statue in partnership with DC Comics at Burbank Empire Center in November 2024.

Green Lantern now joins our iconic Batman and Wonder Woman installations - reinforcing that “Super Heroes Are Made Here.” More superstar installations are coming soon.

On behalf of the Burbank Hospitality Association, thank you to everyone who made 2024–2025 a landmark year. Together, we’ve built incredible momentum - and we’re just getting started.

Sincerely,
Tony Garibian, Board Chair
Burbank Hospitality Association

CONTENTS
2 ABOUT/ ANNUAL BUDGET
3 MISSION
4 GOALS
RESULTS: MARKETING & SALES FY 2024-2025
6 DIGITAL ADVERTISING
7 ORGANIC SOCIAL MEDIA
8 NEWSLETTERS
10 STRATEGIC PARTNERSHIPS
12 SHOWCASING BURBANK AT HOLLYWOOD BURBANK AIRPORT
14 UNIVERSAL STUDIOS HOLLYWOOD PARTNER HOTELS
16 HOTELPLANNER PREFERRED MEMBER PROGRAM
18 INFLUENCERS
20 FAM TOURS
22 TRAVEL TRADE
24 TOTAL IMPACT
26 RESULTS: DESTINATION DEVELOPMENT FY 2024–2025
LOOKING AHEAD FY 2025-2026
30 VISIT BURBANK TBID RENEWAL: 2026–2036
32 INVESTMENT PRIORITIES
34 10 TEAR ACCOMPLISHMENTS
36 GROWTH SINCE 2015
38 MARKETING & SALES | VISIT BURBANK REBRAND
40 DESTINATION DEVELOPMENT
42 MONUMENT & WAYFINDING SIGNAGE PROGRAM
44 INVESTMENTS IN TOURISM
46 ECONOMIC IMPACT OF TOURISM IN BURBANK
47 HOLLYWOOD BURBANK AIRPORT
48 HOTEL OCCUPANCY
50 BURBANK HOTELS
52 CURRENT BOARD OF DIRECTORS AND STAFF

WELCOME CONTENTS
ATTACHMENT 2 - 2
521
55%
to Sales and Marketing
at $605,000 per year
20%
to Destination Development
at $220,000 per year
20%
to Administration
and Operations at
$220,000 per year
5%
to Contingency /
Reserve
at $55,000 per year
ABOUT | BUDGET
2 | BURBANK HOSPITALITY ASSOCIATION ANNUAL REPORT YEAR IN REVIEW 2024-2025 | LOOKING AHEAD 2025-2026 ABOU T The Burbank Hospitality Association, the governing body of the Tourism Business Improvement District (TBID) and doing business as Visit Burbank, was formed in 2011 and is funded by a 1% assessment on overnight stays in Burbank hotels with more than 25 rooms. Burbank Economic Development manages the TBID by developing strategies and initiatives to enhance tourism attraction and spending in Burbank.

ANNUAL BUDGET Visit Burbank operated with a $1.4
million budget in Fiscal Year 2024-2025 which was allocated as follows:

Visit Burbank’s mission is to boost hotel occupancy by
positioning Burbank as a regional, national, and international tourist destination.

MISSION
| 3

MISSION
ATTACHMENT 2 - 3
522
GOALS
4 | BURBANK HOSPITALITY ASSOCIATION ANNUAL REPORT YEAR IN REVIEW 2024-2025 | LOOKING AHEAD 2025-2026 Invest in projects designed to elevate the Burbank visitor experience and create a defined sense of place to enhance overnight stays.

This is achieved by:
• The creation of monumental superhero statues citywide in partnership with DC Comics. • Providing High-Speed Fiber Optics Internet Service for hotel guests through a partnership with Burbank Water & Power’s ONEBurbank.
• Promoting new airline nonstop service to increase awareness of Burbank as a destination. • Initiating the complementary hotel bicycle program as a guest amenity. • Attracting art exhibitions and placemaking efforts to enhance visitation to Burbank. | 5
GOALS
Promote Burbank as a top leisure and business destination and increase overnight stays.

This is achieved by:
• Geo-targeting travelers within a 300-mile radius, and nonstop flight markets into the Hollywood Burbank Airport.
• Branding Burbank as a desirable meeting and convention destination featuring a quality mix of conference hotels and non-traditional special event venues. • Increasing overnight group stays by partnering with tour operators, online providers such as Hotelplanner, and special events.
• Increasing overnight leisure stays though the Universal Parks & Resorts Vacations Partner Hotel Program with participation of 11 Burbank hotels. • Attracting Influencers, content creators, and media to showcase Burbank's accommodations, attractions, and amenities.
• Leveraging marketing efforts through partnerships with Visit California, Brand USA, Discover Los Angeles, Downtown Burbank Partnership, the Hollywood Burbank Airport, the Burbank Chamber of Commerce, DC Comics, Warner Bros. Studio Tour Hollywood, and Universal Studios Hollywood.

ATTACHMENT 2 - 4
523

DIGITAL ADVERTISING
6 | BURBANK HOSPITALITY ASSOCIATION ANNUAL REPORT YEAR IN REVIEW 2024-2025 | LOOKING AHEAD 2025-2026

ORGANIC SOCIAL MEDIA
| 7

RESULTS
MARKETING & SALES 2024 - 2025

DIGITAL ADVERTISING
Digital advertising drives demand for hotel accommodations and attractions by focusing on domestic and regional markets, with an emphasis on road trips and nonstop flights into Hollywood Burbank Airport. Advertising channels include Google Display, Google Pay per Click, ads on Meta’s Facebook and Instagram, and boosted social media posts.

ORGANIC SOCIAL MEDIA
Social media channels engage travelers
with posts and reels about Burbank hotels,
neighborhood shopping, attractions, and fun
things to do, targeting road trippers, nonstop
feeder markets, and the Los Angeles region.

49.4K
Followers

RESULTS

6.7M
Impressions
281K
Engagements
$57K
Hotel Bookings

RESULTS

18.6M
Impressions
398K
Click Throughs
ATTACHMENT 2 - 5
524

NEWSLETTERS
8 | BURBANK HOSPITALITY ASSOCIATION ANNUAL REPORT YEAR IN REVIEW 2024-2025 | LOOKING AHEAD 2025-2026

NEWSLETTERS
| 9
‘Tis the Season
for Holiday
Adventures in Burbank
Forward to a Friend
Forward to a Friend
Burbank’s Spooky Season has Arrived!
We are ready to welcome Fall with open arms - and a calendar full of fright! This scary season is bringing citywide celebrations, annual Halloween happenings, and endless reasons to get out and enjoy the Fall feels taking over Burbank.

We’re all in for July!
It’s time for some Summertime excitement!
From a not-to-be-missed 4th of July celebration to
Food Truck Fridays and Elephant Parade Burbank
2024, July is gearing up to be full of surprises.

RESULTS
MARKETING & SALES 2024 - 2025

NEWSLETTERS
Monthly newsletters support the social media strategy with detailed stories about upcoming events, hotel accommodations, new shops and restaurants, Forward to a Friend

2.5K
Opt-In Subscribers

RESULTS

35.25%
Open Rate

2.65%
Click-Through Rate
ATTACHMENT 2 - 6
525

STRATEGIC PARTNERSHIPS
10 | BURBANK HOSPITALITY ASSOCIATION ANNUAL REPORT YEAR IN REVIEW 2024-2025 | LOOKING AHEAD 2025-2026 | 11

BURBANK COMEDY FESTIVAL
August 10-17, 2024

BURBANK INTERNATIONAL FILM FESTIVAL
September 25-29, 2024
CTN ANIMATION eXpo
November 21-24, 2024
MUSEXPO 2025
March 16-19, 2025
AFROANIMATION SUMMIT 5.0
April 3-5, 2025

AME INSTITUTE BURBANK
June 23-26, 2025
*for every $1 invested, $1.83 was generated

RESULTS
MARKETING & SALES 2024 - 2025

STRATEGIC PARTNERSHIPS
Visit Burbank sponsored six special events
demonstrating potential for overnight hotel
stays and citywide economic impact.
83%
Return on Investment*

RESULTS
$315K
Room Revenue

10.3K
Attendance
ATTACHMENT 2 - 7
526

BURBANK HOLLYWOOD AIRPORT
12 | BURBANK HOSPITALITY ASSOCIATION ANNUAL REPORT YEAR IN REVIEW 2024-2025 | LOOKING AHEAD 2025-2026

BURBANK HOLLYWOOD AIRPORT
| 13

RESULTS
MARKETING & SALES 2024 - 2025

SHOWCASING BURBANK AT HOLLYWOOD BURBANK AIRPORT
Visit Burbank is now front and center with 6 million annual travelers at Hollywood Burbank Airport. Two eye-catching dioramas - one in Concourse A and one in Concourse B - spotlight Burbank’s must-see Super Hero statues, inspiring passengers to explore the city’s unique attractions. Even greater visibility is on the way with dynamic video walls launching in late 2025, offering powerful opportunities to engage future visitors.

ATTACHMENT 2 - 8
527

UNIVERSAL STUDIOS HOLLYWOOD PARTNER HOTELS
14 | BURBANK HOSPITALITY ASSOCIATION ANNUAL REPORT YEAR IN REVIEW 2024-2025 | LOOKING AHEAD 2025-2026

UNIVERSAL STUDIOS HOLLYWOOD PARTNER HOTELS
| 15

RESULTS
MARKETING & SALES 2024 - 2025

UNIVERSAL STUDIOS HOLLYWOOD PARTNER HOTELS
To attract overnight stays with theme park attendees,
Visit Burbank funded the participation of 11 Burbank
hotels in the Universal Parks & Resorts Vacations Partner Hotels program. Partner Hotels gain added visibility by appearing on universalstudioshollywood.com, where
hotel packages are purchased directly by park visitors.

7.5K
Click throughs

RESULTS
$1.2M
Burbank Hotel Bookings
771K
Total Impressions
Photo courtesy of Visit California
ATTACHMENT 2 - 9 528

HOTELPLANNER PREFERRED MEMBER PROGRAM
16 | BURBANK HOSPITALITY ASSOCIATION ANNUAL REPORT YEAR IN REVIEW 2024-2025 | LOOKING AHEAD 2025-2026 | 17

RESULTS
MARKETING & SALES 2024 - 2025

HOTELPLANNER PREFERRED MEMBER PROGRAM
With the goal of developing group bookings, Visit Burbank funded the participation of 18 Burbank hotels as Preferred Members with Hotelplanner, the largest online group hotel reservation system in the world.

ONLINE BOOKING ENGINE
Visit Burbank's website is the chief tourism portal for hotel bookings and attractions tickets. This is supported by call-to-action links on digital advertising campaigns, social media posts, and the monthly newsletter. *Primarily Universal Studios Hollywood and Warner Bros. Studio Tour Hollywood

RESULTS
$3.8M
Hotel Group Business

RESULTS
$10.8K
Room Nights
$62.5K
Attractions Tickets*
+35%
Compared to FY 2023-2024
TOTAL: $73.3K
ATTACHMENT 2 - 10
529

INFLUENCERS
18 | BURBANK HOSPITALITY ASSOCIATION ANNUAL REPORT YEAR IN REVIEW 2024-2025 | LOOKING AHEAD 2025-2026 @lifehacksla
212K FOLLOWERS
@jill_et_sa_tribu
193K FOLLOWERS

INFLUENCERS
| 19

RESULTS
MARKETING & SALES 2024 - 2025

INFLUENCER COLLABORATIONS
Influencers tell the Burbank story in compelling ways to their followers thereby reaching new audiences with original content. Their stories and reels give followers direct insight into hotels, attractions, lifestyles, and newsworthy tips, reinforcing Burbank as a top travel destination.
@cal.euphoria
418K FOLLOWERS
@diana_malbert food

21.2K FOLLOWERS
230K
Engagements
844K
Combined Followers

RESULTS
12 Influencer Visits

1.2M
Reel Views
ATTACHMENT 2 - 11
530

FAM TOUR RESULTS
•Univ ersal Parks & Resorts Vacations FAMs and Popup Events reaching hundreds of top-selling travel advisors, including CityWalk on September 12, 2024; Guest Contact Center
Pop-Up in Orlando on January 12, 2025; and a Theme-Park Travel Agent FAM that featured receptions at Los Angeles Marriott Burbank Airport, Cambria Hotel Burbank Airport, Coast Burbank Hotel, and Safari Inn, along with visits to Warner Bros. Studio Tour Hollywood.
•Exciting West Familiarization Tour with 10 luxury Belgian tour operators, October 25-27, 2024 staying at Hotel Amarano Burbank- Hollywood, visiting Warner Bros. Studio Tour
Hollywood, Bob’s Big Boy, Coffee Commissary, Urban Press Winery, and Downtown Burbank.
•Flight Centre Global Gathering: Hosted two top producers from EnVoyage, Flight Centre’s luxury division, at Hotel Amarano with exclusive Warner Bros. Studio Tour Hollywood
experiences, July 10-11, 2025.
•Nuitee (bedbank and distribution channel) and Bonotel
Exclusive Travel: Developed site tours to facilitate hotel and attraction contracting.

FAM TOURS
20 | BURBANK HOSPITALITY ASSOCIATION ANNUAL REPORT YEAR IN REVIEW 2024-2025 | LOOKING AHEAD 2025-2026 | 21

FAM TOURS

RESULTS
MARKETING & SALES 2024 - 2025
FAMILIARIZATION TOURS (FAMs)
FAMs are curated experiences designed to showcase Burbank’s vibrant hospitality and attractions to travel advisors, tour operators, and industry professionals. Visit Burbank’s FAM trips focused on strengthening partnerships with luxury and theme- park travel sectors, highlighting our world-class hotels, attractions, and local gems.

ATTACHMENT 2 - 12
531

TRAVEL TRADE
22 | BURBANK HOSPITALITY ASSOCIATION ANNUAL REPORT YEAR IN REVIEW 2024-2025 | LOOKING AHEAD 2025-2026 | 23

TRAVEL TRADE RESULTS
Met and followed up with more than 80 domestic and international tour operators, receptive operators, airlines, journalists, and travel technology companies.

As we prepare for the 57th IPW in Fort Lauderdale, May 17-21, 2026, Visit Burbank remains committed to capitalizing on these opportunities.

Ongoing engagement with strategic partners will ensure Burbank continues to thrive as a premier destination.

TRAVEL TRADERESULTS
MARKETING & SALES 2024 - 2025

TRAVEL TRADE
The 56th Annual IPW solidified Visit Burbank’s position as a key player in the global tourism industry. Held in Chicago June 16-18, 2025, IPW is the premier international marketplace for inbound U.S. travel, attracting 6,000 attendees from 70 countries, providing an unparalleled platform to showcase Burbank’s unique offerings.

Visit Burbank leveraged this opportunity to forge strategic partnerships and secure high-value leads, positioning the city for sustained tourism growth. The on-site team secured critical connections with high-potential tour operators, with follow-up efforts underway to drive bookings and partnerships.

ATTACHMENT 2 - 13
532

TOTAL IMPACT
24 | BURBANK HOSPITALITY ASSOCIATION ANNUAL REPORT YEAR IN REVIEW 2024-2025 | LOOKING AHEAD 2025-2026 | 25

TOTAL IMPACT

TOTAL IMPACT
MARKETING & SALES 202 4 - 2025
THE RESULT OF PROGRAMS FOR 2024 - 2025 ARE AS FOLLOWS:
$5.4M
Hotel Attractions
Bookings

RESULTS

25.3M
Impressions
Digital & Social
Campaigns
926K
Click-Throughs
& Engagements
ATTACHMENT 2 - 14
533

DESTINATION DEVELOPMENT

DESTINATION DEVELOPMENT

RESULTS
DESTINATION DEVELOPMENT 2024 - 2025
Destination Development focuses on investing in projects that elevate the traveler experience, such as monumental signs, easy access to ultra-high-speed internet, the DC Comics partnership celebrating Super Heros, developing a visitor bicycle program, attracting globally recognized art exhibits, and working with airlines to market new nonstop flights into Hollywood Burbank Airport.
26 | BURBANK HOSPITALITY ASSOCIATION ANNUAL REPORT YEAR IN REVIEW 2024-2025 | LOOKING AHEAD 2025-2026 | 27

DESTINATION DEVELOPMENT RESULTS
• 16 Participating Hotels for ONEBurbank high-speed fiber internet service. • Third Epic Bronze Statue, Green Lantern, unveiled at Burbank Empire Center in November 2024; more legendary icons on the way. • Nonstop flight support into Hollywood Burbank Airport. • Visit Burbank Bicycle Program with 8 participating hotels.

ATTACHMENT 2 - 15
534
28 | BURBANK HOSPITALITY ASSOCIATION ANNUAL REPORT YEAR IN REVIEW 2024-2025 | LOOKING AHEAD 2025-2026 | 29

LOOKING AHEAD

LOOKING AHEADLOOKING AHEAD
ATTACHMENT 2 - 16
535
TBID RENEWAL: 2026–2036
30 | BURBANK HOSPITALITY ASSOCIATION ANNUAL REPORT YEAR IN REVIEW 2024-2025 | LOOKING AHEAD 2025-2026 TBID RENEWAL: 2026–2036

LOOKING AHEAD
VISIT BURBANK TBID RENEWAL: 2026–2036
Visit Burbank has been a key driver of hotel performance and visitor growth since 2011. Renewed once in 2016, the TBID is now embarking on a new 10-year term beginning July 1, 2026.

WHY RENEWAL MATTERS
The TBID ensures a dedicated, hotel and attractions-controlled funding stream for tourism growth. Renewal guarantees Burbank’s ability to market effectively, enhance the destination experience, and sustain strong hotel occupancy and revenue.
$2.275M

ANNUAL BUDGET

1.75%

ASSESSMENT

PERCENTAGE OF

SHORT-TERM

ROOM REVENUE

FUNDING AND ASSESSMENT
Photo courtesy of Visit California | 31
ATTACHMENT 2 - 17
536
TBID RENEWAL: 2026–2036
32 | BURBANK HOSPITALITY ASSOCIATION ANNUAL REPORT YEAR IN REVIEW 2024-2025 | LOOKING AHEAD 2025-2026 | 33 TBID RENEWAL: 2026–2036

LOOKING AHEAD
TBID RENEWAL continued

INVESTMENT PRIORITIES
$2.275M TOTAL BUDGET
55%
$1,251,250

SALES AND

MARKETING
Digital Campaigns
Trade Show Participation
Influencers
Partnerships
20%
$455,000

DESTINATION

DEVELOPMENT
Monumental and Wayfinding
Signage Art Installations
Tourism Infrastructure
20%
$455,000

ADMINISTRATION

AND OPERATIONS
Staffing | Operations
Advocacy | Compliance
5%
$113,750

CONTINGENCY
/ RESERVE
Unforeseen Costs and
TBID Renewal Expenses
ATTACHMENT 2 - 18
537
TBID RENEWAL: 2026–2036
34 | BURBANK HOSPITALITY ASSOCIATION ANNUAL REPORT YEAR IN REVIEW 2024-2025 | LOOKING AHEAD 2025-2026 | 35
TBID RENEWAL: 2026–2036

LOOKING AHEAD
TBID RENEWAL continued
10 YEAR ACCOMPLISHMENTS
• Launching VisitBurbank.com, introducing a hotel booking engine, and running digital and social media campaigns. • Showcasing Visit Burbank at international travel trade shows. • Creating the Universal Studios Partner Hotel Program. • Developing the Superhero Statue Program.
• Launching the Visit Burbank Bicycle Program.
• Introducing the Visit Burbank online gift shop.
• Attracting and retaining major conferences.
• Securing the globally recognized Elephant Parade Burbank 2024. • Driving sustained hotel revenue growth.

ATTACHMENT 2 - 19
538
| 37
TBID RENEWAL: 2026–2036
36 | BURBANK HOSPITALITY ASSOCIATION ANNUAL REPORT YEAR IN REVIEW 2024-2025 | LOOKING AHEAD 2025-2026 52%

GROWTH IN

HOTEL ROOM REVENUE
TO $140.5M
21%

BOOST IN REVENUE

PER AVAILABLE ROOM
(REVPAR) TO $145
169%

MARKETING

INVESTMENT INCREASE
TO $1.4M
28%

INCREASE IN

AVERAGE DAILY
RATES (ADR) TO $190
53%

GROWTH IN PASSENGERS AT

HOLLYWOOD BURBANK AIRPORT
TO 6M (PROJECTED 2025)
24%

HOTEL ROOM

INVENTORY TO
2,719 CITYWIDE

LOOKING AHEAD
TBID RENEWAL continued
GROWTH SINCE 2015
Photo courtesy of Visit California
ATTACHMENT 2 - 20 539

MARKETING & SALES
38 | BURBANK HOSPITALITY ASSOCIATION ANNUAL REPORT YEAR IN REVIEW 2024-2025 | LOOKING AHEAD 2025-2026 THE REBRAND COMES AT A PIVOTAL MOMENT:
• Four new hotels are set to increase room inventory by nearly 40% in the ne
xt few years
• Holl
ywood Burbank Airport is preparing to open its new 14-gate t
erminal in October 2026
• FIF
A World Cup 2026 and the LA28 Summer Olympics present an unpar
alleled opportunity for global exposure
• The city’s dining
, retail, and entertainment scene continues to expand.

TARGETING FAMILIES, STUDIO & FILM BUFFS, AND BUSINESS
AND GROUP TRAVELERS, VERDIN WILL ROLL OUT:
• New logo
• R
ebranded digital ads
• Airport Advertising Digital Ads
• New advertising platforms
• Website reskin
• Newsletter design
• Travel trade booth
• Branded merchandise
As part of the rebranding, Verdin is tasked with creating the campaign and tagline that tells the destination's story and sets Burbank up for successful growth.

Success metric: Drive Burbank visitation to increase occupancy.

Research shows that Burbank visitors seek iconic, unforgettable experiences without the big city hassle or high cost. And while the competition is often seen to be glamorous, it can also feel inaccessible and overwhelming for many travelers. Burbank's niche is where industry creativity meets elevated experiences.

LOOKING AHEAD

MARKETING & SALES

VISIT BURBANK REBRAND
Visit Burbank has selected Verdin Marketing to lead a complete rebrand launching in December 2025 capturing the city’s growing energy and global appeal.

Stay tuned for the December launch!
| 39
ATTACHMENT 2 - 21
540

DESTINATION DEVELOPMENT
| 39

LOOKING AHEAD

DESTINATION DEVELOPMENT
Visit Burbank is preparing to renew its 10-year Tourism-Based Business Improvement District (TBID) term through 2036. This renewal will continue leveraging funds for targeted sales, marketing, and destination development initiatives, building on a decade of achievements that have boosted visitor spending to $843 million, supported nearly 8,000 jobs, and elevated Burbank's profile as the Media Capital of the World.
40 | BURBANK HOSPITALITY ASSOCIATION ANNUAL REPORT YEAR IN REVIEW 2024-2025 | LOOKING AHEAD 2025-2026 | 41

DESTINATION DEVELOPMENT GOALS
• Maintain stable, long-term funding to increase room night sales, hotel occupancy, and visitor spending.
• Promote Burbank as a premier tourist, meeting, and event destination. • Collaborate with the City of Burbank on projects such as wayfinding signage, cultural art installations, gateway enhancements, and infrastructure improvements.
• Provide specific, targeted benefits directly to assessed lodging businesses, including lead generation, familiarization tours, and promotional materials.
• Respond to market conditions and support ongoing innovation in tourism promotion.
• Two new bronze DC Super Hero statues in development. Summer art exhibit also in the planning.

ATTACHMENT 2 - 22
541

MONUMENT & WAYFINDING SIGNAGE PROGRAM

DESTINATION DEVELOPMENT

MONUMENT & WAYFINDING SIGNAGE PROGRAM
The Monument & Wayfinding Program will consist of distinctive signage at major entryways into Burbank, delineating the city from surrounding communities while showcasing its identity as the Media Capital of the World. Signs will serve as welcoming beacons, enhancing visitor experience, creating Instagram moments, and positioning Burbank as a premier overnight destination for families, groups, and solo travelers. 42 | BURBANK HOSPITALITY ASSOCIATION ANNUAL REPORT YEAR IN REVIEW 2024-2025 | LOOKING AHEAD 2025-2026

MONUMENT & WAYFINDING SIGNAGE PROGRAM GOALS
• Unify Burbank's identity through creative signage that reflects its local character, cultural richness, and role as a world-class creative capital. • Generate free social media marketing by encouraging visitors to share images of the signs, amplifying tourism awareness.
• Tell Burbank's story to foster a sense of community among residents, workers, and newcomers, while highlighting unique neighborhoods and landmarks.
• Provide wayfinding to help visitors, locals, and new arrivals navigate the city more effectively.
• Differentiate Burbank from neighboring cities to increase overnight stays, visitor spending, and local revenues.
| 43
ATTACHMENT 2 - 23
542

INVESTMENTS IN TOURISM
44 | BURBANK HOSPITALITY ASSOCIATION ANNUAL REPORT YEAR IN REVIEW 2024-2025 | LOOKING AHEAD 2025-2026

INVESTMENTS IN TOURISM
| 45

HOLLYWOOD BURBANK AIRPORT REPLACEMENT TERMINAL
2627 N Hollywood Way
14-gate, 355,000-square-foot replacement terminal with up to 6,637 parking spaces.

NOTE: Hollywood Burbank Airport will be fully operational during construction, which should not affect travelers’ plans. Once the new 14-gate passenger terminal is complete, the old terminal will be demolished within 12 months and the taxiways will be extended.

ESTIMATED COMPLETION 2026

AC HOTEL
550 N Third Street
Six-story 196-room hotel with a 3,800 square feet ground- level restaurant and three levels of subterranean parking.

Amenities to include a fitness center, lounge, pool,
outdoor courtyard, and rooftop viewing deck.

OPENING DATE TBD

APPROVED DEVELOPMENTS

LA TERRA SELECT
777 Front Street
Mixed-use project featuring 573 rental units, a 307-room 7-story hotel, and 1,067 square-feet of ground retail.

The residential portion consists of an 8-story building with one level of underground parking.

ESTIMATED COMPLETION 2025-2026
HOME 2 SUITES BY HILTON
129 E. Providencia Ave
Five-story, 43,896-square-foot hotel with 84 rooms.

ESTIMATED COMPLETION DATE: TBD

ALOFT AND RESIDENCE INN HOTELS
2500 N Hollywood Way
Seven-story dual-brand hotel that will consist of 420 rooms, 219 hotel rooms operated by Aloft, and 201 hotel rooms
operated by Residence Inn including a restaurant, lounge, cafes, meeting rooms, fitness center, and rooftop deck.

CITY COUNCIL TO CONSIDER IN EARLY 2026
Four new hotels and a replacement terminal for Hollywood Burbank Airport are planned to open in the next two years:

LOOKING AHEAD

INVESTMENTS IN TOURISM
ATTACHMENT 2 - 24
543

ECONOMIC IMPACT OF TOURISM IN BURBANK
46 | BURBANK HOSPITALITY ASSOCIATION ANNUAL REPORT YEAR IN REVIEW 2024-2025 | LOOKING AHEAD 2025-2026 | 47 $31.2M

TOURISM ATTRACTED

LOCAL TAX REVENUES

7.88K

JOBS SUSTAINED

BY VISITORS
Source: Hollywood Burbank AirportSource: Tourism Economics, October 2025 Report $164M

SPENT ON

FOOD & BEVERAGE
$175M

SPENT ON
RETAIL
$212M

SPENT ON RECREATION
& ENTERTAINMENT
$161M

SPENT ON

LODGING
$133M

SPENT ON

TRANSPORTATION
$843M

TOTAL SPENT

BY VISITORS
HOLLYWOOD BURBANK AIRPORT | 30+ NONSTOP DESTINATIONS | 6.5M PASSENGERS Chicago
New York
Atlanta
Nashville
Kansas City
St. Louis
Austin
Houston
Dallas
Denver
Albuquerque
Kalispell
Pasco
Seattle
Bellingham
Portland
Salem
Eugene
Boise
Salt Lake City
Provo
Las Vegas
Phoenix
Arcata-Eureka
Sacramento
RenoSanta Rosa
San Jose
Honolulu
OaklandSan Francisco

ECONOMIC IMPACT OF TOURISM IN BURBANK HOLLYWOOD BURBANK AIRPORT

3.2M

VISITORS
IN 2024
ATTACHMENT 2 - 25
544

HOTEL OCCUPANCY
48 | BURBANK HOSPITALITY ASSOCIATION ANNUAL REPORT YEAR IN REVIEW 2024-2025 | LOOKING AHEAD 2025-2026 GROWTH IN HOTEL OCCUPANCY (As of June 30, 2025)
2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 75% 78% 79% 81% 84%* 83% 82.5% 82.5% 66.5%** 67.4%** 74% 73.6% 74.3% 76.3% GROWTH IN AVERAGE DAILY RATES (ADR) (As of June 30, 2025) 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 $118 $123 $134 $148 $170* $161 $162 $164 $157** $141** $177 $187 $189 $190 GROWTH IN REVENUE PER AVAILABLE ROOM (RevPAR) (As of June 30, 2025) 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 $89 $95 $105 $120 $142* $133 $133 $136 $104** $95** $131 $137 $141 $145 GROWTH IN ANNUAL ROOM REVENUE (As of June 30, 2025)
2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 $72M $76M $85M $92M $127M* $126M $127M $128M $97M** $75.4M** $124.7M $131.3M $135.8M $140.5M *Porter Ranch Impacts. The gas leak forcing thousands of residents to relocate from Porter Ranch in the northwest San Fernando Valley benefited Burbank hotels from approxi- mately October 2015 to May 2016. However, the relocation was an abnormal event that skewed economic indicators by approximately 10% in the following year, when effects began to be felt. That explains the slight declines in 2017, but if looked at over 2015, the underlying upward trend is apparent. **Impacted by consequences of COVID Pandemic starting in March 2020, and continuing to June 15, 2021.

Source: Smith Travel Research

HOTEL OCCUPANCY
| 49

HOTEL OCCUPANCY
Burbank hotels are performing at historic levels, with ADR reaching $189.56, RevPAR at $144.71, and total revenue climbing to $140.4 million during FY 2024-2025 - a testament to the city’s sustained tourism momentum.

HOTEL OCCUPANCY
ATTACHMENT 2 - 26
545

BURBANK HOTELS
Empire Ave
Amtrak / Metrolink
Amtrak / Metrolink
Hollywood Wy
Buena Vista St.

Victory Blvd
Burbank Blvd
t S a t s i V a n e u B
Victory Blvd
N Mariposa
Sunset Canyon DrGlenwood Rd
Magnolia Blvd
Verdugo Ave
Alameda Ave
Glenoaks Blvd
Victory Blvd
San Fernando Blvd
Hollywood Way
Pass Ave
Magnolia Blvd
W Clark Ave
Verdugo Ave
Alameda Ave
Riverside Blvd
Riverside Blvd
Olive Ave
10 10
11 12
8 7
13 17
6 1
2 3
4 5
16 14 16
N

HOLLYWOOD
SIGN

DOWNTOWN

LOS ANGELES
134
15 5
5 9
18 Hotel Burbank
Residence Inn Los Angeles
Burbank/Downtown
Hilton Garden Inn Burbank
Los Angeles
SpringHill Suites Los Angeles
Burbank/Downtown
Burbank Inn & Suites
Portofino Inn Burbank
Safari Inn
Coast Burbank Hotel
The Tangerine
Best Western Plus
Media Center Inn & Suites
Hotel Amarano
Burbank-Hollywood
Travelodge by Wyndham
Burbank-Glendale
Los Angeles Marriott Burbank
Airport Hotel
Ramada by Wyndham
Burbank Airport
Quality Inn Burbank Airport
Courtyard by Marriott
Los Angeles/Burbank Airport
Extended Stay America
Los Angeles Burbank Airport
Cambria Hotel Burbank Airport
18 Hotels
2,719 Rooms
7 13
6 15
2 10
14 3
18 16
1 8
17 9
12 11
4 5

BURBANK HOTELS
50 | BURBANK HOSPITALITY ASSOCIATION ANNUAL REPORT YEAR IN REVIEW 2024-2025 | LOOKING AHEAD 2025-2026 | 51

BURBANK HOTELS
ATTACHMENT 2 - 27
546

BOARD OF DIRECTORS AND STAFF
52 | BURBANK HOSPITALITY ASSOCIATION ANNUAL REPORT YEAR IN REVIEW 2024-2025 | LOOKING AHEAD 2025-2026

EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE
Tony Garibian | Coast Burbank Hotel and Safari Inn, Chair Michael Hernandez | Hilton Garden Inn Burbank Los Angeles, Vice Chair Danny Kahn | Warner Bros. Studio Tour Hollywood, Treasurer Jamie Keyser | Burbank Chamber of Commerce, Secretary

BOARD OF DIRECTORS
Alan Tate | Los Angeles Marriott Burbank Airport
Ali Schmidt | Universal Studios Hollywood
Fatima Achhal | SpringHill Suites Los Angeles Burbank Downtown Nerissa Sugars | Hollywood Burbank Airport
David Lurie | Hotel Amarano Burbank-Hollywood
Kristen Perry | Cambria Hotel Burbank Airport
Shannon Labbe | Residence Inn Los Angeles Burbank/Downtown Patrick Prescott, Community Development Director (ex-officio) STAFF
Simone McFarland | Assistant Community Development Director-Business & Economic Development Mary Hamzoian | Economic Development Manager | Executive Director Odette Zakarian | Economic Development Analyst
Robin Faulk | Sales and Marketing
U.S. TRAVEL

ASSOCIATION

CURRENT BOARD OF DIRECTORS
ATTACHMENT 2 - 28
547
Burbank Hospitality Association
VisitBurbank.com
[email protected]
ATTACHMENT 2 - 29
548
1 STAFF REPORT
DATE: November 18, 2025
TO: Justin Hess, City Manager
FROM: Marisa Garcia , Park s and Recreation Director
VIA: Diego Cevallos, Assistant Parks and Recreation Director BY: Jenny Griffin, Recreation Supervisor
SUBJECT: Appointment of Members to the Youth Board for the 2025-26 School Year

RECOMMENDATION
Appoint students to serve a one-year term on the Youth Board (Board) based on school recommendations and submitted applications.

BACKGROUND
Since 1973, the Board has served an important role within the City of Burbank (City), fostering increase d communication between youth and City government , providing a means by which young people can actively participate in government , organizing community fundraisers, and providing input and planning for programs that will benefit youth in the community.

Participation on the Board empowers youth by enhancing their confidence and leadership skills while increasing awareness of issues impacting youth in Burbank. Participation on the Board fosters a sense of belonging; cultivates critical thinking and communication skills; and promotes empathy through the exchange of diverse perspectives. Ultimately, it instills civic responsibility and encourages lifelong participation in the democratic process, contributing to individual growth and positive community engagement.

Per the Burbank Municipal Code (BMC) § 2-1-416 the Board shall have the following powers and duties:

1. To represent the interests of local youth in community affairs.

PARKS AND

RECREATION
Consent Calendar
Item #8
549
2 The Board is comprised of 17 members. A representative is selected by public parochial high schools and middle school s within Burbank (ten positions). The remaining seven positions are designated as At-Large members. All appointments are for a one-year term, with all members beginning and ending their annual terms simultaneously.

At the August 26, 2025 City Council (Council) Meeting, Ordinance No. 25- 4,032 (Attachment 1) was adopted, amending BMC § 2-1-416 and making adjustments to the Board’s composition. Council voted to allow all members of the Board to vote (previously, only the student and Council -appointed members were voting members) and added a member from Lycée International (LILA) de Los Angeles. In addition, Council reduced the Board from 17 members to 15 members, consisting of 11 members from designated schools and four members appointed by Council.

Due to timing of the Council approved changes and Board member recruiting timeline, these changes will go into effect in the 2026- 27 school year and follow the adoption of BMC § 2-1-416. Recruitment for the Youth Board begins in mid-August each year to allow time for applications, interviews, and onboarding before the new term begins in the fall.

Because Council’s approval occurred after this process had started for the 2025–26 term, the new structure will take effect the following school year.

DISCUSSION
For the school representative positions, schools were provided the parameters for appointment and asked to select a student representative to serve a one-year term. This year, each designated school responded and submitted a nominee. All applications for school representative vacancies are attached for Council review (Attachment 2).

For the At-Large positions, there were twenty-five applications submitted to fill the seven vacancies (Attachment 3). In-person interviews were conducted by Parks and Recreation

2. To represent the City in matters of interest to youth in the community.

3. To assist in helping other youth in the community to understand and appreciate local government.

4. To obtain interpretations for local youth on City ordinances, rules and regulations which affect them.

5. To encourage local youth to actively participate in community affairs and matters of concern to the City.

6. To conduct studies and investigations in the general field of youth and community interest and to communicate its findings and recommendations to the Council.

7. To encourage coordination of effort among community institutions and organizations that focus on youth problems and needs.

8. To advise and assist the Parks and Recreation Board on issues affecting the youth in the community.
550
3 experience, leadership skills, interest in school and local government , and ideas for engaging youth in the community.

ENVIRONMENTAL REVIEW
This activity has no potential for resulting in either a direct physical change in the environment, or a reasonably foreseeable indirect physical change in the environment, and as such, is not a “project” subject to the requirements of the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) 14 Cal. Code Regs § 15378.

FISCAL IMPACT
There is no fiscal impact related to this report.

CONCLUSION
The Board equips participants with essential life skills, including critical thinking, effective communication, and leadership abilities. This program prepares Board members to be active and informed citizens who can make meaningful contributions in Burbank.

Therefore, staff recommends that Council appoint ten School Representatives and seven At-Large applicants to comprise the designated 17 members. Recommended At -Large applicants are noted with an asterisk (*).

School Representative Nominations
Nora Knight Dolores Huerta Middle School
Daniel Lucha John Muir Middle School
Alice Greene Luther Burbank Middle School
Michael Millunzi St. Finbar Middle School
Luke Smith St. Francis Xavier Middle School
Ghazal Eichoue St. Robert Bellarmine Middle School
Marianna Sergoyan Burbank High School
Julia Hayes John Burroughs High School
Kristina Kalustova Monterey High School
Emma Fernandez Providence High School
At-Large Applicants
staff, and seven applicants were recommended for appointment to the Board based on 551
4 Eva Famosa-Enenmoh Burbank High School
Natalie Garibyan Burbank High School
Marly Grande St. Robert Bellarmine Middle School
Luna Heldt John Burroughs High School
Parker Hughes John Burroughs High School
Janice Kim Burbank High School
Megan Ly* Lycée International de Los Angeles
Hunter Marino John Burroughs High School
Hannah O’Briant* John Burroughs High School
Charlotte Pangman* John Burroughs High School
Sabrina Raleigh John Burroughs High School
Ryleine Sangalang St. Robert Bellarmine Middle School
Silverina Santora John Burroughs High School
Sabrina Toner Notre Dame High School
Silvi Torosyan Burbank High School
Aiden Yoon* Burbank High School
*Recommended Applicants

ATTACHMENTS
Attachment 1 – Ordinance No. 25-4,032
Attachment 2 – School Representative Nominations
Attachment 3 – At-Large Applicants
Maria Colorado
Danica Canlas
Nicholas Barry
Daniel Bagumyan Burbank High School
John Burroughs High School
St. Robert Bellarmine Middle School
Burbank High School Brandon Chong*
Burbank High School
St. Robert Bellarmine Middle School
Tess Doty*
Burbank High School
Rachel Dias
Tejas Deepak*
Christopher Ebrahim
Providence High School
John Burroughs High School
552
1 Eff.: 09-26-2025 ORDINANCE NO. 25-4,032

AN ORDINANCE OF THE COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF
BURBANK AMENDING TITLE 2, CHAPTER 1, ARTICLE 4
(BOARDS, COMMISSIONS, AND COMMITTEES) OF THE

BURBANK MUNICIPAL CODE RELATING TO BOARDS,

COMMISSIONS, AND COMMITTEES

City Attorney’s Synopsis

This Ordinance amends certain provisions of the Burbank Municipal Code to make various changes relating to Boards, Commissions, and Committee s including modifying the attendance policy ; providing additional reasons for member removal; removing the registered elector requirement; implementing a member term limit, requiring completion of unexpired terms before applying to another Board, Commission, or Committee; requiring that all members reside in Burbank; eliminating non-voting liaison positions from the Sustainable Burbank Commission ; modifying member requirements for the Art in Public Places Committee; updating meeting locations; and other clarification edits.

THE COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF BURBANK FINDS:

A. At the February 4, 2025, City Council meeting , Council considered proposed changes to the City of Burbank Boards, Commissions, and Committees (BCCs).

B. During the discussion, Council provided direction to staff to enact changes to the composition, policies, and member requirements of the City’s BCCs.

C. The purpose of this Ordinance is to effectuate those changes to the City of Burbank BCCs.

THE COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF BURBANK DOES ORDAIN AS FOLLOWS:

1. Section 2-1-401 of the Burbank Municipal Code is hereby amended and restated as follows:

“2-1-401: TERM OF OFFICE, CONTINUITY, AND TERM LIMITS:

A. Boards and Commissions: Except as may be otherwise provided, the term of office of all board and commission members shall be four (4) years and such terms shall commence on August 1. The terms shall be staggered by appointment or by lot, when feasible. Members shall serve at the discretion of the City Council. Board and commission members whose terms of office have expired shall continue to serve until their successors are appointed and qualified. A committee, if any, that has a four (4) year membership term shall be governed by this section.

ATTACHMENT 1
553
25-4,032
2 B. Committees: Except as may be otherwise provided in this Article, the term of office of all Council appointed committee members shall be two (2) years , and all such terms shall commence on August 1. The terms shall be staggered by appointment or by lot so that as near as possible one-half (1/2) shall expire each year. Members shall serve at the discretion of the City Council. Committee members whose terms of office have expired shall continue to serve until their successors are appointed and qualified.

C. Term Limits: Commencing August 1, 2025, no person may serve more than three (3) consecutive full terms on a single board, commission, or committee. This term limit does not apply to Council appointments due to vacancy that will result in a partial term.

This term limit also shall not apply to Council-appointed representatives that serve on external agencies including but not limited to the Burbank-Glendale-Pasadena Airport Authority, Burbank Housing Corporation Board of Directors, Greater Los Angeles County Vector Control District, Metropolitan Water District, and Santa Monica Mountains Conservancy and Advisory Committee.

2. Section 2-1-403 of the Burbank Municipal Code is hereby amended and restated as follows:

“2-1-403: ABSENCES, ADDITIONAL REASONS FOR REMOVAL, AND VACANCIES:

A. Absences (Defined Terms):

1. Member: For the purposes of this section, “Member” shall mean any appointed or elected member to a Board, Commission, or Committee who has voting authority for that Board, Commission, or Committee.

2. Absence: For the purposes of this section, “absence” shall mean the failure of a member of a board, commission, or committee to be present during at least two- thirds (2/3) of the entire meeting.

3. 12-Month Period: For the purposes of this section, “12- month period” shall mean the period from August 1 to July 31.

B. Two (2) Absences: City staff assigned to assist any board, commission, or committee shall notify any member who fails to attend two (2) regular ly scheduled meetings. A copy of such notice shall be provided to the chair and the City Clerk.

C. Three (3) Absences: In the event a member of a board, commission, or committee is absent for three (3) regularly scheduled meetings of the board, commission, or committee to which they have been appointed during the 12- month period, the attendance record of such member shall be reviewed by the board, commission, or committee to which the member was appointed.

1. The board, commission, or committee shall consider the reasons for the absences, review them with the member, and make a recommendation whether the absences 554
25-4,032
3 should be excused or unexcused by the City Council. The report and recommendation shall be transmitted to the City Clerk who shall agendize the matter for City Council consideration. The City Council shall take appropriate action including, but not limited to, excusing the absences, removing the member, or such other action as the Council deems appropriate.

2. Should the Council excuse the member’s accrued absences, and the member misses a n additional meeting within the following 12- month absence reporting period, the City Clerk may proceed with the member’s automatic removal by City staff.

D. Additional Reasons for Removal: A member of a board, commission, or committee may be removed due to violation of the policies outlined in the “City Council Expectations of Board, Commission, and Committee Members” document or failure to attend training sessions mandated by the City.

E. Vacancies: Vacancies on boards, commissions, or committees occurring during the term of office shall be filled within ninety (90) days from the date the vacancy occurs.

Any person appointed to fill a vacancy shall hold office for the remainder of the unexpired term.

F. Vacancies Due to Military Leave: The Council shall have the discretion to appoint a replacement board, committee, or commission member for that period of time during which a vacancy on a board, commission or committee shall occur due to a leave of absence caused by the military service of a member. The replacement appointee shall serve only until such time as the absent board member returns from military leave and only for the remaining term of the absent board member at the time of appointment.

The Council shall have the discretion to fill any vacancy on any non- charter board, committee, or commission by appointing any person who because of military service cannot immediately serve on the board, committee, or commission.”

3. Section 2-1-406 of the Burbank Municipal Code is hereby amended and restated as follows:

“2-1-406: SERVING ON MORE THAN ONE BOARD, COMMISSION, OR COMMITTEE PROHIBITED:

No person shall serve at the same time on more than one board, commission or committee described in Articles 4 and 5 of this chapter, unless as otherwise provided in the Charter or in this code. Persons appointed to serve unexpired terms must complete the term before applying to serve on another board, commission, or committee.”

4. Section 2-1-407 of the Burbank Municipal Code is hereby amended and restated as follows:

555
25-4,032
4 “2-1-407: RESIDENCY:

Except as may be otherwise provided in this Code or by Council resolution, no person shall be eligible to be a member of any board, commission, or committee unless they reside within the jurisdictional boundaries of the City of Burbank. This includes all appointments to outside agency boards , including but not limited to, T he Burbank - Glendale-Pasadena Airport Authority.”

5. Section 2-1-415 of the Burbank Municipal Code is hereby amended and restated as follows:

“2-1-415: SENIOR CITIZEN BOARD:

A. Establishment and Composition of Board: There is hereby created a Senior Citizen Board consisting of seven (7) members, all of whom shall be senior citizens.

B. Liaison with Council: The Mayor shall designate a member of the Council to meet with the Senior Citizen Board for liaison purposes only.

C. Liaison with City Manager: The City Manager shall designate a representative to serve as administration liaison with the Board. They shall serve as a resource person at all Board meetings, arrange for any necessary contacts between the Board and City departments, facilitate administrative action on Board requests, and keep the City Manager informed of Board proceedings; provided, however, that the Board shall obtain Council approval before requesting admini strative assistance requiring any significant amount of research.

D. Applicants: Senior citizens who wish to be considered for appointment to the Senior Citizen Board may apply by filing an application with the City Clerk’s Office online or in person.

E. Evaluation Committee: An Evaluation Committee appointed by the Council and consisting of senior or interested citizens familiar with the senior citizen population and its concerns shall interview the applicants and report its findings and recommendations to the Mayor with copies for each member of the Council.

F. Powers and Duties: The Senior Citizen Board shall have the following powers and duties:

1. To engage in consultation and study with local groups on the needs of the aged and evaluate all available resources.

2. To collect and study factual information relative to all aspects of aging.

556
25-4,032
5 3. To serve as a liaison between local organizations and governmental agencies which work with the aged and have an interest in aging adults.

4. To advise in community planning regarding the expansion of existing facilities and development of new facility services, as required.

5. To become aware of problems as they arise and recommend plans for action.

6. To inform local and state organizations of the needs and resources of older people.

7. To serve as a medium through which organizations may exchange information, coordinate programs and engage in joint endeavors.

8. To become familiar with developments in other communities on County, State and Federal programs.

G. Reports: The Chair of the Board shall provide the Council with minutes of the Board meetings and copies of studies and resolutions to be considered by the Board.”

6. Section 2-1-416 of the Burbank Municipal Code is hereby amended and restated as follows:

“2-1-416: YOUTH BOARD:

A. Establishment and Composition of Board: There is hereby created a Youth Board consisting of fifteen (15) members, eleven (11) of whom shall be selected as follows:
one from Burbank High School, one from John Burroughs High School, one from Providence High School, one from Monterey High School, one from Luther Burbank Middle School, one from Dolores Huerta Middle School, one from John Mui r Middle School, one from St. Finbar Parish School, one from St. Francis Xavier School, and one from St. Robert Bellarmine School, and one from Lycée International de Los Angeles. The middle school representatives shall be a member of either the seventh or eighth grade class. Four (4) at -large members shall be appointed by a three- fifths (3/5) vote of all Council members. Should any designated school fail to submit a student representative for the Board, the vacant seat may be filled with an additional at-large member. No member shall be over twenty (20) years of age at the time of appointment to the Youth Board.

B. Liaison with Council: The Mayor shall designate a member of the Council to meet with the Youth Board for liaison purposes only.

C. Liaison with City Manager: The City Manager shall designate a representative to serve as administration liaison with the Board. They shall serve as a resource person at all Board meetings, arrange for any necessary contacts between the Board and City departments, facilitate administrative action on Board requests, and keep the City Manager informed of Board proceedings; provided, however, that the Board shall 557
25-4,032
6 obtain Council approval before requesting administrative assistance requiring any significant amount of research.

D. School Members: Each high school and middle school member may be selected based on interest and qualifications for Youth Board by the school’s administration. All candidates must sign a statement that they have read the Youth Board brochure and fully under stand the function of the Board and their duties and responsibilities as Board members.

E. Term of Office: The term of office for each Board member shall be one (1) year commencing on September 1.

F. Powers and Duties: The Youth Board shall have the following powers and duties:

1. To represent the interests of local youth in community affairs.

2. To represent the City in matters of interest to youth in the community.

3. To assist in helping other youth in the community to understand and appreciate local government.

4. To obtain interpretations for local youth on City ordinances, rules and regulations which affect them.

5. To encourage local youth to actively participate in community affairs and matters of concern to the City.

6. To conduct studies and investigations in the general field of youth and community interest and to communicate its findings and recommendations to the Council.

7. To encourage coordination of effort among community institutions and organizations that focus on youth problems and needs.

8. To advise and assist the Park and Recreation Board on issues affecting the youth in the community.

G. Reports: The chair of the Youth Board shall provide the Council and Park and Recreation Board with minutes of Youth Board meetings and copies of studies and resolutions to be considered by the Youth Board.”

7. Section 2-1-418 of the Burbank Municipal Code is hereby amended and restated as follows:

558
25-4,032
7 “2-1-418: BURBANK WATER AND POWER BOARD:

A. Establishment and Composition of the Board: There is hereby created a Burbank Water and Power Board consisting of seven (7) members.

B. Secretary of the Board: The General Manager of the Burbank Water and Power shall serve as Secretary to the Board. The Secretary to the Board shall not be a member of the Board nor vote on any matters coming before it, but the Secretary may be present during the Board’s deliberations and may participate in all debates and discussions.

C. Powers and Duties of the Board: The Burbank Water and Power Board shall have the following powers and duties:

1. To review and make recommendations on all capital improvements which require Council approval;

2. To review and make recommendations on purchased power agreements with terms of more than five (5) years;

3. To review and make recommendations regarding the Burbank Water and Power’s annual budget;

4. To review and make recommendations regarding electric and water rates;

5. To approve all contract awards for goods, services and public work construction projects which are provided for in the Burbank Water and Power’s annual budget; and

6. To perform such advisory functions as are delegated to it by the provisions of this code or other action of the Council or the General Manager of the Burbank Water and Power.

D. Meetings: The Burbank Water and Power Board shall hold a regular meeting at least once a month at a time and place to be designated by the Board. Special meetings may be called by the Chair or three (3) members of the Board. When the time for any regular meeting of the Board falls on the holiday, such meeting may be held at the discretion of the Board or the Chair at the same hour of the next succeeding day not a holiday or a regular meeting day of the C ouncil or any board or commission established by this division.

E. Quorum: A majority of the members of the Board shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business.”

8. Section 2-1-419 of the Burbank Municipal Code is hereby amended and restated as follows:
559
25-4,032
8 “2-1-419: TRANSPORTATION COMMISSION:

A. Establishment and Composition of the Commission: There is hereby created a Transportation Commission consisting of seven (7) members. The Council shall give consideration to appointing persons affiliated with the following groups: small businesses, large businesses, transportation technology research and development organizations, homeowners, the Burbank -Glendale-Pasadena Airpor t Authority, transportation management organizations or associations, and other special needs groups such as senior citizens, persons with disabilities and bicyclists.

B. Secretary of the Commission: The Community Development Director shall serve as Secretary to the Commission. The Secretary to the Commission shall not be a member of the Commission or vote on any matters coming before it, but such Secretary may be present during the Commission’s deliberations and may participate in all debates and discussions.

C. Powers and Duties of the Commission: The Transportation Commission shall have the following powers and duties:

1. To make recommendations to the City Council on transportation planning issues including, but not limited to, the transportation element of the General Plan and its components.

2. To make recommendations on the expenditure of Proposition A funds, Proposition C funds, air quality funds and bonds, fees, loans and grants for the purpose of funding transportation improvements.

3. To make recommendations on transportation plans, policies and programs, including, but not limited to, pedestrian orientation, telecommuting, intermodal transportation centers, new technologies, traffic programs and parking.

4. To perform such advisory functions as are delegated to it by the provisions of this code or other action of the Council.

D. Meetings: The Transportation Commission shall hold a regular meeting at least once a month at a time and place to be designated by the Commission. Special meetings may be called by the chair or four (4) members of the Commission. When the time for any regular meeting of the Commission falls on a holiday, such meeting may be held at the discretion of the Commission or chair thereof at the same hour of the next succeeding day not a holiday or a regular meeting day of the Council or any other board or commission established pursuant to this division.

E. Quorum: A majority of the members of the Commission shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business.”

560
25-4,032
9 9. Section 2-1-422 of the Burbank Municipal Code is hereby amended and restated as follows:

“2-1-422: ART IN PUBLIC PLACES COMMITTEE:

A. Composition of Committee: The Art in Public Places Committee shall consist of five (5) members. The Parks and Recreation Director or their designee shall serve as secretary to the Committee. The Committee shall have further staff representation from the Parks and Recreation Director or its designee.

B. Powers and Duties of the Committee: The Art in Public Places Committee shall review proposed art plans and its powers shall be limited to finding compliance with Subsections D and E of Section 10-1-1114 of this Code. In no way shall this Committee rule upon artistic content when considering art plans. Additionally, the Committee shall recommend to the City Council expenditures of the Art in Public Places Fund, including but not limited to art projects for public buildings or on public grounds.

C. Meetings: The Art in Public Places Committee shall hold public meetings as needed.

Special meetings may be called by the chair or any two other members of the Committee.

D. Quorum: A majority of the members of the Committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business.

E. Term: Committee members shall be appointed for a four -year term, and the commencement of such terms shall be staggered in keeping with the purpose and intent of Section 2-1-401.A.”

10. Section 2-1-424 of the Burbank Municipal Code is hereby amended and restated as follows:

“2-1-424: SUSTAINABLE BURBANK COMMISSION:

A. Establishment of the Commission: The Sustainable Burbank Commission shall advise and make recommendations to the City Council on matters related to the implementation of the City of Burbank Sustainability Action Plan and help engage the community by participating in various public education, outreach, and promotional activities related to environmental sustainability.

B. Composition of the Commission:

1. The Sustainable Burbank Commission shall be composed of nine (9) members to be appointed by Council. When appointing persons to the Commission, Council should consider representation of the business community at large who is engaged in environmental issues, the real estate or development industry, or faith-based or 561
25-4,032
10 non-profit community.

2. The Commission shall have the constituted offices of Chairperson and Vice Chairperson.

a. Chairperson – The Chairperson shall maintain the general supervision, direction and control of the business and meetings of the Sustainable Burbank Commission. The Chairperson shall preside at all meetings of the Commission and shall have the power to appoint subcommittees of the Commission and subcommittee Chairpersons as necessary and shall receive reports of the subcommittee’s activities.

b. Vice Chairperson – The Vice Chairperson shall act in the absence of the Chairperson, perform all the duties of the Chairperson, and in so acting, shall have all the powers of the Chairperson.

3. Liaison with Council: The Mayor shall designate two members of the City Council to meet with the Commission, but such members shall not be members of the Commission.

C. Powers and Duties of the Commission:

1. The Sustainable Burbank Commission shall have the duties to:

a. Act in an advisory capacity to the City Council in establishing policy on all matters as described in Section A.

b. Engage the participation of the community.

c. Provide community support for advancing policy initiatives and programs.

d. Advise the City Council in the maximizing and leveraging efficient use of resources in the community.

e. Advise the City Council in the review of proposals, programs, practices, and goals.

D. Meetings: The Sustainable Burbank Commission shall meet regularly at least every other month, on a day and time and place to be determined and fixed by the Commission and in accordance with the Ralph M. Brown Act. Additional noticed meetings may be scheduled as necessary. All meetings shall be open to the public.

Regular minutes of each meeting shall be maintained by the Public Works Department. Agendas of the Commission shall be posted as required by the laws of the State of California.

562
25-4,032
11 E. Quorum: A majority of the members of the Sustainable Burbank Commission shall constitute a quorum.”

11. Section 2-1-425 of the Burbank Municipal Code is hereby amended and restated as follows:

“2-1-425: BURBANK CULTURAL ARTS COMMISSION:

A. Establishment: The Burbank Cultural Arts Commission is an advisory body to the City Council. The Commission shall make policy and funding recommendations on matters related to the implementation of the City’s Cultural Arts Plan, help engage the community by participating in various public education, outreach, and promotional activities related to cultural arts and other duties as requested by Council.

B. Composition of the Commission:

1. The Burbank Cultural Arts Commission shall be composed of nine (9) members appointed by the City Council as follows: from the business community at -large, who is engaged in the arts, or who represents a diversity of art disciplines such as:
arts education; art in public places; dance; live theater; film, studio and r ecording industry; media affiliated resources; music; and visual arts.

2. The Commission shall have the constituted offices of Chairperson and Vice Chairperson.
a. Chairperson – The Chairperson shall maintain the general supervision and direction and control of the business and meetings of the Commission. The Chairperson shall preside at all meetings of the Commission and shall have the power to appoint subcommittees of the Commission and subcommittee Chairpersons as necessary and shall receive reports of the subcommittee’s activities.

b. Vice Chairperson – The Vice Chairperson shall act in the absence of the Chairperson, perform all the duties of the Chairperson, and in so acting, shall have all the powers of the Chairperson.

3. Liaison with Council: The Mayor shall designate two members of the City Council to meet with the Commission, but such members shall not be members of the Commission.

C. Powers and Duties:

1. The Burbank Cultural Arts Commission shall have the duties to:

a. Act in an advisory capacity to the City Council in establishing policy on all matters as described in Section A.

563
25-4,032
12 b. Engage the participation of the community.

c. Provide community support for advancing policy initiatives and programs.

d. Advise the City Council in the maximizing and leveraging efficient use of resources in the community.

e. Advise the City Council in the review of proposals, programs, practices, and goals.

f. Other duties as requested by Council.

D. Meetings: The Burbank Cultural Arts Commission shall meet as needed, on a day and time and place to be determined and fixed by the Commission at its August meeting and in accordance with the Ralph M. Brown Act. Additional noticed meetings may be scheduled as necessary by the Commission. All meetings shall be open to the public.

Minutes of each meeting shall be maintained by the Parks and Recreation Department.”

E. Quorum: A majority of the members of the Commission shall constitute a quorum.”

12. The above changes to the Burbank Municipal Code will be implemented as follows: the change to the term limits will be effective as of August 1, 2025, and all other changes will take effect upon adoption of this Ordinance.

13. All other sections of Title 2, Section 1, Article 4, not amended by this Ordinance, shall remain in full force and effect.

14. If any provision of this Ordinance or its application is held invalid by a court of competent jurisdiction, such invalidity shall not affect other provisions, sections, or applications of the Ordinance which can be given effect without the invalid provision or application, and to this end each phrase, section, sentence, or word is declared to be severable.

15. This Ordinance shall become effective at 12:01 a.m. on the thirty-first (31st) day after the date of adoption.

16. The City Manager, City Clerk, or their designee, is authorized to execute any action necessary to codify this Ordinance into the Burbank Municipal Code.

564
25-4,032
13 17. The City Clerk will certify to the passage of this Ordinance and cause the City Attorney Synopsis of this Ordinance to be published once in a newspaper of general circulation within 14 days of adoption, that is published and circulated in the City of Burbank, California, or as required by applicable law.

PASSED AND ADOPTED this 26th day of August 2025.

_ s/Tamala Takahashi_________
Tamala Takahashi
Vice Mayor

Approved as to Form
Attest: Office of the City Attorney

_s/Kimberley Clark___________ By: _ s/Kane Thuyen___________ Kimberley Clark, City Clerk Kane Thuyen
Senior Assistant City Attorney

STATE OF CALIFORNIA )
COUNTY OF LOS ANGELES ) ss.

CITY OF BURBANK )

I, Kimberley Clark, City Clerk of the City of Burbank, do hereby certify that the foregoing Ordinance No. 25-4,032 was duly and regularly passed and adopted by the Council of the City of Burbank at its regular meeting held on the 26th day of August 2025, by the following vote:

AYES: Anthony, Mullins, Rizzotti, and Takahashi.

NOES: None.

ABSENT: Perez.

I further certify that said Synopsis was published as required by law in a newspaper of general circulation in the City of Burbank, California within 14 days following its August 26, 2025 adoption.

_s/Kimberley Clark____________
Kimberley Clark, City Clerk
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
ATTACHMENT 3
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
1 STAFF REPORT
DATE: November 18, 2025
TO: Justin Hess, City Manager
FROM: Patrick Prescott, Community Development Director
VIA: Simone McFarland, Assistant Community Development Director BY: Mary Hamzoian, Economic Development Manager
SUBJECT: Adoption of a Resolution Declaring Results of Majority Protest Proceedings and to Renew the Burbank Tourism Business Improvement District

RECOMMENDATION
Adopt A RESOLUTION OF THE COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF BURBANK DECLARING

RESULTS OF MAJORITY PROTEST PROCEEDINGS AND RENEWAL OF THE BURBANK TOURISM BUSINESS IMPROVEMENT DISTRICT (TBID).

BACKGROUND
In 2011, City Council (Council) established Burbank’s TBID to market and promote Burbank and its hotels as a desirable national and international destination. The TBID has successfully operated for more than 14 years and is currently on the final step of the process to renew the district for a new 10- year term. On September 9, 2025, Council adopted a Resolution of Intention to Renew the TBID . On October 14, 2025, a public meeting was held to accept public comment on the proposed renewal of the TBI D, and on November 18, 2025, a final public hearing will be held for the Resolution of Renewal (Attachment 1).

DISCUSSION
The purpose of the final public hearing is to declare results of majority protest (if any) from members of the lodging1 community and adopt the Resolution to Renew resulting in the renewal of the TBID for a new 10-year term beginning July 1, 2026. 1 Hotels are also commonly referred to as lodging businesses.

COMMUNITY

DEVELOPMENT
Public Hearing
Item #1
637
2 TBID Renewal Process
For the TBID to renew, a majority of Burbank hotels representing more than 50% of the total districts assessment must have signed a petition in favor of the renewal. A total of 14 hotels, representing 91.33% of the total district assessments have signed a petition in favor of renewing the TBID (Attachment 2) . The four hotels who did not elect to sign a petition were, Ramada Inn, Burbank Inn and Suites, Best Western Media Center Inn & Suites, and Extended Stay America Los Angeles Burbank Airport. A majority of Burbank’s lodging business es have elected to pursue renewal of the TBID to continue having a stable revenue source devoted to marketing Burbank as a tourist, meetings, and events destination. This overwhelming support from the hotels provides Council the opportunity to adopt the Resolution of Renewal to renew the TBID for a new 10-year term.

If r
enewed, the TBID would generate approximately $2, 275,0002 on an annual basis for promotion of travel and tourism , specific to Burbank (amount based on 1.75% of rental room revenue generated during Fiscal Year 2026- 27). This is approximately $875,000 more than is currently collected and will allow for increased marketing and destination development projects that enhance the visitor experience.

Management District Plan
The Management District Plan (MDP) (Attachment 3) is the governing document which provides the framework for the TBID’s operations and ensures that the funds are used exclusively based on the services noted in the MDP. Key components of the MDP are the following:
• Boundaries – All lodging businesses existing or new with 25 or more rooms located within the boundaries of the City of Burbank;
• Budget – Approximately $2,275,000 annually;
• Assessment – The initial annual assessment rate is 1.75% of gross short -term room rental revenue;
• Term – 10-year life beginning July 1, 2026 through June 30, 2036; and • Services – Sales and Marketing and Destination Development. Sales and Marketing promotes Burbank as a tourist, meetings, and events destination through domestic, national and international marketing campaigns. Destination Development enhances the visitor experience through art exhibits, superhero statues, monument signage, gateway enhancements, and a visitor shuttle.

Timeline for Renewal
• September 9, 2025 – Council adopted the Resolution of Intention to Renew the TBID.
• September 12th, 2025 – Written notice was sent to all hotel owners notifying them of the approval of the Resolution of Intention and providing them with the opportunity to protest the renewal.
2 Current assessment is 1% and generates approximately $1,400,000 annually. 638
3 • October 14, 2025 – A Public Hearing was held for Council to accept public comment regarding the proposed renewal of the TBID.
• November 18, 2025 – A Public Hearing was scheduled to declare results of majority protest or opposition (if any) from hotels which represent more than 50% or more of the proposed assessments. If written opposition is received, and not withdrawn, the renewal process will end and no further action to renew the TBID can be taken for a period of one year from the date of the final public hearing date. • If no opposition is received, or opposition representing less than 50% of the proposed assessment is received up until the close of the final hearing, Council may consider the renewal of the TBID on November 18, 2025. • If renewed the new term of the TBID will begin July 1, 2026.

ENVIRONMENTAL REVIEW
This report has no potential for resulting in a direct or reasonably foreseeable indirect physical change to the environment and falls outside the definition of a “project” under the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) and is therefore not subject to CEQA review pursuant to § 15378 of Title 14 of the California Code of Regulations (CEQA Guidelines).

FISCAL IMPACT
The TBID currently contributes approximately $234,600 annually towards Economic Development staff salaries. With the renewal, the proposed amount will be approximately $386,750 annually. Should the Council elect not to renew the TBID, the City would forego the proposed $386,750 salary funding as well as the potential to continue increasing Transient Occupancy Tax, Transient Parking Tax, and sales tax revenue for the City.

CONCLUSION
The TBID has a successful track record of enhancing Burbank’s presence as a business and leisure tourist destination. Since 2011, the TBID has maintained the same 1% assessment rate, utilizing approximately $1.4 million annually to promote Burbank as a top tourist destination through marketing and destination development. With the renewal of a new 10- year term, the assessment rate increase will support marketing and destination development initiatives like the design and implementation of monument/wayfinding signage, additional art exhibits like the Elephant Parade, and a possible trolley or shuttle service to enhance the visitor experience in Burbank. By moving forward with the renewal of the TBID , Council is reinforcing its commitment to enhance and grow the tourism sector in Burbank.

ATTACHMENTS
Attachment 1 – Resolution
Attachment 2 – Signed Petitions
Attachment 3 – Management District Plan
Correspondences
639
ATTACHMENT 1 – 1

1 RESOLUTION NO. 2025 - _____________

A RESOLUTION OF THE COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF

BURBANK DECLARING RESULTS OF MAJORITY

PROTEST PROCEEDINGS AND RENEW AL OF THE

BURBANK TOURISM BUSINESS IMPROVEMENT

DISTRICT (TBID)

THE COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF BURBANK FINDS:

WHEREAS, the City created the TBID on September 20, 2011, by Resolution No. 28,403, for a five (5) year term, which ended on June 30, 2016; and

WHEREAS, the TBID was renewed on May 24, 2016, by Resolution No. 16- 28,841, for a ten (10) year term, which ends on June 30, 2026; and

WHEREAS, the Property and Business Improvement Law of 1994, Streets and Highways Code § 36600 et seq., authorizes the City of Burbank (City) to renew business improvement districts upon petition by a weighted majority of the business owners located within the boundaries of the district; and

WHEREAS, lodging business owners who will pay more than fifty percent (50%) of the proposed assessment, as weighted according to the amount of the assessment to be paid by the petitioner, within the boundaries of the TBID , have petitioned the City Council of the City of Burbank (Council) to renew the TBID; and

WHEREAS, included with the petitions was a Management District Plan (Plan) summary that describes the proposed assessment to be levied on lodging businesses, existing and in the future, with twenty-five (25) rooms or more, within the TBID, to pay for sales & marketing, destination development programs, and other improvements and activities set forth in the Plan; and

WHEREAS, the assessed lodging businesses within the TBID will receive a specific benefit from the activities and improvements as set forth in the Plan; and

WHEREAS, a public meeting was held on September 9, 2025 at 6:00 PM at the Council Chambers located at 275 E Olive Ave, Burbank, CA 91502, in which Council adopted a Resolution of Intention, Resolution No. 25-29,642; and

WHEREAS, the public meeting and public hearing to consider the renewal of the TBID have been properly noticed in accordance with Streets and Highways Code §36623; and

640
ATTACHMENT 1 – 2

2 WHEREAS, a public hearing was held on October 14, 2025 at 6:00 PM at the Council Chambers located at 275 E Olive Ave, Burbank, CA 91502, regarding the renewal of the TBID, in which Council heard and received objections and protests, if any, to the renewal of the TBID and the levy of the proposed assessment. No protests were received at this public hearing; and

WHEREAS, a public hearing was held on November 18, 2025 at 6:00 PM at the Council Chambers located at 275 E Olive Ave, Burbank, CA 91502, regarding the renewal of the TBID , and Council heard and received all objections and protests, if any, to the renewal of the TBID and the levy of the proposed assessment; and

WHEREAS, the City Clerk has determined that there was no majority protest. A majority protest is defined as written protests received from owners of businesses in the renewed TBID which would pay fifty percent (50%) or more of the assessments proposed to be levied. Protests are weighted based on the assessment proposed to be levied on each lodging business; and

WHEREAS, the City bears the burden of proving by a preponderance of the evidence that an assessment imposed for a specific benefit or specific government service is not a tax, that the amount is no more than necessary to cover the costs to the City in providing the specific benefit or specific government service, and that the manner in which those costs are allocated to a payor bear a fair or reasonable relationship to the specific benefits or specific government services received by the payor.

THE COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF BURBANK RESOLVES:

1. The recitals set forth herein are hereby adopted as findings and deemed true and correct.

2. Pursuant to Property and Business Improvement Law of 1994, Streets and Highways Code § 36600 et seq. , sufficient written or oral protest was not received from businesses in the district which pay fifty (50) percent or more of the assessment.

3. The TBID is hereby renew ed for a ten (10) year term, beginning July 1, 2026, or as soon as possible thereafter, and ending ten (10) years from its start date, unless renewed pursuant to Streets and Highways Code § 36660.

4. The Plan dated August 22, 2025 is hereby adopted and approved.

5. The activities to be provided to benefit businesses in the TBID will be funded by the levy of the assessment. The revenue from the assessment levy shall not be used:
to provide activities that directly benefit businesses outside the TBID; to provide activities or improvements outside the TBID; or for any purpose other than the purposes specified in this Resolution, the Resolution of Intention, and the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, improvements and activities that must be provided outside the TBID 641
ATTACHMENT 1 – 3

3 boundaries to create a specific benefit to the assessed businesses may be provided, but shall be limited to marketing or signage pointing to the TBID.

6. The followng findings are hereby made by Council:

a) The activities funded by the assessment will provide a specific benefit to assessed businesses within the TBID that is not provided to those not paying the assessment.

b) The assessment is a charge imposed for a specific benefit conferred or privilege granted directly to the payor that is not provided to those not charged, and which does not exceed the reasonable costs to the local government of conferring the benefit or granting the privilege.

c) The assessment is a charge imposed for a specific government service or product provided directly to the payor that is not provided to those not charged, and which does not exceed the reasonable costs to the local government of providing the service or product.

d) Assessments imposed pursuant to the TBID are levied solely upon the assessed business, and the business owner is solely responsible for payment of the assessment when due. If the owner chooses to collect any portion of the assessment from a transient, that portion shall be specifically called out and identified for the transient in any and all communications from the business owner as the “TBID Assessment” or “Tourism Assessment” as specified in the Plan.

7. The assessments levied for the TBID shall be applied towards sales & marketing and destination development programs to market Burbank lodging businesses as tourist, meeting and event destinations, and other improvements and activities as set forth in the Plan.

8. Assessments levied on lodging businesses pursuant to this resolution shall be levied on the basis of benefit. Because the services provided are intended to increase sleeping room rentals, an assessment based on gross short -term sleeping room rental revenue is the best measure of benefit.

9. The annual assessment rate is one and three quarters percent (1.75%) of gross short-term sleeping room rental revenue. During the TBID term, the assessment rate may be increased by the Burbank Hospitality Association to a maximum rate of three percent (3%) of gross short-term sleeping room rental revenue for assessed lodging businesses. If the assessment rate is increased, it may subsequently be decreased but shall not be decreased below a minimum of one half of one percent (0.5%) of gross short-term room rental revenue.

Based on the benefit received, assessments will not be collected on: stays of more than thirty (30) consecutive days; stays by any person as to whom, or any occupancy as to 642
ATTACHMENT 1 – 4

4 which, it is beyond the power of the City; stays by any Federal or State officer or employee while on official business only and when payment for such occupancy is made directly to the operator by duly authorized voucher payment from a governmental accounting office; and stays by any officer or employee of a foreign government who is exempt by reason of express provision of Federal law or international treaty.

10. The assessments for the entire TBID will total approximately $2,275,000 in year one (1).

11. Bonds shall not be issued to fund the TBID.

12. The TBID shall include all lodging businesses, existing and in the future, with twenty-five (25) rooms or more, available for public occupancy located within the boundaries of the City of Burbank. A boundary map is attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference.

13. The assessments shall be used for the purposes set forth above and any funds remaining at the end of any year may be used in subsequent years in which the TBID assessment is levied so long as they are used consistent with the requirements set forth herein.

14. The assessments to fund the activities and improvements for the TBID will be collected by the City, on a monthly basis, and in accordance with Streets and Highways Code §36631.

15. The Council, through adoption of this Resolution and the Plan, has the right pursuant to Streets and Highways Code §36651, to identify the body that shall implement the proposed program, which shall be the Owners’ Association of the TBID as defined in Streets and Highways Code §36612. The Council has determined that Burbank Hospitality Association shall be the TBID Owners’ Association.

16. Burbank Hospitality Association , pursuant to Streets and Highways Code §36650, shall cause to be prepared a report for each fiscal year, except the first year, for which assessments are to be levied and collected to pay the costs of the improvement and activities described in the report . The first report shall be due after the first year of operation of the TBID.

17. The TBID renewed pursuant to this Resolution will be subject to any amendments to the Property and Business Improvement District Law of 1994 (California Streets and Highways Code §36600 et. seq.).

18. The City Manager , or his or her designee, is authorized to sign any documents necessary to effectuate this Resolution.

643
ATTACHMENT 1 – 5

5 19. The City Clerk, or his or her designee, is authorized and directed to take all necessary actions to complete the renewal of the TBID and to levy the assessments.

20. The formation of the TBID has no potential for resulting in a direct or reasonably foreseeable indirect physical change to the environment and falls outside the definition of a “project” under the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) and is therefore not subject to CEQA review pursuant to § 15378 of Title 14 of the California Code of Regulations (CEQA Guidelines).

21. This Resolution shall take effect immediately upon its adoption by the Council.

PASSED and ADOPTED this __ day of _____, 2025.

___________________________
Nikki Perez
Mayor

Approved as to Form:

Attest: Office of the City Attorney

________________________ By: ________________________ Kimberley Clark, City Clerk Ray Johal
Senior Assistant City Attorney

STATE OF CALIFORNIA )
COUNTY OF LOS ANGELES ) ss.

CITY OF BURBANK )

I, Kimberley Clark, City Clerk, do hereby certify that the foregoing Resolution was duly and regularly introduced, passed and adopted by the Council of the City of Burbank at its regular meeting held on the ____ day of ______ 2025 by the following vote:

AYES:

NOES:

ABSENT:

ABSTAIN:

__________________ ___________________
Kimberley Clark, City Clerk

644
ATTACHMENT 1 – 6

6 Boundary Map

645
ATTACHMENT 2 - 1
646
ATTACHMENT 2 - 2
647
ATTACHMENT 2 - 3
648
ATTACHMENT 2 - 4
649
ATTACHMENT 2 - 5
650
ATTACHMENT 2 - 6
651
ATTACHMENT 2 - 7
652
ATTACHMENT 2 - 8
653
ATTACHMENT 2 - 9
654
ATTACHMENT 2 - 10
655
ATTACHMENT 2 - 11
656
ATTACHMENT 2 - 12
657

2026-2036

BURBANK TOURISM BUSINESS IMPROVEMENT

DISTRICT

MANAGEMENT DISTRICT PLAN
Prepared pursuant to the Property and Business Improvement District Law of 1994, Streets and Highways Code section 36600 et seq. August 22, 2025 ATTACHMENT 3 - 1
658
Table of Contents
I. OVERVIEW ................................................................................................................................................ 3 II. TBID BACKGROUND ............................................................................................................................... 5 III. ACCOMPLISHMENTS ............................................................................................................................. 6 IV. BOUNDARY .............................................................................................................................................. 8 V. ASSESSMENT BUDGET AND SERVICES ............................................................................................. 9 A. ANNUAL SERVICE PLAN ................................................................................................................................... 9 B. ANNUAL BUDGET .......................................................................................................................................... 11 C. CALIFORNIA CONSTITUTIONAL COMPLIANCE ................................................................................................ 12 D. ASSESSMENT ................................................................................................................................................... 14 E. INTEREST AND OVERDUE CHARGES ............................................................................................................... 15 F. TIME AND MANNER FOR COLLECTING ASSESSMENTS .................................................................................... 15 VI. GOVERNANCE ...................................................................................................................................... 16 A. OWNERS’ ASSOCIATION .................................................................................................................................. 16 B. BROWN ACT AND CALIFORNIA PUBLIC RECORDS ACT COMPLIANCE.............................................................. 16 C. ANNUAL REPORT ........................................................................................................................................... 16 APPENDIX 1 – LAW .......................................................................................................................................... 17 APPENDIX 2 – ASSESSED BUSINESSES ....................................................................................................... 29 Prepared by
Civitas
(800)999-7781
www.civitasadvisors.com
ATTACHMENT 3 - 2
659
BTBID Management District Plan 3
August 22, 2025
I. OVERVIEW
Developed by Burbank lodging businesses and Burbank Hospitality Association (BHA), the Burbank Tourism Business Improvement District (BTBID) is an assessment district proposed to continue to provide specific benefits to payors by funding sales & marketing and destination development efforts for assessed lodging businesses. This approach has been used successfully in other destination areas throughout the country to provide the benefit of additional room night sales directly to payors . The BTBID was initially created in 2011 for a five (5) year term and was subsequently renewed in 2016 for a ten (10) year term. BHA and Burbank lodging businesses now wish to renew the BTBID for an additional ten (10) year term.

Location: The renewed BTBID includes all lodging businesses, existing and in the future, with twenty-five (25) rooms or more, available for public occupancy located within the boundaries of the City of Burbank (City), as shown on the map in Section IV.

Services: The BTBID is designed to provide specific benefits directly to payors by increasing awareness and demand for room night sales. Sales & marketing , destination development, and other improvements and activities set forth in th is Management District Plan (Plan), will increase demand for overnight tourism and market payors as tourist, meeting and event destinations, thereby increasing demand for room night sales.

Budget: The total BTBID annual assessment budget for the initial year of its ten (10) year operation is anticipated to be approximately $2,275,000. A similar assessment budget is expected to apply to subsequent years, but this assessment budget is expected to fluctuate as room sales do, as businesses open and close, and if the assessment rate is increased pursuant to this Plan.

Cost: The annual assessment rate is one and three quarters percent (1.75%) of gross short - term sleeping room rental revenue. During the BTBID term, the assessment rate may be increased by the BHA to a maximum rate of three percent (3%) of gross short-term sleeping room rental revenue for assessed lodging businesses. If the assessment rate is increased, it may subsequently be decreased but shall not be decreased below a minimum of one half of one percent (0.5%) of gross short-term room rental revenue.

Based on the benefit received, assessments will not be collected on: stays of more than thirty (30) consecutive days; stays by any person as to whom, or any occupancy as to which, it is beyond the power of the City; stays by any Federal or State officer or employee while on official business only and when payment for such occupancy is made directly to the operator by duly authorized voucher payment from a governmental accounting office; and stays by any officer or emp loyee of a foreign government who is exempt by reason of express provision of Federal law or international treaty.

Collection: The City will be responsible for collecting the assessment on a monthly basis (including any delinquencies, interest, and overdue charges) from each assessed lodging business located in the boundaries of the BTBID. The City shall take all reasonable efforts to collect the assessments from each assessed lodging business.

ATTACHMENT 3 - 3
660
BTBID Management District Plan 4
August 22, 2025
Duration: The renewed BTBID will have a ten (10) year life, beginning July 1, 2026, or as soon as possible thereafter, and ending ten (10) years from its start date. After ten (10) years, the BTBID may be renewed pursuant to the Property and Business Improvement District Law of 1994, Streets and Highways Code section 36600 et seq. (94 Law) if assessed lodging business owners support continuing the BTBID programs.

Management: The BHA shall continue to serve as the BTBID’s Owners’ Association. The Owners’ Association is charged with managing funds and implementing programs in accordance with this Plan, and must provide annual reports to the City Council.

ATTACHMENT 3 - 4
661

BTBID Management District Plan 5
August 22, 2025
II. TOURISM BUSINESS IMPROVEMENT DISTRICT BACKGROUND

TBIDs are an evolution of the traditional Business Improvement District. The first TBID was formed in West Hollywood, California in 1989. Since then, over 100 California destinations have followed suit. In recent years, other states have begun adopting the California model –Illinois, Minnesota, Massachusetts, Montana, South Dakota, Washington, Colorado, Texas and Louisiana have adopted TBID laws. Several other states are in the process of adopting their own legislation. The cities of Wichita, Kansas and Newark, New Jersey used an existing business improvement district law to form a TBID. Additionally, some cities, like Portland, Oregon and Memphis, Tennessee have utilized their home rule powers to create TBIDs without a state law.

California’s TBIDs collectively
raise over $300 million annually for
local destination marketing. With
competitors raising their budgets,
and increasing rivalry for visitor
dollars, it is important
that Burbank lodging businesses
continue to invest in stable,
commerce-specific marketing
programs.

TBIDs utilize the efficiencies of
private sector operation in the
market-based promotion of
tourism districts. TBIDs allow
tourism business owners to
organize their efforts to increase commerce. lodging business owners within the TBID pay an assessment and those funds are used to provide services that increase commerce.

In California, most TBIDs are formed pursuant to the Property and Business Improvement District Law of 1994. This law allows for the creation of a benefit assessment district to raise funds within a specific geographic area. The key difference between TBIDs and other benefit assessment districts is that funds raised are returned to the private non-profit corporation governing the district.

There are many benefits to TBIDs:
• Funds must be spent on services and improvements that provide a specific benefit only to those who pay;
• Funds cannot be diverted to general government programs; • They are customized to fit the needs of payors in each destination; • They allow for a wide range of services;
• They are designed, created and governed by those who will pay the assessment; and • They provide a stable, long-term funding source for tourism promotion.

0 20
40 60
80 100
120
Number of Districts Operating in
California
ATTACHMENT 3 - 5
662

BTBID Management District Plan 6
August 22, 2025
III. ACCOMPLISHMENTS
Visit Burbank TBID Renewal Case: A Decade of Strategic Growth Over the past ten years, the Burbank Tourism Business Improvement District (BTBID) , with programming implemented by Visit Burbank, has driven measurable progress in visitor marketing, hotel performance, and economic impact. What follows is a chronological summary of major milestones and outcomes since the Tourism Based Improvement District’s (TBID) formation:

2016–2017: Foundation and National Visibility
• Launched influencer campaign reaching 1.2M followers and generating 325K engagements. • Burbank attractions featured in Southwest Airlines Magazine (18M readers) with a 14-page editorial spread.
• Deepened partnerships with Discover LA and Visit California, reaching 6M+ travelers via co-op marketing.
• Delivered $1.4M in revenue and 7,150+ room nights through Universal Studios Preferred Hotel Program.
• Began international trade show outreach (e.g., IPW, World Travel Market). • Welcomed Hilton Garden Inn, bringing Burbank’s hotel total to 17. • Formed Destination Development Committee to guide long -term tourism planning, placemaking, and to generate visitation.

2018: Innovation and Local Identity
• Launched the Monumental Bronze Super Hero Statue program in partnership with DC Comics, boosting Burbank’s brand as Media Capital of the World. • Initiated digital advertising through visitburbank.com. • Introduced ONEBurbank program to provide high-speed hotel internet.

2019–2020: Strong Growth, Resilience in Crisis
• Hosted 7 FAM tours with 140+ travel agents, tour operators, and media. • Influencer content generated 21.7M impressions and 57.5K engagements. • Launched A Better Way to See LA campaign to position Burbank as an alternative to LA congestion.
• Prior to COVID, hotel occupancy reached a strong 83.1% (12 months ending Feb 2020). • During the pandemic, no Burbank hotels closed , and annual occupancy never fell below 50%.
• Monumental Batman statue unveiled on the AMC Walkway in partnership with DC Comics
• Attracted MUSEXPO Creative Summit generating worldwide attention, more than 600 room nights, and 1,200 international music executives to Burbank.

ATTACHMENT 3 - 6
663

BTBID Management District Plan 7
August 22, 2025

2021–2022: Recovery and Infrastructure Momentum
• Warner Bros. Tour Center opens at Warner Bros. Studio Tour Hollywood. • Hotel improvements included:
o Holiday Inn rebranded as Hotel Burbank (independent boutique). o Courtyard by Marriott completed renovation.
o Phase completion of Avion Burbank, a major mixed-use development.

2022–2023: Economic Growth and Performance Highs
• ADR increased 7% from $173 to a record $186.
• Burbank attracted 3.1 million visitors , who spent $829M, supported 7,790 jobs , and generated $31M in local taxes (source: Tourism Economics). • RevPAR rose 12% from $122 to $137, reflecting strong profitability. • Universal Studios Hollywood opens Super Nintendo World. • Hollywood Burbank Airport saw a 10% increase in passenger volume , reaching 5.97M travelers with new nonstop routes.
• Wonder Woman statue unveiled in front of Warner Bros. Studio Tour Hollywood in March 2023

2023–2024: Tourism Surge and Cultural Leadership
• Visit Burbank marketing delivered 42.8M impressions and $5.2 million in overnight stays. • Produced Elephant Parade 2024 public art campaign, generating 439K impressions, 46.2K engagements, and 16M media reach across 35 articles.
• Welcomed Cambria Hotel Burbank Airport—Burbank’s 18th hotel. • Visit Burbank Bicycle Program launched.
• Residence Inn Burbank Downtown completes renovation.
• Broke ground on Hollywood Burbank Airport Replacement Terminal (opening 2026). • Green Lantern Statue premieres at Burbank Empire Center November 2024.

Conclusion: Ten Years of Tangible ROI
From early influencer campaigns and trade show outreach to major visitor spending milestones and hotel growth, Visit Burbank has delivered consistent returns for Burbank’s assessed lodging businesses and tourism economy. With $829M in visitor spending, rising hotel profitability, and momentum from large-scale projects like the Hollywood Burbank Airport replacement terminal, renewing the TBID ensures Burbank stays competitive and continues to thrive in the years ahead.

ATTACHMENT 3 - 7
664

BTBID Management District Plan 8
August 22, 2025
IV. BOUNDARY

The BTBID will continue to include all lodging businesses, existing and in the future, with twenty- five (25) rooms or more, available for public occupancy within the boundaries of the City, as shown in the map below.

Lodging business means: any room or rooms in any structure, or any portion of a structure, which is occupied or intended or designed for occupancy for dwelling, lodging or sleeping purposes, and includes any hotel, inn, tourist home or house, motel, studio hotel, bachelor hotel, lodging house, rooming house, apartment house, dormitory, public or private club, mobile home or house trailer at a fixed location, or other similar structure. The term “lodging business” does not include an accommodation that a person occupies as their domicile and permanent residence.

A complete listing of assessed lodging businesses within the renewed BTBID can be found in Appendix 2.

ATTACHMENT 3 - 8
665

BTBID Management District Plan 9
August 22, 2025
V. ASSESSMENT BUDGET AND SERVICES

A. Annual Service Plan
Assessment funds will be spent to provide specific benefits conferred or privileges granted directly to the payors that are not provided to those not charged, and which do not exceed the reasonable cost to the City of conferring the benefits or granting the privileges. The privileges and services provided with the BTBID funds are sales & marketing, destination development programs, and other improvements and activities set forth in this Plan, available only to assessed lodging businesses.

A service plan assessment budget has been developed to deliver services that benefit the assessed lodging businesses. A detailed annual assessment budget will be developed and approved by the BHA Board. The chart below illustrates the initial annual assessment budget allocations. These activities and allocations will also apply in subsequent years. The total initial assessment budget is estimated to be $2,275,000.

Although actual revenues will fluctuate due to market conditions, the proportional allocations of the budget shall remain the same. However, the City and the BHA Board shall have the authority to adjust budget allocations between the categories by no more than twenty-five percent (25%) of the total budget per year. A description of the proposed improvements and activities for the initial year of operation is below. The same activities are proposed for subsequent years. In the event of a legal challenge against the BTBID, any and all assessment funds may be used for the costs of defending the BTBID.

Each budget category includes all costs related to providing that service. For example, the sales & marketing budget includes the cost of staff time dedicated to overseeing and implementing the sales & marketing program. Staff time dedicated purely to administrative tasks is allocated to the administration & operations portion of the budget. The costs of an individual staff member may be allocated to multiple budget categories. The staffing levels necessary to provide the services below will be determined by BHA on an as-needed basis.

Sales & Marketing,
$1,251,250, 55%
Destination
Development,
$455,000, 20%
Administration &
Operations,
$455,000 20%
Contingency/Reserve,
$113,750, 5%
Initial Annual Assessment Budget - $2,275,000
ATTACHMENT 3 - 9
666

BTBID Management District Plan 10
August 22, 2025
Sales & Marketing
A sales & marketing program will promote assessed lodging businesses as tourist, meeting, and event destinations. The sales & marketing program will have a central theme of promoting Burbank as a desirable place for overnight visits. The program will have the goal of increasing overnight visitation and room night sales at assessed lodging businesses, and may include , but is not limited to, the following activities:
• Internet marketing efforts to increase awareness and optimize internet presence to drive overnight visitation and room sales to assessed lodging businesses; • Print ads in magazines and newspapers, television ads, billboard and radio ads targeted at potential visitors to drive overnight visitation and room sales to assessed lodging businesses; • Attendance of trade shows to promote assessed lodging businesses; • Sales blitzes for assessed lodging businesses;
• Familiarization tours to drive awareness of the destination and assessed lodging businesses; • Preparation and production of collateral promotional materials such as brochures, flyers and maps to promote Burbank as a premier tourist and event destination, featuring assessed lodging businesses;
• Attendance of professional industry conferences and affiliation events to promote assessed lodging businesses;
• Partnership with both local and state tourism organizations to target key domestic and international markets to increase overnight visitation at assessed lodging businesses; • Development and implementation of a public relations and communications strategy, inclusive of social media outlets and press release distribution designed to drive overnight visitation at assessed lodging businesses;
• Lead generation activities designed to attract tourists and group events to assessed lodging businesses;
• Director of Sales and General Manager meetings to plan and coordinate tourism promotion efforts for assessed lodging businesses; and
• Development and maintenance of a website designed to promote assessed lodging businesses.

Destination Development
Working collaboratively with the City’s Economic Development team, the BHA will develop specific destination development funding criteria. The City and the BHA shall have equal input to make recommendations to the BHA Board for final project approval. The award of any public project contract destination development must be done in accordance with City Charter and Municipal Code requirements. Policies and procedures acceptable to both BHA and the City will be developed.

Destination development project may, but is not limited to, include:
• Comprehensive and integrated wayfinding signage system; • Art and cultural projects, to attract overnight visitors; • Education of hospitality staff on service and safety designed to create a visitor experience that will bring repeat visits to assessed lodging businesses; • Gateway enhancements, to attract overnight visitors to assessed lodging businesses; • Banner marketing and local enhancement of City Marketing programs; • Enhancements to conference and convention space to attract meetings and groups to assessed businesses;
• Live music venue, to attract overnight visitors to assessed lodging businesses; and • Infrastructure improvements that enhance Burbank’s competitive position to attract desirable special events year around and attract overnight visitors to assessed lodging businesses.

ATTACHMENT 3 - 10
667

BTBID Management District Plan 11
August 22, 2025
Administration & Operations
The administration & operations portion of the budget shall be utilized for administrative staffing costs, office costs, advocacy, and other general administrative costs such as insurance, audit, legal, and accounting fees.

Contingency/Reserve
The budget includes a contingency line item to account for uncollected assessments, or higher than anticipated program costs, if any. If there are contingency funds collected, they may be held in a reserve fund or utilized for other program or administration costs at the discretion of the BHA Board.

Policies relating to contributions to the reserve fund, the target amount of the reserve fund, and expenditure of monies from the reserve fund shall be set by the BHA Board. The reserve fund may be used for the costs of renewing the BTBID.

B. Annual Budget
The initial annual assessment budget is projected at approximately $2,275,000 annually. The total ten (10) year budget is projected at $ 22,750,000 through the ten (10) year term if the assessment rate remains the same, or $37,375,000 through the ten (10) year term of the BTBID if the maximum assessment rate increases are adopted. A similar budget is expected to apply to subsequent years, but this budget is expected to fluctuate as room sales do, as businesses open and close, and if the assessment rate is increased or decreased pursuant to this Plan.

The annual assessment rate is one and three quarters percent (1.75%) of gross short -term sleeping room rental revenue. During the BTBID term, the assessment rate may be increased by the BHA to a maximum rate of three percent (3%) of gross short -term sleeping room rental revenue . If the assessment rate is increased, it may subsequently be decreased but shall not be decreased below a minimum of one half of one percent (0.5%) of gross short -term room rental revenue. Based on the benefit received, assessments will not be collected on: stays of more than thirty (30) consecutive days; stays by any person as to whom, or any occupancy as to which, it is beyond the power of the City; stays by any Federal or State officer or employee while on official business only and when payment for such occupancy is made directly to the operator by duly authorized voucher payment from a governmental accounting office; and stays by any officer or employee of a foreign government who is exempt by reason of express provision of Federal law or international treaty.

The table below demonstrates the annual improvement and service plan budget with the assumption that the rates will not be increased during the BTBID’s term.

Estimated Annual Budget if Maximum Assessment Rates Are Not Adopted 2026 – 2036
FY Sales &
Marketing
Destination
Development
Administration &
Operations
Contingency/
Reserve Total
2026-27 $1,251,250 $455,000 $455,000 $113,750 $2,275,000 2027-28 $1,251,250 $455,000 $455,000 $113,750 $2,275,000 2028-29 $1,251,250 $455,000 $455,000 $113,750 $2,275,000 2029-30 $1,251,250 $455,000 $455,000 $113,750 $2,275,000 2030-31 $1,251,250 $455,000 $455,000 $113,750 $2,275,000 2031-32 $1,251,250 $455,000 $455,000 $113,750 $2,275,000 2032-33 $1,251,250 $455,000 $455,000 $113,750 $2,275,000 2033-34 $1,251,250 $455,000 $455,000 $113,750 $2,275,000 2034-35 $1,251,250 $455,000 $455,000 $113,750 $2,275,000 2035-36 $1,251,250 $455,000 $455,000 $113,750 $2,275,000 Total $12,512,500 $4,550,000 $4,550,000 $1, 137,500 $22,750,000 ATTACHMENT 3 - 11
668

BTBID Management District Plan 12
August 22, 2025

The table below demonstrates the estimated maximum budget with the assumption that the assessment rate will be increased at the earliest opportunity as it is a required disclosure, it is not the anticipated course of action. Alternate courses of action may be taken in regard to implementing the assessment rate increase other than what is demonstrated in the chart below, within the parameters of this Plan.

Estimated Annual Budget If Maximum Assessment Rates Are Adopted 2026 – 2036
FY Sales &
Marketing
Destination
Development
Administration
& Operations
Contingency/
Reserve Total
2026-27 $1,251,250 $455,000 $455,000 $113,750 $2,275,000 2027-28 $2,145,000 $780,000 $780,000 $195,000 $3,900,000 2028-29 $2,145,000 $780,000 $780,000 $195,000 $3,900,000 2029-30 $2,145,000 $780,000 $780,000 $195,000 $3,900,000 2030-31 $2,145,000 $780,000 $780,000 $195,000 $3,900,000 2031-32 $2,145,000 $780,000 $780,000 $195,000 $3,900,000 2032-33 $2,145,000 $780,000 $780,000 $195,000 $3,900,000 2033-34 $2,145,000 $780,000 $780,000 $195,000 $3,900,000 2034-35 $2,145,000 $780,000 $780,000 $195,000 $3,900,000 2035-36 $2,145,000 $780,000 $780,000 $195,000 $3,900,000 Total $20,556,250 $7,475,000 $7,475,000 $1,868,750 $37,375,000

C. California Constitutional Compliance
The BTBID assessment is not a property-based assessment subject to the requirements of Proposition 218. Courts have found Proposition 218 limited the term ‘assessments’ to levies on real property. 1 Rather, the BTBID assessment is a business -based assessment, and is subject to Proposition 26.

Pursuant to Proposition 26 all levies are a tax unless they fit one of seven exceptions. Two of these exceptions apply to the BTBID, a “specific benefit” and a “specific government service.” Both require that the costs of benefits or services do not exceed the reasonable costs to the City of conferring the benefits or providing the services.

1. Specific Benefit
Proposition 26 requires that assessment funds be expended on, “a specific benefit conferred or privilege granted directly to the payor that is not provided to those not charged, and which does not exceed the reasonable costs to the local government of conf erring the benefit or granting the privilege.”2 The services in this Plan are designed to provide targeted benefits directly to assessed lodging businesses, and are intended only to provide benefits and services directly to those businesses paying the assessment. These services are tailored not to serve the general public, businesses in general, or parcels of land, but rather to serve the specific businesses within the BTBID. The activities described in this Plan are specifically targeted to increase demand for room night sales for assessed lodging businesses within the boundaries of the BTBID and are narrowly tailored. BTBID funds will be used exclusively to provide the specific benefit of increased demand for room night sales directly to the assessees. Assessment funds shall not be used to feature non -assessed lodging businesses in BTBID programs, or to directly generate sales for non -assessed lodging businesses. The activities paid for from assessment revenues are business services constituting and providing specific benefits

1 Jarvis v. the City of San Diego 72 Cal App. 4th 230
2 Cal. Const. art XIII C § 1(e)(1)
ATTACHMENT 3 - 12
669

BTBID Management District Plan 13
August 22, 2025
to the assessed lodging businesses. Nothing in this Plan limits the ability of the Owners’ Association to enter into private contracts with non -assessed lodging businesses for the provision of services to those businesses.

The assessment imposed by this BTBID is for a specific benefit conferred directly to the payors that is not provided to those not charged. The specific benefit conferred directly to the payors is an increase in demand for room night sales . The specific benefit of an increase in demand for room night sales for assessed lodging businesses will be provided only to lodging businesses paying the district assessment, with sales & marketing and destination development programs promoting lodging businesses paying the BTBID assessment. The sales & marketing and destination development programs will be designed to increase room night sales at each assessed lodging businesses . Because they are necessary to provide the sales & marketing and destination development programs that specifically benefit the assessed lodging businesses, the administration & operations and contingency/reserve services also provide the specific benefit of increased demand for room night sales to the assessed lodging businesses.

Although the BTBID, in providing specific benefits to payors, may produce incidental benefits to non-paying businesses, the incidental benefit does not preclude the services from being considered a specific benefit. The legislature has found that, “A specific benefit is not excluded from classification as a ‘specific benefit’ merely because an indirect benefit to a nonpayor occurs incidentally and without cost to the payor as a consequence of providing the specific benefit to the payor.”3

2. Specific Government Service
The assessment may also be utilized to provide, “a specific government service or product provided directly to the payor that is not provided to those not charged, and which does not exceed the reasonable costs to the local government of providing the serv ice or product.” 4 The legislature has recognized that marketing and promotions services like those to be provided by the BTBID are government services within the meaning of Proposition 26 5. Further, the legislature has determined that “a specific government service is not excluded from classification as a ‘specific government service’ merely because an indirect benefit to a nonpayor occurs incidentally and without cost to the payor as a consequence of providing the specific government service to the payor.”6

3. Reasonable Cost
BTBID services will be implemented carefully to ensure they do not exceed the reasonable cost of such services. The full amount assessed will be used to provide the services described herein. Funds will be managed by the BHA, and reports submitted on an annual basis to the City. Only assessed lodging businesses will be featured in marketing materials, receive sales leads generated from BTBID- funded activities, be featured in advertising campaigns, and benefit from other BTBID-funded services. The assesse d lodging business list was compiled from records provided by the jurisdiction and complies with the requirements of the 94 Law. Pursuant to Streets and Highways Code Section 36615, the City Council ’s determination of ownership is final and conclusive, with no obligation to obtain other information. Non-assessed lodging businesses will not receive these, nor any other, BTBID-funded services and benefits.

3 Government Code § 53758(a)
4 Cal. Const. art XIII C § 1(e)(2)
5 Government Code § 53758(b)
6 Government Code § 53758(b)
ATTACHMENT 3 - 13
670

BTBID Management District Plan 14
August 22, 2025
The BTBID-funded programs are targeted directly to benefit assessed lodging businesses. It is, however, possible that there will be a spill over benefit to non -assessed lodging businesses. BTBID funds shall only be spent to benefit the assessed lodging businesses, and shall not be spent on that portion of any program which directly generates incidental room nights for non -assessed lodging businesses.

D. Assessment
The annual assessment rate is one and three quarters percent (1.75%) of gross short -term sleeping room rental revenue. During the BTBID term, the assessment rate may be increased by the BHA to a maximum rate of three percent (3%) of gross short-term sleeping room rental revenue for assessed lodging businesses. If the assessment rate is increased, it may subsequently be decreased but shall not be decreased below a minimum of one half of one percent (0.5%) of gross short -term room rental revenue. Based on the benefit received, assessments will not be collected on: stays of more than thirty (30) consecutive days; stays by any person as to whom, or any occupancy as to which, it is beyond the power of the City; stays by any Federal or State officer or employee while on official business only and when payment for such occupancy is made directly to the operator by duly authorized voucher payment from a governmental accounting office; and stays by any officer or em ployee of a foreign government who is exempt by reason of express provision of Federal law or international treaty.

The assessment was calculated based on the total cost of the activities to be provided for the benefit of the businesses within the BTBID, with costs allocated based on the proportional benefit conferred to each business. Activities funded by the BTBID, are specifically targeted to increase room nights at assessed lodging businesses. All room night sales do not represent the same benefit to the payors. For example, a higher priced room night is of greater benefit than a lower priced room night because the assessee derives greater revenue. To account for this benefit differential and to make sure the benefits are proportional, an assessment formula based on a percentage of revenue has been selected. The proposed formula accurately reflects greater benefit to assessed lodging businesses with higher priced room nights.

The term “gross short -term sleeping room rental revenue” as used herein means: the consideration charged, whether or not received, for the occupancy of space in a lodging business valued in money, whether to be received in money, goods, labor, or otherwise, including all receipts, cash credits, and property and services of any kind or nature, excluding any deductions. Gross short-term sleeping room rental revenue shall not include, and therefore the assessment shall not be charged upon, any federal, state or local taxes collected, including but not limited to transient occupancy taxes.

The assessment is levied upon and a direct obligation of the assessed lodging business. However, the assessed lodging business may, at its discretion, pass the assessment on to transients. The amount of assessment, if passed on to each transient, shall be disclosed in advance and separately stated from the amount of rent charged and any other applicable taxes, and each transient shall receive a receipt for payment from the business. If the BTBID assessment is identified separately it shall be disclosed a s the “BTBID Assessment.” As an alternative, the disclosure may include the amount of the BTBID assessment and the amount of the assessment imposed pursuant to the California Tourism Marketing Act, Government Code §13995 et seq. and shall be disclosed as the “Tourism Assessment.” The assessment is imposed solely upon, and is the sole obligation of the assessed lodging business even if it is passed on to transients. The assessment shall not be considered revenue for calculation of transient occupancy taxes.

Bonds shall not be issued.

ATTACHMENT 3 - 14
671

BTBID Management District Plan 15
August 22, 2025
E. Interest and Overdue Charges
The BTBID shall reimburse the City for any costs associated with collecting unpaid assessments. If sums in excess of the delinquent BTBID assessment are sought to be recovered in the same collection action by the City, the BTBID shall bear its pro rata share of such collection costs. Assessed lodging businesses which are delinquent in paying the assessment shall be responsible for paying:

1. Original Delinquency: Any assessed lodging business owner who fails to remit any assessment within the time required must pay an overdue charge of ten percent (10%) of the amount of the assessment in addition to the amount of the assessment.

2. Continued Delinquency: Any assessed lodging business owner who fails to remit any delinquent assessment on or before a period of thirty (30) days following the date on which the assessment first became delinquent must pay a second delinquency overdue charge of twenty percent (20%) of the amount of the assessment in addition to the amount of the assessment and the ten percent (10%) overdue charge first imposed.

3. Fraud: If the City determines that the nonpayment of any assessment due is due to fraud, an overdue charge of twenty-five percent (25%) of the amount of the assessment will be added in addition to the overdue charges stated in subsections 1 and 2 above.

4. Interest: In addition to the overdue charges imposed, any assessed lodging business owner who fails to remit any assessment must pay interest at the rate of two percent (2%) per month or fraction thereof of such rate on the amount of assessment from the date on which the assessment first became overdue until paid.

5. Overdue Charges Merged with Assessment: Every overdue charge imposed and such interest as accrues under this Plan will become a part of the assessment required to be paid.

6. Distribution: Upon remittance of delinquent assessment amounts, overdue charges, and interest, the City shall forward the original assessment amount to BHA. The overdue charges and interest remitted shall be retained by the City or any other collection agency to offset the costs of collection.

7. Audit Deficiency: If, upon audit by the City, an assessed lodging business owner is found to be deficient in either their return or their remittance or both, the City may immediately assess the assessed lodging business owner the amount of the net deficiency plus all appli cable overdue charges and interest, as specified in this Plan, on the amount of the net deficiency for each quarter or portion thereof for which said assessed lodging business owner remittance was deficient.

F. Time and Manner for Collecting Assessments
The BTBID assessment will be implemented beginning July 1, 2026, or as soon as possible thereafter, and ending ten (10) years from its start date. The City will be responsible for collecting the assessment on a monthly basis (including any delinquencies, interest and overdue charges) from each assessed lodging business. The City shall take all reasonable efforts to collect the assessments from each assessed lodging business. The City shall forward the assessments collected to the Owners’ Association.

Each assessed lodging business owner shall, on or before the last day of the month following the close of each calendar month, make a return to the Director of Finance (Director), on forms provided by him, of the total gross short-term sleeping room rental charged and received and the amount of assessment collected. At the time the return is filed, the full amount of the assessment collected shall be remitted to the Director. He may require further information in the return. Returns and payments are due immediately upon cessation of business for any reason. All assessments collected by assessed lodging business owners pursuant to this Plan shall be held in trust for the account of the City until payment thereof is made to the Director.

ATTACHMENT 3 - 15
672

BTBID Management District Plan 16
August 22, 2025
VI. GOVERNANCE

A. Owners’ Association
The City Council, through adoption of this Plan, has the right, pursuant to Streets and Highways Code §36651, to identify the body that shall implement the proposed program, which shall be the Owners’ Association of the BTBID as defined in Streets and Highways Code §36612. The City Council has determined that BHA will continue to serve as the Owners’ Association for the BTBID. The Association will be governed by an eleven -member Board of Directors. A majority of the directors shall be representatives of businesses paying the BTBID assessment. The Board may also include representation from the City and businesses with an interest in tourism.

B. Brown Act and California Public Records Act Compliance An Owners’ Association is a private entity and may not be considered a public entity for any purpose, nor may its board members or staff be considered to be public officials for any purpose. The Owners’ Association is, however, subject to government regulations relating to transparency, namely the Ralph M. Brown Act and the California Public Records Act. These regulations are designed to promote public accountability. The Owners’ Association acts as a legislative body under the Ralph M. Brown Act (Government Code §54950 et seq.). Thus, meetings of the BHA Board and certain committees must be held in compliance with the public notice and other requirements of the Brown Act.

Accordingly, the Owners’ Association shall publicly report any action taken and the vote or abstention on that action of each member present for the action. The Owners’ Association is also subject to the record keeping and disclosure requirements of the California Public Records Act.

C. Annual Report
The BHA shall present an annual report at the end of each year of operation to the City Council pursuant to Streets and Highways Code §36650 (see Appendix 1). The annual report shall include:
• Any proposed changes in the boundaries of the improvement district or in any benefit zones or classification of businesses within the district.
• The improvements and activities to be provided for that fiscal year. • An estimate of the cost of providing the improvements and the activities for that fiscal year. • The method and basis of levying the assessment in sufficient detail to allow each business owner to estimate the amount of the assessment to be levied against his or her business for that fiscal year.
• The estimated amount of any surplus or deficit revenues to be carried over from a previous fiscal year.
• The estimated amount of any contributions to be made from sources other than assessments levied pursuant to this part.

ATTACHMENT 3 - 16
673

BTBID Management District Plan 17
August 22, 2025
APPENDIX 1 – LAW

CURRENT THROUGH ALL LEGISLATION OF THE 2024 REGULAR AND SPECIAL SESSIONS

STREETS AND HIGHWAYS CODE
DIVISION 18. PARKING
PART 7. PROPERTY AND BUSINESS IMPROVEMENT DISTRICT LAW OF 1994

CHAPTER 1. General Provisions

ARTICLE 1. Declarations

36600. Citation of part

This part shall be known and may be cited as the “Property and Business Improvement District Law of 1994.”

36601. Legislative findings and declarations; Legislative guidance

The Legislature finds and declares all of the following:
(a) Businesses located and operating within business districts in some of this state’s communities are economically disadvantaged, are underutilized, and are unable to attract customers due to inadequate facilities, services, and activities in the business districts. (b) It is in the public interest to promote the economic revitalization and physical maintenance of business districts in order to create jobs, attract new businesses, and prevent the erosion of the business districts. (c) It is of particular local benefit to allow business districts to fund business related improvements, maintenance, and activities through the levy of assessments upon the businesses or real property that receive benefits from those improvements.
(d) Assessments levied for the purpose of conferring special benefit upon the real property or a specific benefit upon the businesses in a business district are not taxes for the general benefit of a city, even if property, businesses, or persons not assessed receive incidental or collateral effects that benefit them. (e) Property and business improvement districts formed throughout this state have conferred special benefits upon properties and businesses within their districts and have made those properties and businesses more useful by providing the following benefits:
(1) Crime reduction. A study by the Rand Corporation has confirmed a 12-percent reduction in the incidence of robbery and an 8-percent reduction in the total incidence of violent crimes within the 30 districts studied.
(2) Job creation.
(3) Business attraction.
(4) Business retention.
(5) Economic growth.
(6) New investments.
(f) With the dissolution of redevelopment agencies throughout the state, property and business improvement districts have become even more important tools with which communities can combat blight, promote economic opportunities, and create a clean and safe environment. (g) Since the enactment of this act, the people of California have adopted Proposition 218, which added Article XIII D to the Constitution in order to place certain requirements and restrictions on the formation of, and activities, expenditures, and assessments by property-based districts. Article XIII D of the Constitution provides that property-based districts may only levy assessments for special benefits. (h) The act amending this section is intended to provide the Legislature’s guidance with regard to this act, its interaction with the provisions of Article XIII D of the Constitution, and the determination of special benefits in property-based districts.
(1) The lack of legislative guidance has resulted in uncertainty and inconsistent application of this act, which discourages the use of assessments to fund needed improvements, maintenance, and activities in property-based districts, contributing to blight and other underutilization of property. (2) Activities undertaken for the purpose of conferring special benefits upon property to be assessed inherently produce incidental or collateral effects that benefit property or persons not assessed. Therefore, for special benefits to exist as a separate and distinct category from general benefits, the incidental or collateral effects of those special benefits are inherently part of those ATTACHMENT 3 - 17
674

BTBID Management District Plan 18
August 22, 2025
special benefits. The mere fact that special benefits produce incidental or collateral effects that benefit property or persons not assessed does not convert any portion of those special benefits or their incidental or collateral effects into general benefits. (3) It is of the utmost importance that property-based districts created under this act have clarity regarding restrictions on assessments they may levy and the proper determination of special benefits. Legislative clarity with regard to this act will provide districts with clear instructions and courts with legislative intent regarding restrictions on property-based assessments, and the manner in which special benefits should be determined.

36602. Purpose of part

The purpose of this part is to supplement previously enacted provisions of law that authorize cities to levy assessments within property and business improvement districts, to ensure that those assessments conform to all constitutional requirements and are determined and assessed in accordance with the guidance set forth in this act.

This part does not affect or limit any other provisions of law authorizing or providing for the furnishing of improvements or activities or the raising of revenue for these purposes.

36603. Preemption of authority or charter city to adopt ordinances levying assessments

Nothing in this part is intended to preempt the authority of a charter city to adopt ordinances providing for a different method of levying assessments for similar or additional purposes from those set forth in this part. A property and business improvement district created pursuant to this part is expressly exempt from the provisions of the Special Assessment Investigation, Limitation and Majority Protest Act of 1931 (Division 4 (commencing with Section 2800)).

36603.5. Part prevails over conflicting provisions

Any provision of this part that conflicts with any other provision of law shall prevail over the other provision of law, as to districts created under this part.

36604. Severability

This part is intended to be construed liberally and, if any provision is held invalid, the remaining provisions shall remain in full force and effect. Assessments levied under this part are not special taxes.

ARTICLE 2. Definitions

36606. “Activities”

“Activities” means, but is not limited to, all of the following that benefit businesses or real property in the district:
(a) Promotion of public events.
(b) Furnishing of music in any public place.
(c) Promotion of tourism within the district.
(d) Marketing and economic development, including retail retention and recruitment. (e) Providing security, sanitation, graffiti removal, street and sidewalk cleaning, and other municipal services supplemental to those normally provided by the municipality. (f) Other services provided for the purpose of conferring special benefit upon assessed real property or specific benefits upon assessed businesses located in the district.

36606.5. “Assessment”

“Assessment” means a levy for the purpose of acquiring, constructing, installing, or maintaining improvements and providing activities that will provide certain benefits to properties or businesses located within a property and business improvement district.

36607. “Business”

“Business” means all types of businesses and includes financial institutions and professions.

ATTACHMENT 3 - 18
675

BTBID Management District Plan 19
August 22, 2025

36608. “City”

“City” means a city, county, city and county, or an agency or entity created pursuant to Article 1 (commencing with Section 6500) of Chapter 5 of Division 7 of Title 1 of the Government Code, the public member agencies of which includes only cities, counties, or a city and county, or the State of California.

36609. “City council”

“City council” means the city council of a city or the board of supervisors of a county, or the agency, commission, or board created pursuant to a joint powers agreement and which is a city within the meaning of this part.

36609.4. “Clerk”

“Clerk” means the clerk of the legislative body.

36609.5. “General benefit”

“General benefit” means, for purposes of a property-based district, any benefit that is not a “special benefit” as defined in Section 36615.5.

36610. “Improvement”

“Improvement” means the acquisition, construction, installation, or maintenance of any tangible property with an estimated useful life of five years or more including, but not limited to, the following:
(a) Parking facilities.
(b) Benches, booths, kiosks, display cases, pedestrian shelters and signs. (c) Trash receptacles and public restrooms.
(d) Lighting and heating facilities.
(e) Decorations.
(f) Parks.
(g) Fountains.
(h) Planting areas.
(i) Closing, opening, widening, or narrowing of existing streets. (j) Facilities or equipment, or both, to enhance security of persons and property within the district. (k) Ramps, sidewalks, plazas, and pedestrian malls.
(l) Rehabilitation or removal of existing structures.

36611. “Management district plan”; “Plan”

“Management district plan” or “plan” means a proposal as defined in Section 36622.

36612. “Owners’ association”

“Owners’ association” means a private nonprofit entity that is under contract with a city to administer or implement improvements, maintenance, and activities specified in the management district plan. An owners’ association may be an existing nonprofit entity or a newly formed nonprofit entity. An owners’ association is a private entity and may not be considered a public entity for any purpose, nor may its board members or staff be considered to be public officials for any purpose. Notwithstanding this section, an owners’ association shall comply with the Ralph M. Brown Act (Chapter 9 (commencing with Section 54950) of Part 1 of Division 2 of Title 5 of the Government Code), at all times when matters within the subject matter of the district are heard, disc ussed, or deliberated, and with the California Public Records Act (Division 10 (commencing with Section 7920.000) of Title 1 of the Government Code), for all records relating to activities of the district.

36614. “Property”

“Property” means real property situated within a district.

ATTACHMENT 3 - 19
676

BTBID Management District Plan 20
August 22, 2025
36614.5. “Property and business improvement district”; “District”

“Property and business improvement district,” or “district,” means a property and business improvement district established pursuant to this part.

36614.6. “Property-based assessment”

“Property-based assessment” means any assessment made pursuant to this part upon real property.

36614.7. “Property-based district”

“Property-based district” means any district in which a city levies a property-based assessment.

36615. “Property owner”; “Business owner”; “Owner”

“Property owner” means any person shown as the owner of land on the last equalized assessment roll or otherwise known to be the owner of land by the city council. “Business owner” means any person recognized by the city as the owner of the business. “Owner” means either a business owner or a property owner. The city council has no obligation to obtain other information as to the ownership of land or businesses, and its determination of ownership shall be final and conclusive for the purposes of this part. Wherever this part requires the signature of the property owner, the signature of the authorized agent of the property owner shall be sufficient. Wherever this part requires the signature of the business owner, the signature of the authorized agent of the b usiness owner shall be sufficient.

36615.5. “Special benefit”

(a) “Special benefit” means, for purposes of a property-based district, a particular and distinct benefit over and above general benefits conferred on real property located in a district or to the public at large. Special benefit includes incidental or collateral effects that arise from the improvements, maintenance, or activities of property-based districts even if those incidental or collateral effects benefit property or persons not assessed. Special benefit excludes general enhancement of property value .

(b) “Special benefit” also includes, for purposes of a property-based district, a particular and distinct benefit provided directly to each assessed parcel within the district. Merely because parcels throughout an assessment district share the same special benefits does not make the benefits general.

36616. “Tenant”

“Tenant” means an occupant pursuant to a lease of commercial space or a dwelling unit, other than an owner.

ARTICLE 3. Prior Law

36617. Alternate method of financing certain improvements and activities; Effect on other provisions

This part provides an alternative method of financing certain improvements and activities. The provisions of this part shall not affect or limit any other provisions of law authorizing or providing for the furnishing of improvements or activities or the raising of revenue for these purposes. Every improvement area established pursuant to the Parking and Business Improvement Area Law of 1989 (Part 6 (commencing with Section 36500) of this division) is valid and effective and is unaffected by this part.

CHAPTER 2. Establishment

36620. Establishment of property and business improvement district

A property and business improvement district may be established as provided in this chapter.

36620.5. Requirement of consent of city council

ATTACHMENT 3 - 20
677

BTBID Management District Plan 21
August 22, 2025
A county may not form a district within the territorial jurisdiction of a city without the consent of the city council of that city. A city may not form a district within the unincorporated territory of a county without the consent of the board of supervisors of that county. A city may not form a district within the territorial jurisdiction of another city without the consent of the city council of the other city.

36621. Initiation of proceedings; Petition of property or business owners in proposed district

(a) Upon the submission of a written petition, signed by the property or business owners in the proposed district who will pay more than 50 percent of the assessments proposed to be levied, the city council may initiate proceedings to form a district by the adoption of a resolution expressing its intention to form a district. The amount of assessment attributable to property or a business owned by the same property or business owner that is in excess of 40 percent of the amount of all assessments proposed t o be levied, shall not be included in determining whether the petition is signed by property or business owners who will pay more than 50 percent of the total amount of assessments proposed to be levied. (b) The petition of property or business owners required under subdivision (a) shall include a summary of the management district plan. That summary shall include all of the following:
(1) A map showing the boundaries of the district.
(2) Information specifying where the complete management district plan can be obtained. (3) Information specifying that the complete management district plan shall be furnished upon request.
(c) The resolution of intention described in subdivision (a) shall contain all of the following:
(1) A brief description of the proposed improvements, maintenance, and activities, the amount of the proposed assessment, a statement as to whether the assessment will be levied on property or businesses within the district, a statement as to whether bonds will be issued, and a description of the exterior boundaries of the proposed district, which may be made by reference to any plan or map that is on file with the clerk. The descriptions and statements do not need to be detailed and shall be sufficient if they enable an owner to generally identify the nature and extent of the improvements, maintenance, and activities, and the location and extent of the proposed district. (2) A time and place for a public hearing on the establishment of the property and business improvement district and the levy of assessments, which shall be consistent with the requirements of Section 36623.

36622. Contents of management district plan

The management district plan shall include, but is not limited to, all of the following:
(a) If the assessment will be levied on property, a map of the district in sufficient detail to locate each parcel of property and, if businesses are to be assessed, each business within the district. If the assessment will be levied on businesses, a map that identifies the district boundaries in sufficient detail to allow a business owner to reasonably determine whether a business is located within the district boundaries. If the assessment will be levied on property and businesses, a map of the district in sufficient detail to locate each parcel of property and to allow a business owner to reasonably determine whether a business is located within the district boundaries.
(b) The name of the proposed district.
(c) A description of the boundaries of the district, including the boundaries of benefit zones, proposed for establishment or extension in a manner sufficient to identify the affected property and businesses included, which may be made by reference to any plan or map that is on file with the clerk. The boundaries of a proposed property assessment district shall not overlap with the boundaries of another existing property assessment district created pursuant to this part. This part does not prohibit the boun daries of a district created pursuant to this part to overlap with other assessment districts established pursuant to other provisions of law, including, but not limited to, the Parking and Business Improvement Area Law of 1989 (Part 6 (commencing with Section 36500)). This part does not prohibit the boundaries of a business assessment district created pursuant to this part to overlap with another business assessment district created pursuant to this part. This part does not prohibit the boundaries of a bus iness assessment district created pursuant to this part to overlap with a property assessment district created pursuant to this part. (d) The improvements, maintenance, and activities proposed for each year of operation of the district and the estimated cost thereof. If the improvements, maintenance, and activities proposed for each year of operation are the same, a description of the first year’s proposed improvements, maintenance, and activities ATTACHMENT 3 - 21
678

BTBID Management District Plan 22
August 22, 2025
and a statement that the same improvements, maintenance, and activities are proposed for subsequent years shall satisfy the requirements of this subdivision.
(e) The total annual amount proposed to be expended for improvements, maintenance, or activities, and debt service in each year of operation of the district. If the assessment is levied on businesses, this amount may be estimated based upon the assessment rate. If the total annual amount proposed to be expended in each year of operation of the district is not significantly different, the amount proposed to be expended in the initial year and a statement that a similar amount applies to subsequent years shal l satisfy the requirements of this subdivision.
(f) The proposed source or sources of financing, including the proposed method and basis of levying the assessment in sufficient detail to allow each property or business owner to calculate the amount of the assessment to be levied against their property or business. The plan also shall state whether bonds will be issued to finance improvements.
(g) The time and manner of collecting the assessments.
(h) The specific number of years in which assessments will be levied. In a new district, the maximum number of years shall be five. Upon renewal, a district shall have a term not to exceed 10 years.

Notwithstanding these limitations, a district created pursuant to this part to finance capital improvements with bonds may levy assessments until the maximum maturity of the bonds. The management district plan may set forth specific increases in assessments for each year of operation of the district. (i) The proposed time for implementation and completion of the management district plan. (j) Any proposed rules and regulations to be applicable to the district. (k)
(1) A list of the properties or businesses to be assessed, including the assessor’s parcel numbers for properties to be assessed, and a statement of the method or methods by which the expenses of a district will be imposed upon benefited real property or businesses, in proportion to the benefit received by the property or business, to defray the cost thereof. (2) In a property-based district, the proportionate special benefit derived by each identified parcel shall be determined exclusively in relationship to the entirety of the capital cost of a public improvement, the maintenance and operation expenses of a public improvement, or the cost of the activities. An assessment shall not be imposed on any parcel that exceeds the reasonable cost of the proportional special benefit conferred on that parcel. Only special benefits are assessable, and a property-based district shall separate the general benefits, if any, from the special benefits conferred on a parcel. Parcels within a property-based district that are owned or used by any city, public agency, the State of California, or the United States shall not be exemp t from assessment unless the governmental entity can demonstrate by clear and convincing evidence that those publicly owned parcels in fact receive no special benefit. The value of any incidental, secondary, or collateral effects that arise from the improvements, maintenance, or activities of a property- based district and that benefit property or persons not assessed shall not be deducted from the entirety of the cost of any special benefit or affect the proportionate special benefit derived by each identified parcel.
(3) In a property-based district, properties throughout the district may share the same special benefits. In a district with boundaries that define which parcels are to receive improvements, maintenance, or activities over and above those services provided by the city, the improvements, maintenance, or activities themselves may constitute a special benefit. The city may impose assessments that are less than the proportional special benefit conferred, but shall not impose assessments that exceed the reasonable costs of the proportional special benefit conferred. Because one or more parcels pay less than the special benefit conferred does not necessarily mean that other parcels are assessed more than the reasonable cost of their special benefit. (l) In a property-based district, a detailed engineer’s report prepared by a registered professional engineer certified by the State of California supporting all assessments contemplated by the management district plan.
(m) Any other item or matter required to be incorporated therein by the city council.

36623. Procedure to levy assessment

(a) If a city council proposes to levy a new or increased property assessment, the notice and protest and hearing procedure shall comply with Section 53753 of the Government Code. (b) If a city council proposes to levy a new or increased business assessment, the notice and protest and hearing procedure shall comply with Section 54954.6 of the Government Code, except that notice shall be ATTACHMENT 3 - 22
679

BTBID Management District Plan 23
August 22, 2025
mailed to the owners of the businesses proposed to be assessed. A protest may be made orally or in writing by any interested person. Every written protest shall be filed with the clerk at or before the time fixed for the public hearing. The city council may waive any irregularity in the form or content of any written protest. A written protest may be withdrawn in writing at any time before the conclusion of the public hearing. Each written protest shall contain a description of the business in which the per son subscribing the protest is interested sufficient to identify the business and, if a person subscribing is not shown on the official records of the city as the owner of the business, the protest shall contain or be accompanied by written evidence that the person subscribing is the owner of the business or the authorized representative. A written protest that does not comply with this section shall not be counted in determining a majority protest.

If written protests are received from the owners or authorized representatives of businesses in the proposed district that will pay 50 percent or more of the assessments proposed to be levied and protests are not withdrawn so as to reduce the protests to less than 50 percent, no further proceedings to levy the pr oposed assessment against such businesses, as contained in the resolution of intention, shall be taken for a period of one year from the date of the finding of a majority protest by the city council. (c) If a city council proposes to conduct a single proceeding to levy both a new or increased property assessment and a new or increased business assessment, the notice and protest and hearing procedure for the property assessment shall comply with subdivision (a), and the notice and protest and hearing procedure for the business assessment shall comply with subdivision (b). If a majority protest is received from either the property or business owners, that respective portion of the assessment shall not be levied. The remaining portion of the assessment may be levied unless the improvement or other special benefit was proposed to be funded by assessing both property and business owners.

36624. Changes to proposed assessments

At the conclusion of the public hearing to establish the district, the city council may adopt, revise, change, reduce, or modify the proposed assessment or the type or types of improvements, maintenance, and activities to be funded with the revenues from the assessments. Proposed assessments may only be revised by reducing any or all of them. At the public hearing, the city council may only make changes in, to, or from the boundaries of the proposed property and business improvement district that will exclude territory that will not benefit from the proposed improvements, maintenance, and activities. Any modifications, revisions, reductions, or changes to the proposed assessment district shall be reflected in the notice and map recorded pursuant to Section 36627.

36625. Resolution of formation

(a) If the city council, following the public hearing, decides to establish a proposed property and business improvement district, the city council shall adopt a resolution of formation that shall include, but is not limited to, all of the following:
(1) A brief description of the proposed improvements, maintenance, and activities, the amount of the proposed assessment, a statement as to whether the assessment will be levied on property, businesses, or both within the district, a statement on whether bonds will be issued, and a description of the exterior boundaries of the proposed district, which may be made by reference to any plan or map that is on file with the clerk. The descriptions and statements need not be detailed and shall be sufficient if they enable an owner to generally identify the nature and extent of the improvements, maintenance, and activities and the location and extent of the proposed district. (2) The number, date of adoption, and title of the resolution of intention. (3) The time and place where the public hearing was held concerning the establishment of the district.
(4) A determination regarding any protests received. The city shall not establish the district or levy assessments if a majority protest was received.
(5) A statement that the properties, businesses, or properties and businesses in the district established by the resolution shall be subject to any amendments to this part. (6) A statement that the improvements, maintenance, and activities to be conferred on businesses and properties in the district will be funded by the levy of the assessments. The revenue from the levy of assessments within a district shall not be used to provide improvements, maintenance, or activities outside the district or for any purpose other than the purposes specified in the resolution of intention, as modified by the city council at the hearing concerning establishment of the district.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, improvements and activities that must be provided outside the ATTACHMENT 3 - 23
680

BTBID Management District Plan 24
August 22, 2025
district boundaries to create a special or specific benefit to the assessed parcels or businesses may be provided, but shall be limited to marketing or signage pointing to the district. (7) A finding that the property or businesses within the area of the property and business improvement district will be benefited by the improvements, maintenance, and activities funded by the proposed assessments, and, for a property-based district, that property within the district will receive a special benefit.
(8) In a property-based district, the total amount of all special benefits to be conferred on the properties within the property-based district.
(b) The adoption of the resolution of formation and, if required, recordation of the notice and map pursuant to Section 36627 shall constitute the levy of an assessment in each of the fiscal years referred to in the management district plan.

36627. Notice and assessment diagram

Following adoption of the resolution establishing district assessments on properties pursuant to Section 36625, the clerk shall record a notice and an assessment diagram pursuant to Section 3114. No other provision of Division 4.5 (commencing with Section 3100) applies to an assessment district created pursuant to this part.

36628. Establishment of separate benefit zones within district; Categories of businesses

The city council may establish one or more separate benefit zones within the district based upon the degree of benefit derived from the improvements or activities to be provided within the benefit zone and may impose a different assessment within each benefit zone. If the assessment is to be levied on businesses, the city council may also define categories of businesses based upon the degree of benefit that each will derive from the improvements or activities to be provided within the district and may impose a different assessment or rate of assessment on each category of business, or on each category of business within each zone.

36628.5. Assessments on businesses or property owners

The city council may levy assessments on businesses or on property owners, or a combination of the two, pursuant to this part. The city council shall structure the assessments in whatever manner it determines corresponds with the distribution of benefits from the proposed improvements, maintenance, and activities, provided that any property - based assessment conforms with the requirements set forth in paragraph (2) of subdivision (k) of Section 36622.

36629. Provisions and procedures applicable to benefit zones and business categories

All provisions of this part applicable to the establishment, modification, or disestablishment of a property and business improvement district apply to the establishment, modification, or disestablishment of benefit zones or categories of business. The city council shall, to establish, modify, or disestablish a benefit zone or category of business, follow the procedure to establish, modify, or disestablish a property and business improvement district.

36630. Expiration of district; Creation of new district

If a property and business improvement district expires due to the time limit set pursuant to subdivision (h) of Section 36622, a new management district plan may be created and the district may be renewed pursuant to this part.

CHAPTER 3. Assessments

36631. Time and manner of collection of assessments; Delinquent payments

The collection of the assessments levied pursuant to this part shall be made at the time and in the manner set forth by the city council in the resolution levying the assessment. Assessments levied on real property may be collected at the same time and in the same manner as for the ad valorem property tax, and may provide for the same lien priority and penalties for delinquent payment. All delinquent payments for assessments levied pursuant to this part may be charged interest and penalties.

ATTACHMENT 3 - 24
681

BTBID Management District Plan 25
August 22, 2025
36632. Assessments to be based on estimated benefit; Classification of real property and businesses; Exclusion of residential and agricultural property

(a) The assessments levied on real property pursuant to this part shall be levied on the basis of the estimated benefit to the real property within the property and business improvement district. The city council may classify properties for purposes of determining the benefit to property of the improvements and activities provided pursuant to this part.
(b) Assessments levied on businesses pursuant to this part shall be levied on the basis of the estimated benefit to the businesses within the property and business improvement district. The city council may classify businesses for purposes of determining the benefit to the businesses of the improvements and activities provided pursuant to this part.
(c) Properties zoned solely for residential use, or that are zoned for agricultural use, are conclusively presumed not to benefit from the improvements and service funded through these assessments, and shall not be subject to any assessment pursuant to this part.

36633. Time for contesting validity of assessment

The validity of an assessment levied under this part shall not be contested in an action or proceeding unless the action or proceeding is commenced within 30 days after the resolution levying the assessment is adopted pursuant to Section 36625. An appeal from a final judgment in an action or proceeding shall be perfected within 30 days after the entry of judgment.

36634. Service contracts authorized to establish levels of city services

The city council may execute baseline service contracts that would establish levels of city services that would continue after a property and business improvement district has been formed.

36635. Request to modify management district plan

The owners’ association may, at any time, request that the city council modify the management district plan. Any modification of the management district plan shall be made pursuant to this chapter.

36636. Modification of plan by resolution after public hearing; Adoption of resolution of intention

(a) Upon the written request of the owners’ association, the city council may modify the management district plan after conducting one public hearing on the proposed modifications. The city council may modify the improvements and activities to be funded with the revenue derived from the levy of the assessments by adopting a resolution determining to make the modifications after holding a public hearing on the proposed modifications. If the modification includes the levy of a new or increased assessment, the city council shall comply with Section 36623. Notice of all other public hearings pursuant to this section shall comply with both of the following:
(1) The resolution of intention shall be published in a newspaper of general circulation in the city once at least seven days before the public hearing.
(2) A complete copy of the resolution of intention shall be mailed by first class mail, at least 10 days before the public hearing, to each business owner or property owner affected by the proposed modification.
(b) The city council shall adopt a resolution of intention which states the proposed modification prior to the public hearing required by this section. The public hearing shall be held not more than 90 days after the adoption of the resolution of intention.

36637. Reflection of modification in notices recorded and maps

Any subsequent modification of the resolution shall be reflected in subsequent notices and maps recorded pursuant to Division 4.5 (commencing with Section 3100), in a manner consistent with the provisions of Section 36627.

36638. Assessment as government imposed fee on Civ C § 1770 transaction [Operative July 1, 2024]

ATTACHMENT 3 - 25
682

BTBID Management District Plan 26
August 22, 2025
(a) A business assessment pursuant to this part is a fee imposed by a government on the transaction for purposes of paragraph (29) of subdivision (a) of Section 1770 of the Civil Code. (b) This section shall become operative on July 1, 2024.

CHAPTER 3.5. Financing

36640. Bonds authorized; Procedure; Restriction on reduction or termination of assessments

(a) The city council may, by resolution, determine and declare that bonds shall be issued to finance the estimated cost of some or all of the proposed improvements described in the resolution of formation adopted pursuant to Section 36625, if the resolution of formation adopted pursuant to that section provides for the issuance of bonds, under the Improvement Bond Act of 1915 (Division 10 (commencing with Section 8500)) or in conjunction with Marks-Roos Local Bond Pooling Act of 1985 (Article 4 (commencing with Section 6584) of Chapter 5 of Division 7 of Title 1 of the Government Code). Either act, as the case may be, shall govern the proceedings relating to the issuance of bonds, although proceedings under the Bond Act of 1915 may be modified by the city council as necessary to accommodate assessments levied upon business pursuant to this part. (b) The resolution adopted pursuant to subdivision (a) shall generally describe the proposed improvements specified in the resolution of formation adopted pursuant to Section 36625, set forth the estimated cost of those improvements, specify the number of annual installments and the fiscal years during which they are to be collected. The amount of debt service to retire the bonds shall not exceed the amount of revenue estimated to be raised from assessments over 30 years.
(c) Notwithstanding any other provision of this part, assessments levied to pay the principal and interest on any bond issued pursuant to this section shall not be reduced or terminated if doing so would interfere with the timely retirement of the debt.

CHAPTER 4. Governance

36650. Report by owners’ association; Approval or modification by city council

(a) The owners’ association shall cause to be prepared a report for each fiscal year, except the first year, for which assessments are to be levied and collected to pay the costs of the improvements, maintenance, and activities described in the report. The owners’ association’s first report shall be due after the first year of operation of the district. The report may propose changes, including, but not limited to, the boundaries of the property and business improvement district or any benefit zones within the district, the basis and method of levying the assessments, and any changes in the classification of property, including any categories of business, if a classification is used.
(b) The report shall be filed with the clerk and shall refer to the property and business improvement district by name, specify the fiscal year to which the report applies, and, with respect to that fiscal year, shall contain all of the following information:
(1) Any proposed changes in the boundaries of the property and business improvement district or in any benefit zones or classification of property or businesses within the district. (2) The improvements, maintenance, and activities to be provided for that fiscal year. (3) An estimate of the cost of providing the improvements, maintenance, and activities for that fiscal year.
(4) The method and basis of levying the assessment in sufficient detail to allow each real property or business owner, as appropriate, to estimate the amount of the assessment to be levied against his or her property or business for that fiscal year.
(5) The estimated amount of any surplus or deficit revenues to be carried over from a previous fiscal year.
(6) The estimated amount of any contributions to be made from sources other than assessments levied pursuant to this part.
(c) The city council may approve the report as filed by the owners’ association or may modify any particular contained in the report and approve it as modified. Any modification shall be made pursuant to Sections 36635 and 36636.

The city council shall not approve a change in the basis and method of levying assessments that would impair an authorized or executed contract to be paid from the revenues derived from the levy of ATTACHMENT 3 - 26
683

BTBID Management District Plan 27
August 22, 2025
assessments, including any commitment to pay principal and interest on any bonds issued on behalf of the district.

36651. Designation of owners’ association to provide improvements, maintenance, and activities

The management district plan may, but is not required to, state that an owners’ association will provide the improvements, maintenance, and activities described in the management district plan. If the management district plan designates an owners’ association, the city shall contract with the designated nonprofit corporation to provide services.

CHAPTER 5. Renewal

36660. Renewal of district; Transfer or refund of remaining revenues; District term limit

(a) Any district previously established whose term has expired, or will expire, may be renewed by following the procedures for establishment as provided in this chapter. (b) Upon renewal, any remaining revenues derived from the levy of assessments, or any revenues derived from the sale of assets acquired with the revenues, shall be transferred to the renewed district. If the renewed district includes additional parcels or businesses not included in the prior district, the remaining revenues shall be spent to benefit only the parcels or businesses in the prior district. If the renewed district does not include parcels or businesses included in the prior district, the remaini ng revenues attributable to these parcels shall be refunded to the owners of these parcels or businesses. (c) Upon renewal, a district shall have a term not to exceed 10 years, or, if the district is authorized to issue bonds, until the maximum maturity of those bonds. There is no requirement that the boundaries, assessments, improvements, or activities of a renewed district be the same as the original or prior district.

CHAPTER 6. Disestablishment

36670. Circumstances permitting disestablishment of district; Procedure

(a) Any district established or extended pursuant to the provisions of this part, where there is no indebtedness, outstanding and unpaid, incurred to accomplish any of the purposes of the district, may be disestablished by resolution by the city council in either of the following circumstances:
(1) If the city council finds there has been misappropriation of funds, malfeasance, or a violation of law in connection with the management of the district, it shall notice a hearing on disestablishment.
(2) During the operation of the district, there shall be a 30-day period each year in which assessees may request disestablishment of the district. The first such period shall begin one year after the date of establishment of the district and shall continue for 30 days. The next such 30-day period shall begin two years after the date of the establishment of the district. Each successive year of operation of the district shall have such a 30-day period. Upon the written petition of the owners or authorized representatives of real property or the owners or authorized representatives of businesses in the district who pay 50 percent or more of the assessments levied, the city council shall pass a resolution of intention to disestablish the district. The city cou ncil shall notice a hearing on disestablishment.
(b) The city council shall adopt a resolution of intention to disestablish the district prior to the public hearing required by this section. The resolution shall state the reason for the disestablishment, shall state the time and place of the public hearing, and shall contain a proposal to dispose of any assets acquired with the revenues of the assessments levied within the property and business improvement district. The notice of the hearing on disestablishment required by this section shall be given by m ail to the property owner of each parcel or to the owner of each business subject to assessment in the district, as appropriate. The city shall conduct the public hearing not less than 30 days after mailing the notice to the property or business owners. The public hearing shall be held not more than 60 days after the adoption of the resolution of intention.

36671. Refund of remaining revenues upon disestablishment or expiration without renewal of district; Calculation of refund; Use of outstanding revenue collected after disestablishment of district

ATTACHMENT 3 - 27
684
BTBID Management District Plan 28
August 22, 2025
(a) Upon the disestablishment or expiration without renewal of a district, any remaining revenues, after all outstanding debts are paid, derived from the levy of assessments, or derived from the sale of assets acquired with the revenues, or from bond reserve or construction funds, shall be refunded to the owners of the property or businesses then located and operating within the district in which assessments were levied by applying the same method and basis that was used to calculate the assessments levied in the fiscal year in which the district is disestablished or expires. All outstanding assessment revenue collected after disestablishment shall be spent on improvements and activities specified in the management district plan. (b) If the disestablishment occurs before an assessment is levied for the fiscal year, the method and basis that was used to calculate the assessments levied in the immediate prior fiscal year shall be used to calculate the amount of any refund.

ATTACHMENT 3 - 28
685
BTBID Management District Plan 29
August 22, 2025
APPENDIX 2 – ASSESSED BUSINESSES
Business Name Business Address
Best Western Plus Media Center Inn & Suites 3910 W. Riverside Drive Burbank Inn & Suites 180 W. Alameda Avenue
Cambria Hotel Burbank Airport 3501 N. San Fernando Boulevard Coast Burbank Hotel 2011 W. Olive Avenue
Courtyard by Marriott Los Angeles/Burbank Airport 2100 W. Empire Avenue Extended Stay America Los Angeles Burbank Airport 2200 W. Empire Avenue Hilton Garden Inn Burbank Los Angeles 401 S. San Fernando Boulevard Hotel Burbank 150 E. Angeleno Avenue
Hotel Amarano Burbank 322 N. Pass Avenue
Los Angeles Marriott Burbank Airport Hotel 2500 N. Hollywood Way Portofino Inn Burbank 924 W. Olive Avenue
Quality Inn Burbank Airport 2255 N. Buena Vista Street
Ramada Burbank Airport 2900 N. San Fernando Boulevard
Residence Inn Los Angeles Burbank/Downtown 321 S. Ikea Way Safari Inn 1911 W. Olive Avenue
SpringHill Suites Los Angeles/Burbank Downtown 549 S. San Fernando Boulevard Tangerine Hotel 3901 W. Riverside Drive
Travelodge Burbank 1112 N. Hollywood Way
Jurisdiction list as of August 2025
ATTACHMENT 3 - 29
686

Correspondences

Please Note: If Additional
Documents/Correspondences are
submitted for this item, they will be
periodically posted to the City website
for public viewing.
687
1 STAFF REPORT
DATE: November 18, 2025
TO: Justin Hess, City Manager
FROM: Patrick Prescott, Community Development Director
BY: David Kriske, Assistant Community Development Director SUBJECT: Approval of a Final Project Alignment for the Chandler Bikeway Extension Project

RECOMMENDATION
Approve a final project alignment for the Chandler Bikeway Extension Project.

BACKGROUND
The Chandler Bikeway Extension is a 0. 6-mile bikeway extension that would help close the gap between several regionally significant bikeways and increase connectivity to the Downtown Burbank Metrolink Station for active transportation users. The Project would construct a two-way Class I (fully separated bike path) and Class IV ( fully separated in- street bike path) bikeway and streetscape improvements, between the existing eastern terminus of the Chandler Bikeway at Mariposa Street and the San Fernando Bikeway extension along the Burbank Western Channel. The Project would be constructed on former Union Pacific rail line now owned by the Metropolitan Transportation Authority and within existing City rights-of-way. No property acquisitions are required to implement this Project.

The Chandler Bikeway Extension would complete a fully protected bikeway corridor that spans the entire City, from North Hollywood to Glendale. While existing backbone bicycle infrastructure currently exists as standalone segments (the Chandler Bikeway, Burbank Channel Bikeway, and Front Street Cycletrack ), no direct protected connection exists between them. This gap is identified in the Burbank2035 General Plan, the Bicycle Master Plan, and the Citywide Complete our Streets Plan. The Chandler Bikeway Extension will unite these currently disconnected bikeways, providing bicycle and pedestrian access to

COMMUNITY

DEVELOPMENT
Reports to Council
Item #1
688
2 the railroad tracks and I-5. Further, the Chandler Bikeway Extension completes the City’s contribution to a future 51- mile regional bikeway from Long Beach to Chatsworth (Attachment 1).

Since the original Chandler Bikeway opened in 2004, staff sought opportunities to extend the bikeway to Victory Boulevard and the Burbank Metrolink Station. In 2013, the City applied for and was awarded a $2.6 million Metro Call for Projects (CFP) grant to design and construct an extension of the Chandler Bikeway from the current terminus eastward to the Burbank Channel, where it would connect to the San Fernando Bikeway which will begin construction next year. City Council accepted this grant in 2020 and solicited proposals to design the project in 2024, culminating with selection of a design consultant team lead by Kimley-Horn and Associates.

Based on conceptual project development , staff has identified a proposed project alignment that would extend the path eastward along the Metro right of way (like the current Chandler Bikeway) between Mariposa Street and Lomita Street. To avoid freight railroad operations east of Lomita, the path would transition into City right of way and be constructed as a fully protected, “8-to-80”
1 bicycle facility on existing City streets for the
remaining distance to the Burbank Western Channel . The proposed alignment would allow the City to extend the Chandler Bikeway all the way to the Downtown Burbank Metrolink Station in a high- quality, protected bike facility while avoiding Union Pacific Railroad.

DISCUSSION
Proposed Chandler Bikeway Extension Project Alignment
The proposed final project alignment consists of four segments. The segments are described as follows and are illustrated in Attachment 2:

1. Chandler Boulevard – from Mariposa Street to Lomita Street This segment would extend the existing bikeway at Mariposa Street eastward to Lomita Street with a Class I bikeway within the abandoned railroad right of way that is not used by freight trains, just like the existing Chandler Bikeway. At Lomita Street, a stop-controlled crosswalk would be installed to facilitate a safe pedestrian and bicycle crossing from the north side of Chandler Boulevard to the sidewalk on the south side of Chandler Boulevard.

2. Chandler Boulevard – from Lomita Street to Victory Boulevard Between Lomita Street and Victory Boulevard, the project would widen the existing parkway/sidewalk on south side of Chandler Boulevard to construct a Class IV raised protected bikeway to Victory Boulevard. This facility would be fully 1 An “8-to-80” facility is one that allows users of all ages and abilities (or those from age 8 to age 80) to travel safely and protected from vehicle traffic.
the Downtown Burbank Metrolink station and enabling multi -modal connections across 689
3 be constructed at entrances to the adjacent shopping center. No vehicle travel lanes would be affected, but about 17 street parking spaces would be removed on the south side of Chandler Boulevard between Lomita and Victory, adjacent to the shopping center and large surface parking lot.

3. Victory Boulevard to Cypress Avenue
This segment would require widening the existing parkway/sidewalk along the east side of Victory Boulevard from Chandler Boulevard south to Cypress Avenue.

While located along a major arterial, the project would be constructed as completely protected from traffic and reconstructing the curb, gutter and parkway to accommodate the bikeway. No vehicle travel lanes would be affected by the parkway widening, but about 10 street parking spaces would be removed on the east side of Victory.

4. Cypress Avenue to Burbank Western Channel
Like the Victory Boulevard segment, this segment would require widening the existing parkway along the north side of Cypress Avenue in order to construct a Class IV bikeway from Victory Boulevard to Varney Street. About 26 street parking spaces along the north side of Cypress Avenue would be removed to accommodate the bikeway. At Varney Street the bikeway would extend eastward from the Cypress / Varney intersection using a piece of City property located at the end of Cypress Avenue. An adjacent business has installed unpermitted encroachments in this property and the City is currently working with the owner to remove them to accommodate the project.

At the Burbank Western Channel, the Chandler Bikeway Extension would end, but would directly connect to the San Fernando Bikeway which will begin construction next year.

Cyclists would continue along a fully separated Class I bikeway south along the west side of the Burbank Western Channel, would cross under the Magnolia overpass, and continue south to the Downtown Burbank Metrolink Station west parking lot and station platform .

From there, cyclists can use other Class I and Class IV bikeways to connect to Downtown Burbank, the Burbank Channel Bikeway, and eventually to the Los Angeles River Bikeway.

Project Development and Constraints
Staff began the design process in January 2025 and has undertaken utility identification, completed surveying, developed 30% design plans, begun environmental documentation, and engaged various City departments. While the concept does not yet include landscaping plans, Staff has engaged the Department of Parks and Recreation to consider how to extend the existing Chandler Bikeway’s role as a linear green space for the neighborhood. This includes landscaping, tree planting, and pocket parks near Lomita separated from cars travelling on Chandler Boulevard. Driveway crossings would 690
4 Bikeway. More detailed landscaping plans will be developed in subsequent stages of project development.

Over the course of initial design, Staff identified some conflicts with existing uses of the right of way that will need to be addressed as the project moves forward. First, several street trees will likely need to be removed on the Cypress Avenue segment to accommodate the bikeway on the north side of the street. Staff anticipates replacing these trees with additional trees elsewhere on the project, specifically along the Chandler Boulevard portion.

Second, in order to accommodate a fully protected bikeway in existing street right of way without impacting vehicle travel lanes, roughly 56 parking spaces will need to be removed along the one- half mile project alignment. The street parking on Chandler Boulevard is lightly used due to the presence of a large surface parking lot for the adjacent shopping center. Parking spaces on Victory and Cypress are moderately utilized by adjacent industrial businesses that have varying amounts of off-street parking available.

Finally, the bikeway will need to negotiate several existing driveways along Chandler Boulevard and Victory Boulevard that will need to be reconstructed and regraded to allow the bikeway to pass. Staff is working with its consultant to design them in a way that preserves access to the adjoining properties while providing safe travel for cyclists.

Other Project Alternatives Analyzed
Several project alignment alternatives have been analyzed to extend the Chandler Bikeway over the last 10 years. The most direct alternative analyzed would extend the bikeway east along the existing Metro railroad right of way between Mariposa Street and the Burbank Western Flood Control Channel, and then south to the Metrolink Station.

While providing the most direct path that mimics the rest of the Chandler Bikeway, t his option has been deemed i nfeasible because Union Pacific Railroad currently maintain s freight train operating rights on Metro’s right of way east of Lomita Street. Constructing a bikeway along the active railroad would have significant regulatory, safety, and cost impacts that make this alternative infeasible.

A second alternative was analyzed that would extend the bikeway along Chandler Boulevard to Victory Boulevard but would utilize Victory and Magnolia Boulevards to connect the bikeway to the Metrolink Station instead of Cypress Avenue and Burbank Western Channel. This alternative would place cyclists on more major arterial streets – including the busy Victory / Magnolia intersection – and would require costly roadway realignment, parking removal, and signal improvements to create a true “8-to-80” facility.

The cost and disruption needed for this alternative made it infeasible.

Staff requests the City Council approve the final project alignment as described in this Street and the confluence of the Chandler Bikeway Extension and San Fernando 691
5 summer 2026 and seek permission from Caltrans and Metro to spend grant funds for construction by the end of 2026. Construction could then commence in mid-2027 and be completed by 2028.

Community Outreach
The Chandler Bikeway Extension Project was developed as part of several City planning documents that all had extensive public outreach. Even before completion of the existing Chandler Bikeway, extending the bikeway was contemplated in policy documents. It was included in the City’s previous 2003 and current 2009 Bicycle Master Plan , identified as a top priority bicycle route the 2013 Burbank2035 General Plan Mobility Element, and a bicycle priority corridor in the 2020 Citywide Complete our Streets Plan. More recently, staff presented the Chandler Bikeway Extension Project to the Transportation Commission at the September 2025 regular meeting, and provided a mailed public notice of the City Council’s potential adoption of the final project alignment to every property within 1,000 feet of the proposed project corridor.

ENVIRONMENTAL REVIEW
The Chandler Bikeway Extension Project is exempt from review under the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) pursuant to 14 CCR Section 15301(c) Class I – Existing Facilities. The project involves the minor alteration of existing streets, sidewalks, gutters and public right of way for the purpose of adding Class I and Class IV bicycle facilities. The project w ill install bicycle and pedestrian infrastructure, landscaping, lighting and minor alteration of existing roadway and utility features to accommodate the project. The project will not expand existing highway capacity or increase vehicle traffic, will not create new roadway access points, and will not create additional automobile lanes that would increase Vehicle Miles Traveled. The project will not create a cumulative impact of successive projects, will not have a significant effect on the environment due to unusual circumstances, is not located on a scenic highway or hazardous waste site, and does not affect any historical resources.

FISCAL IMPACT
There is no additional fiscal impact to approve the final project alignment for the Chandler Bikeway Extension Project. The total project cost has been estimated at $3,299,105 of which 80%, or $2,639,284, will be provided by federal funds provided by Metro through the 2013 Metro Call For Projects. The remaining 20%, or $659,821, in local match funding will be funded by Metro Measure R Highway Operations Improvements funds. As part of the Fiscal Year 2025-26 budget, $985,068 in Transportation Development Impact Fees has already been budgeted for the project to front the grant funds needed for project design.
report. If approved, Staff would complete design plans based on this alternative by 692
6 CONCLUSION
The Chandler Bikeway Extension Project will provide a safe, “8-to-80” facility that will provide access and seamless connectivity across the City for pedestrians and bicycles of all ages and abilities. By connecting to other projects currently planned or in construction, this project would close a critical gap in the City’s local high- quality protected bicycle network and the regional bikeway system of bike paths extending from Chatsworth to Long Beach. Given the importance of this critical connection, staff recommends that the City Council approve the final project alignment of the Chandler Bikeway Extension so that staff may complete final design and prepare to construct the project.

ATTACHMENTS
Attachment 1 – Local and Regional Gap Closures
Attachment 2 – Project Alignment and Roadway Configurations Attachment 3 – Graphical Renderings
693
Chandler Bikeway Extension
Local and Regional Gap Closures

Chandler Bikeway Extension Project
Other Class I Bikeway
Other Class IV Protected Bikeway
ATTACHMENT 1-1
694

ATTACHMENT 1-2
695
Chandler Bikeway Extension
Project Alignment and Roadway Configurations

ATTACHMENT 2-1
696
Segment A – Chandler Boulevard, Mariposa to Victory

ATTACHMENT 2-2
697
Segment B – Victory Boulevard, Chandler to Cypress

Segment C – Cypress Avenue, Victory to Burbank Channel

ATTACHMENT 2-3
698
Chandler Bikeway Extension
Graphical Renderings

Before versus After – Chandler Right of Way between Mariposa and Lomita

Before versus After – Cypress Avenue at Varney Street

ATTACHMENT 3-1
699
Approval of a Final
Project Alignment for
the Chandler Bikeway
Extension

DAVID KRISKE

ASSISTANT CDD DIRECTOR

11.18.2025

COMMUNITY

DEVELOPMENT
700

STAFF RECOMMENDATION
- Approve staff’s recommended alignment
for the Chandler Bikeway Extension Project
- Approval allows staff to complete Final
Design
2 701
Project Objectives
- Completes remaining 0.6-mile segment of
Chandler Bikeway to Downtown Burbank
- Connects San Fernando, Burbank Channel,
and Chandler Bikeways together
- Implements General Plan, Bicycle Master
Plan, and Complete Streets Plan
- Closes existing gap in 51-mile regional
bikeway network
3 702

LOCAL AND

REGIONAL GAP

CLOSURES
4 703

LOCAL AND

REGIONAL GAP

CLOSURES
5 704

PROJECT ALIGNMENT
6 705

NEW BIKEWAY DESIGN TOOLS
7 706
SEGMENT A-1: CHANDLER
(Mariposa to Lomita)
8 707
SEGMENT A-2: CHANDLER
(Lomita to Victory)
9 708
SEGMENT B: VICTORY
10 709
SEGMENT C: CYPRESS
11 710

PROJECT DEVELOPMENT
- Data collection, utilities, survey complete
- Developed conceptual alignment and 30%
plans
- Environmental Review
- Exploring opportunities for green space
12 711

PROJECT CONSTRAINTS
- Street tree conflicts
- On street parking removal
- South Side Chandler
- East Side Victory
- North Side Cypress
- Driveway crossings
13 712
Proposed
Concept
Rail Spur
Alternative
Magnolia
Alternative
San Fernando
Bikeway

ALTERNATIVES
14 Victory Blvd Options
(east or west side)
713

PROJECT BUDGET
- $3.3 Million Project Budget
- $2.6 Million Metro Federal Grant
- $0.7 Million Metro Measure R Funds
- Updated cost estimate developed through
Design Phase
15 714
Consultant
Selection
Complete
Environmental
and Design
Jan 2025 – June 2026
(18 months)
Construction
January 2027 –
July 2028
(18 months)

PROJECT PHASES
City Council to
Approve Project Alignment
November 2025
16 715

STAFF RECOMMENDATION
- Approve staff’s recommended alignment
for the Chandler Bikeway Extension Project
- Approval allows staff to complete Final
Design
17 716

CONTACT
David Kriske
Assistant Community Development Director
(818) 238-5269
[email protected]
Chris Buonomo
Senior Transportation Planner
(818) 238-5251
[email protected]
18 717
1 STAFF REPORT
DAT
E: November 18, 2025
T
O: Justin Hess, City Manager
F
ROM: Jennifer Becker, Financial Services Director
BY: Leana Mkrtchyan, Deputy Financial Services Director Susan Langford, Revenue Manager
Joy Escalante, Budget Manager
Nathan Lightell, Senior Administrative Analyst
Cathy Jaramillo, Senior Administrative Analyst
S
UBJECT: Review of the General Fund’s Financial Status as of September 30, 2025 RE

COMMENDATION
Note and file.

BACKG
ROUND
The purpose of this report is to provide the City Council (Council) and the public with a comprehensive review of the City’s financial status following the end of the first quarter of the Fiscal Year (FY ) 2025-26 and to examine the impact of recent economic trends on the City’s General Fund five-year forecast.

DI

SCUSSION
General Fund Year-End Reconciliation – FY 2024-25
This report will first provide a summary of the General Fund’s FY 202 4-25 year-end results. Staff is estimating the June 30, 202 5, General Fund spendable balance to be approximately $48.9 million. This is roughly $20 million higher than the balance projected during the FY 202 5-26 budget process. The difference is due to higher -than-expected fiscal year-end budget savings and the receipt of several significant one- time revenues.

After contributing $4.2 million to reserves as dictated by Council’s Financial Policies, the adjusted beginning General Fund spendable balance as of July 1, 2025 , is estimated at $44.6 million. Year-end numbers are not considered final until the City receives an

FINANCIAL

SERVICES
Reports to Council
Item #2
718
2 unmodified or “clean” audit opinion letter from the City’s auditors, Lance, Soll, & Lunghard (LSL). The City is in the process of completing its year-end audit and will return to Council in December 2025 to present the FY 202 4-25 Annual Comprehensive Financial Report (ACFR).

FY 2025-26 General Fund Revenues
The majority of General Fund revenue is received during the second half of the fiscal year. For the first quarter of the current fiscal year (FY 202 5-26), the General Fund received $24.9 million in recurring revenue, representing 9.6% of the estimated revenues, compared to $2 4.5 million this time last year. This represents an increase of approximately $400,000 or 1.6% over last year’s revenues for the same period. Table 1 summarizes General Fund recurring revenues by category , including actual results for the year ended June 30, 202 5, the adopted forecast for FY 202 5-26, forecast revisions, and actual receipts of recurring revenues for the first quarter of this fiscal year.

As noted in Table 1, revisions to the revenue forecast are proposed for Sales Tax, Service Charges, Parking/Traffic/Other Fines, and Transient Occupancy Tax. The City ended FY 2024-25 with General Fund revenues of $3.8 million, or 1.5%, over the revised budget, largely attributable to the influx of building permits from large development projects and expanded parking enforcement related to the implementation of the parking management program. Property Tax, Service Charges, and Transient Parking Tax also slightly exceeded projections for FY 2024- 25. Conversely, Sales Tax and Transient Occupancy Tax both fell short of expectations for the year, indicating a softening in these consumer- driven revenue streams.

719
3 Table 1 - General Fund Recurring Revenues as of September 30, 2025

 Sales Tax: Sales tax returns going into 2025 have experienced declines due to economic disruptions arising from tariff actions and decisions on the federal funds rate, which directly impacts consumer interest rates. Sales tax received for the first quarter of FY 2025-26 was approximately $5 million, while sales tax for the first quarter of FY 2024-25 was approximately $5 .1 million. Recent results of the second quarter of 2025 show that sales tax revenue was heavily impacted by the decline in the Autos and Transportation industry group by 50.5% . This is primarily due to a major retailer no longer operating auto sales within the City. H ouseholds continue to pay close attention to discretionary items and shift their purchases to services and experiences.

Economists project a downgrade in sales tax revenue, which is reflected in the State’s budget estimates. The auto industry continues to experience a decline in sales due to higher prices and interest rates . The entertainment industry has not fully rebounded , and a decline in motion picture sales will likely continue. The Federal Reserve recently reduced the f ederal funds rate; however, consumers will likely wait for economic conditions to improve before taking on additional expenses. Given the substantial decline in our auto industry revenue, staff is recommending a $3.4 million reduction to the sales tax revenue forecast.

REVENUE

CATEGORY
ACTUAL
TOTAL
FY 2024-25

ADOPTED

RECURRING
FY 2025-26
CHANGE
FROM

ADOPTED

REVISED

RECURRING
FY 2025-26
ACTUAL

RECURRING
9/30/25
% OF

REVISED
REC’D

Sales Tax $61,777,433 $63,381,000 $(3,400,000) $59,981,000 $4,963,762 8.3% Property Tax 79,552,424 82,557,013 82,557,013 273,282 0.3% Utility Users Tax 18,938,967 20,802,308 20,802,308 4,614,546 22.2% Services Charges - Intra City 15,259,193 17,590,495 17,590,495 1,771,835 10.1% Services Charges 29,073,007 28,532,293 500,000 29,032,293 5,370.908 18.5% In Lieu of Tax 10,378,721 10,694,333 10,694,333 3,074,606 28.7% Interest/Use of Money 5,165,152 4,612,156 4,612,156 539,889 11.7% Parking/Traffic/Other Fines 3,373,211 2,864,000 300,000 3,164,000 769,507 24.3% Transient Occupancy Tax 13,352,395 14,407,120 (200,000) 14,407,120 1,164,918 8.1% Building Permits/License Fees 9,603,976 7,340,031 7,340,031 1,937,148 26.4% Transient Parking Tax 5,273,058 4,889,040 4,889,040 0.0% Business Taxes 2,600,906 2,538,000 2,538,000 96,258 3.8% Franchises 1,281,162 1,535,400 1,535,400 0.0%
Intergovernmental Revenues 3,199,208 3,080,218 3,080,218 269,744 12.0%

TOTAL RECURRING
REVENUE $258,828,812 $264,823,408 $(2,800,000) $262,223,408 $24,964,402 9.5% 720
4  Property Tax: A total tax of 1% is levied on the Assessed Value (AV) of property as determined by the Los Angeles (LA) County Assessor. The City of Burbank receives approximately 18.5% of the 1% levy on AV. Compared to FY 2024-25, the AV for the entire City increased by approximately $854 million or 2.6% for FY 2025-26. General Fund related AV increased by 3.7%. The largest AV increase was attributable to two parcels owned by SJ4 Burbank LLC for improvements totaling $116.7 million. Four industrial parcels triggered reassessments to add $23.8 million in value and improvements to the building that houses The Sphere increased its value by $7 million. These increases were offset by the removal of improvement value to a parcel owned by Warner Brothers as well as a decline in unsecured value related to dropped assessments for several aircraft at the airport.

In the residential sector, t he median sales price of a detached single- family home in Burbank, year to date (January to September 2025), remained stable at $1.26 million.

Home inventory has remained the same in comparison to the prior. The reductions in the federal funds rate in 2025 and the possibility of a further reduction in 2026 create optimism for future financing and accessing equity opportunities for consumers.

FY 2024-25 revenues for property taxes exceeded projections by approximately $900,000 compared to the budget of $78.6 million. The increase can be attributed to the payoff of the City loans and bond principal reductions to the Successor Agency debt service schedules remaining from the former Redevelopment Agency . The payments that would have been used to pay off these debts are now part of the residual distributions to the General Fund. Based on prior year results and the aforementioned AV increases for FY 2025-26, staff is not proposing any change to the forecast for property taxes at this time.

 Service Charges: Emergency Medical Services (EMS) ended FY 2024-25 exceeding revenue projections by $1.9 million. Staff is proposing to increase the FY 2025- 26 forecast to true-up from actual year-end results. Filming revenue from safety services has increased over 150% for the first quarter of 2025 when compared to the prior year, which may be a result of continued recovery from prior labor disputes as well as the City’s efforts to boost local film production by supporting the California Film and Television Tax Credit Program. Park and Recreation revenues continued to see increases for various community activities and athletic programs in the prior fiscal year, despite the loss of revenues from the Starlight Bowl. Based on the above results, staff is recommending an increase to Service Charges by an additional $500,000 for FY 2025-26.

 Parking/Traffic/Other Fines: In FY 2024-25, parking fines exceeded expectations , receiving approximately $862,000 more than projected. This was due to the implementation of the parking management program and improved parking 721
5 enforcement efforts. Initial revenue projections for this new program were intentionally conservative. Now that more data is available, staff is recommending an increase of $300,000 in this category for FY 2025-26.

 Transient Occupancy Tax (TOT): According to a report released by Visit California in September 2025, California shows nearly an 8% decrease in August compared to the same month last year. Recent events, including wildfires, immigration raids, and the uncertainty of tariffs, have contributed to a decline in international travel. Burbank’s hotels are experiencing a slight decrease in occupancy. Occupancy rates declined from 79.1% in September 2024 to 75.6% in the same month of 2025. With some games for the FIFA World Cup being played in Los Angeles in June and July 2026, it is expected that there may be a boost in occupancy of Burbank hotels due to their proximity to the games and the airport , but it may not meet projections for the year.

Staff is recommending decreasing revenues by $200,000 for FY 2025- 26. Chart 1 shows Burbank’s hotel occupancy rates and average daily room rates from calendar year 2020 through September 2025.

Chart 1 – Burbank Hotel Occupancy Rates and Average Daily Rate

 Transient Parking Tax (TPT): With the majority of the parking tax revenue derived from parking lots at or directly servicing the Hollywood Burbank Airport (BUR), the City’s TPT revenue is dependent on travel demand. Airport activity has experienced a decrease in revenues with the decline in tourism. In 2025 , BUR handled approximately 6.5 million passengers. Passenger counts at the airport from January through September of 2025 decreased by 1.6% over the same period in 2024 .

Providing a convenient alternative to the Los Angeles International Airport (LAX), BUR offers nine different airlines , and with the construction of the Burbank Terminal, this $0
$50
$100
$150
$200

0.0%

10.0%

20.0%

30.0%

40.0%

50.0%

60.0%

70.0%

80.0%

90.0%
2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025
(to date)
Occupancy Rate ADR
722
6 will streamline efficient operations once completed. S taff is not recommending any changes at this time but will continue to monitor revenues closely. Chart 2 compares the airport passenger counts for the Calendar Years 2020 through 2025 to date.

Chart 2 – Hollywood Burbank Airport Passenger Counts

FY 2025-26 General Fund Expenditures
Table 2 below provides the budget to actual results by department for the General Fund at the end of the first quarter. As of September 30, 202 5, General Fund expenditures were $77.2 million, representing 25.7% of the budgeted appropriations. Expenditures at the end of the first quarter are slightly above the general expectation of 25% . The Fire Department’s expenditures are trending above expectations at 26.1%, due primarily to reimbursable strike team participation. Additionally, t he Non -Departmental category is trending at 52.5%. This is due to a $5.9 million payment made to CalPERS in July as part of Council’s pension funding plan and the annual $4.7 million General Fund Maintenance of Effort (MOE) commitment to the Municipal Infrastructure Fund 534. It should be noted that the budgeted appropriation numbers shown in the table include carryovers.

500,000
1,500,000
2,500,000
3,500,000
4,500,000
5,500,000
6,500,000
2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025
(to date)
723
7 Table 2 - General Fund Expenditures as of September 30, 2025

EXPENDITURE APPROPRIATIONS EXPENDITURES PERCENT
NO. CATEGORY FY 2025-26 as of 9/30/2025 EXPENDED
1 City Attorney 6,789,857 1,609,402 23.7%
2 City Clerk 2,687,987 360,784 13.4%
3 City Council 2,383,499 578,713 24.3%
4 City Manager 4,205,520 884,951 21.0%
5 City Treasurer 1,250,490 255,847 20.5%
6 Community Development 27,749,423 4,589,393 16.5%
7 Financial Services 8,379,311 1,866,550 22.3%
8 Fire 54,805,489 14,304,041 26.1%
9 Library Services 12,105,323 2,885,348 23.8%
10 Management Services 8,335,982 1,789,300 21.5%
11 Non-Departmental 26,730,655 14,029,732 52.5%
12 Parks and Recreation 42,121,359 9,403,842 22.3%
13 Police 81,105,880 19,866,156 24.5%
14 Public Works 21,462,254 4,738,585 22.1%
TOTALS 300,113,029 77,162,644 25.7%
*Appropriations include all carryovers as well as any additional General Fund budget amendments approved by Council since the adoption of the FY 2025-26 Budget. The original General Fund adopted budget totals $275,367,900.

General Fund Financial Forecast
The purpose of the financial forecast is to provide insight into the potential long- term financial trends for the General Fund. This perspective will allow Council to make informed financial decisions today, while fully understanding the future financial i mpacts of these decisions.

Although the FY 2025-26 Budget was adopted with a projected recurring budget balance of $1.3 million , the General Fund forecast now projects a recurring budget deficit of approximately $1.5 million in the current fiscal year , due to the aforementioned revenue revisions (see details within the FY 2025-26 Financial Forecast in Attachment 2). Based on current assumptions, that deficit is expected to increase to $3.9 million in FY 2026-27.

Staff expects that General Fund recurring revenues will grow by an average of 3.7% over the next five years, while General Fund expenses will increase by an average of 4.6%.

Expenditure growth projections include anticipated increases in labor costs and general price increases for goods and services.

Projected Revenues
Forecasted revenues are driven by the parameters included in Attachment 2. Sales tax revenue is projected to have modest growth over the next few years, but likely at a rate slower than projected price inflation. Property tax will experience moderate increases due 724
8 to the City’s growth in AV, reflecting new developments in the City’s tax roll and steady increases in property values. Service charge revenue projections reflect growing demand for city services combined with forecasted Consumer Price Index (CPI) increases. The average growth over the next five years for the City’s largest revenue sources includes projected increases in sales tax by 0.9%, property tax by 4.7%, and service charges by

3.4%. Revenue projections included in the forecast are based on staff’s best estimates and may be subject to fluctuations in the economy and impacts from federal and state legislation. Staff will continue to monitor revenues throughout the year and update Council as new information becomes available.

Memorandum of Understanding (MOU) Projected Costs
Salaries and benefits currently comprise approximately 7 3% of the General Fund recurring budget. As such, the MOU negotiation process for the various bargaining groups plays a significant role in determining the City’s financial position. All bargaining groups have current MOUs in place for FY 2 025-26. Aligning with Council’s Financial Policies related to employee compensation, the General Fund forecast includes assumptions for salary and benefit growth over the next five years based on projected market rates for all employee groups. Market rates are determined through salary and benefit surveys, which compare the City’s job classifications to those of similar organizations throughout the region. The City of Burbank calculates the average salary paid for c omparable positions to determine whether employee salaries are at market value. The City’s Financial Policies also maintain that the City and employees evenly share 50% of the normal cost of the CalPERS pension benefits, and this has been in effect in accordance with the provisions of each MOU.

Public Employees Retirement System (CalPERS) Costs
Managing costs associated with pensions continues to be a challenge for CalPERS cities throughout California, and Burbank is no exception. In previous years, the City has taken measures toward mitigating pension cost increases, including:

 Sending Additional Discretionary Payments (ADPs) to CalPERS over the City’s required contributions to decrease Burbank’s unfunded liability  Establishing a Section 115 Trust to offset future pension volatility  Increasing employee contributions toward their pension rates Based on the most recent CalPERS actuarial reports received in July 2025, Burbank has an Unfunded Actuarial Liability (UAL) of just under $435 million across the City’s three pension plans. The funded status for the City’s three plans is currently 79 % for Miscellaneous, 73% for Police, and 75% for Fire, for an average of 75%, up just slightly from 74% in the prior year. Table 3 shows the actual CalPERS employer rates and UAL contributions for the three employee classifications for the current FY 2025 -26, the 725
9 upcoming FY 2026- 27, and the projected employer rates and contributions for the following two fiscal years (FY 2027-28 and FY 2028-29).

Table 3 – City of Burbank Pension Costs FY 2025-26 – FY 2028-29

Classification
Actual
FY 2025-26*
Actual
FY 2026-27
Projected
FY 2027-28
Projected
FY 2028-29
Police 3% @ 50 Rate 22.80% 21.72% 21.10% 20.60%
Police Liability Payment $8,314,615 $8,871,926 $9,706,000 $10,824,000 Fire 3% @ 55 Rate 18.32% 17.50% 17.10% 16.70%
Fire Liability Payment $5,818,144 $7,081,964 $7,667,000 $8,547,000 Misc 2.5% @ 55 Rate 10.76% 10.49% 10.30% 10.10%
Misc Liability Payment $21,711,502 $24,614,685 $26,298,000 $29,636,000 * Amounts shown are the total employer contribution amounts required for FY 202 5-26. The City has completed the prepayment of the additional UAL payment to CalPERS, which will result in a net savings of $1,331,066 citywide.

CalPERS reported an 11.6% return on investments for the year ending June 30, 2025.

This return outpaced the 6.8% discount rate and shows continued improvement following gains of 9.3% in FY 2023- 24 and 5.8% in FY 2022- 23. The strong FY 2024- 25 returns would typically result in lower than anticipated UAL payments for FY 2027- 28. However, CalPERS recently completed an experience study analyzing economic and demographic assumptions such as life expectancy, disability rates, and inflation. Costs are expected to increase for all groups due to the increased salary scale and inflation. Other assumptions in the study are not expected to have a material impact on contribution rates for most plans. If adopted, the proposed assumptions would become effective with the June 30, 2025, actuarial valuations and impact the City’s FY 2027- 28 contribution rates. The final recommendation for the adoption of new actuarial assumptions by the board is currently scheduled to occur in November 2025.

As part of the FY 2025-26 budget process, Council approved a citywide additional discretionary payment ( ADP) to CalPERS of $7.5 million to help reduce future pension liability. This payment, made in July 2025, completes the adopted three- year pension funding plan totaling $21 million. In September 2025, CalPERS provided the City with an updated UAL payment schedule for FY 2026 -27, which accounts for the July payment.

The total savings generated were $1.3 million citywide ($1 million General Fund), as shown in Table 4.

726
10 Table 4 – Pension Savings from FY 2025-26 Additional Discretionary Payments

Classification
Original
FY 2026-27
Payment
NEW
FY 2026-27
Payment SAVINGS
Miscellaneous Plan $25,220,377 $24,614,685 $605,692
Police Plan $9,297,693 $8,871,926 $425,767
Fire Plan $7,381,571 $7,081,964 $299,607
Citywide Total $41,899,641 $40,568,575 $1,331,066
Estimated General Fund Savings: $1,028,220

Additionally, Council’s Pension Funding Commitment Policy requires the City to contribute half of any year-end General Fund balance over 6% of the budgeted recurring appropriations to fund employee pension liabilities. This funding is required if employee pension benefits are less than 90% funded. Given the City’s sizable cash balance and the continued success of these pension investments, staff will be proposing a new multi- year pension funding plan to be included in the proposed budget for FY 2026-27.

Burbank also maintains a Section 115 trust for pension obligations, which was established in June 2020. The Section 115 Trust allows the City to set aside funds that could be used to help support future pension-related economic volatility. As of September 30, 2025, the current balance in the trust is $35 million.

ENVIRONMENTAL REVIEW
This activity has no potential for resulting in either a direct or a reasonably foreseeable indirect physical change in the environment. As such, it is not a “project” subject to the requirements of the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) 14 Cal. Code Regs § 15378.

FISCAL IMPACT
There is no fiscal impact associated with this informational report to Council.

CONCLUSION
Economic indicators forecast a slower growth for Burbank’s General Fund revenues over the next five years of the City’s forecast, while costs continue to rise. Recent increases to labor agreements and related pension costs, as well as overall inflationary price increases for goods, services, and commodities are currently outpacing projected revenue growth, which poses a challenge for the City’s financial future. As shown in Chart 3, the General Fund's five-year financial forecast projects a deficit of approximately $1.5 million for the current fiscal year and roughly $3.9 million for the upcoming FY 2026-27 budget process.

If not addressed, the projection shows the deficit will remain at approximately $3.5 million 727
11 for FY 2027-28 and 2028-29, decreasing to a $2.2 million deficit by FY 2029-30. Staff is exploring a variety of options for closing future projected budget deficits and will bring back recommendations for Council’s consideration during the FY 2026- 27 budget development process. It should be noted that several risks may impact the City’s financial projections, including the continuing impact of inflation on consumer behavior, potential economic downturns due to federal policy decisions , and other global macroeconomic factors, as well as further prospective changes to CalPERS returns and assumptions.

Chart 3 - General Fund Financial Forecast FY 2025-26 through FY 2029-30

The Burbank City Council has consistently pursued a conservative approach to fiscal policies, including building up reserves and utilizing one- time funds to make strategic investments to reduce future recurring expenses. Sound financial strategies like strengthening revenues, paying down pension liabilities, and working with labor groups to implement pension cost-sharing have proven to be beneficial for Burbank in the long run. In addition to a projected FY 202 5-26 year-end General Fund Balance of $ 37.2 million, Burbank’s formal reserves total approximately $ 65.7 million. These funds will allow Burbank to make strategic investments to offset projected deficits and address any potential economic instabilities over the next several years. Staff will continue to monitor any economic conditions or legislative actions that may impact the City’s financial position and provide updates to the City Council.

$260.7
$271.4
$282.6
$294.3
$304.6
$262.2
$275.3
$286.1
$297.8
$306.8
$200
$220
$240
$260
$280
$300
$320
$340
2025-26 2026-27 2027-28 2028-29 2029-30
Revenue Expenses
Balance/
(Deficit): ($1.5) ($3.9) ($3.5) ($3.5) ($2.2) 728
12 ATTACHMENTS
Attachment 1 – General Fund Projected Spendable Fund Balance for June 30, 2026 Attachment 2 – General Fund Financial Forecast FY 2025-26 through FY 2029-30 729

ADOPTED CHANGES REVISED

REVENUE BUDGET GROWTH BUDGET
NO. CATEGORY FY 25-26 (REDUCTIONS) FY 25-26
1 Sales Tax 63,381,000 (3,400,000) 59,981,000 2 Property Taxes 82,557,013 - 82,557,013 3 Utility Users Tax 20,802,308 - 20,802,308 4 Services Charges - Intra City 17,590,495 - 17,590,495 5 Services Charges 28,529,794 500,000 29,029,794 6 In Lieu of Tax 10,694,333 - 10,694,333 7 Interest/Use of Money 4,612,156 - 4,612,156 8 Parking/Traffic/Other Fines 2,864,000 300,000 3,164,000 9 Transient Occupancy Tax 14,407,120 (200,000) 14,207,120 10 Building Permits/License Fee 7,072,531 - 7,072,531 11 Transient Parking Tax 4,889,040 - 4,889,040 12 Business Taxes 2,538,000 - 2,538,000 13 Franchises 1,535,400 - 1,535,400 14 Intergovernmental Revenues 1,985,961 - 1,985,961 TOTAL REVENUES 263,459,151$ (2,800,000)$ 260,659,151$ TOTAL RECURRING REVENUES 260,659,151$ (1)

ADOPTED ADOPTED ADOPTED

EXPENDITURE SALARY & BENEFITS MS & S EXPENDITURES
NO. CATEGORY FY 2025-26 FY 2025-26 FY 2025-26
1 City Council (587,013) (1,789,823) (2,376,836) 2 City Manager (3,139,875) (780,044) (3,919,919) 3 City Clerk (1,609,072) (556,649) (2,165,721) 4 City Treasurer (934,441) (197,615) (1,132,056) 5 City Attorney (6,053,313) (505,314) (6,558,627) 6 Management Services (5,676,550) (2,289,285) (7,965,835) 7 Financial Services (6,815,047) (1,304,994) (8,120,041) 8 Parks & Recreation (21,209,647) (16,957,051) (38,166,698) 9 Library Services (8,251,807) (2,980,910) (11,232,717) 10 Community Development (13,534,833) (6,197,265) (19,732,098) 11 Public Works (14,008,438) (6,892,893) (20,901,331) 12 Fire (43,069,950) (7,866,548) (50,936,498) 13 Police (62,834,424) (15,435,525) (78,269,949) 14 Non-Departmental (4,870,827) (5,830,593) (10,701,420) TOTAL EXPENDITURES (192,595,239)$ (69,584,509)$ (262,179,746)$ TOTAL RECURRING EXPENSES (262,179,746)$ (2)
RECURRING BALANCE / (DEFICIT) (1,520,595)$ (3) = (1) + (2) Attachment 1

CITY OF BURBANK
First Quarter FY 2025-26
--------------------------------------------------------------END OF RECURRING------------------------------------------------------------------------- General Fund Projected Spendable Fund Balance for June 30, 2026 Attachment 1 - Page 1
730
Attachment 1

CITY OF BURBANK
First Quarter FY 2025-26
General Fund Projected Spendable Fund Balance for June 30, 2026

NON-RECURRING
PROJECTED SPENDABLE FUND BALANCE - JUNE 30, 2025 48,854,465$ (4) Formal Reserve Adjustment (FY 2025-26) (4,131,896)$ (5) Contribution to Compensated Absences Reserve (FY 2025-26) (77,783)$ (6) ADJUSTED BEGINNING SPENDABLE BALANCE - JULY 1, 2025: 44,644,787$ (7) = (4) thru (6) Non-Recurring Revenue/Use of Resources 1,361,757$ (8) Estimated Budget Savings (FY 2025-26) 5,243,595$ (9) Adopted One-Time Budget Items (4,366,856)$ (10) ERP Ramp-up Contribution (1,202,469)$ (11)
Additional Contribution to CalPERS (5,914,200)$ (12) NET TOTAL NON-RECURRING ITEMS (4,878,173)$ (13) = (8) thru (12) NON-RECURRING BALANCE POST PROPOSED ITEMS 39,766,613$ (14) = (7) + (13) RECURRING BALANCE / (DEFICIT) (1,520,595)$ (15) = (3) PROJECTED SPENDABLE FUND BALANCE - JUNE 30, 2026 38,246,018$ (16) = (14) + (15) Attachment 1 - Page 2
731
2025-26 2026-27 2027-28 2028-29 2029-30
Recurring Items:

Revenues
Sales Tax 59,981 61,181 63,004 64,957 67,023 Property Taxes 82,557 85,859 89,723 93,760 97,980 Utility Users Tax 20,802 22,425 23,546 24,723 25,960 Services Charges - Intra City 17,590 18,646 19,578 20,361 21,074 Services Charges 29,030 30,046 31,097 32,030 32,991 In Lieu of Tax 10,694 11,753 12,341 12,958 13,606 Interest/Use of Money 4,612 4,704 4,751 4,799 4,847 Parking/Traffic/Other Fines 3,164 3,322 3,488 3,628 3,737 Transient Occupancy Tax 14,207 14,704 15,660 16,991 16,736 Building Permits/License Fees 7,073 7,426 7,723 7,994 8,233 Transient Parking Tax 4,889 5,133 5,390 5,660 5,829 Business Taxes 2,538 2,614 2,693 2,773 2,857 Franchises 1,535 1,551 1,566 1,582 1,598 Intergovernmental Revenues 1,986 2,026 2,066 2,108 2,150 Total General Fund Revenues 260,659 $ 271,391 $ 282,628 $ 294,324 $ 304,620 $ Expenditures
City Council (2,377)$ (2,490)$ (2,598)$ (2,692)$ (2,789)$ City Manager (3,920) (4,088) (4,204) (4,315) (4,433) City Clerk (2,166) (2,260) (2,327) (2,391) (2,459) City Treasurer (1,132) (1,180) (1,213) (1,245) (1,278) City Attorney (6,559) (6,832) (7,004) (7,175) (7,356) Management Services (7,966) (8,313) (8,570) (8,810) (9,063) Financial Services (8,120) (8,465) (8,697) (8,922) (9,160) Parks & Recreation (38,167) (39,885) (41,285) (42,552) (43,884) Library Services (11,233) (11,720) (12,075) (12,409) (12,761) Community Development (19,732) (20,597) (21,248) (21,853) (22,491) Public Works (20,901) (21,821) (22,519) (23,166) (23,848) Fire (50,936) (54,311) (56,744) (59,388) (61,390) Police (78,270) (81,519) (84,912) (88,451) (91,124) Non-Departmental (10,701) (11,781) (12,724) (14,459) (14,768) Total General Fund Expenditures (262,180) (275,262) (286,121) (297,827) (306,804) RECURRING BALANCE / (DEFICIT) (1,521)$ (3,872)$ (3,494)$ (3,502)$ (2,185)$ Attachment 2

PROJECTED
General Fund
Financial Forecast FY 2025-26 through FY 2029-30
First Quarter FY 2025-26
(Amounts in Thousands)
Attachment 2 - Page 1
732
2025-26 2026-27 2027-28 2028-29 2029-30
Attachment 2

PROJECTED
General Fund
Financial Forecast FY 2025-26 through FY 2029-30
First Quarter FY 2025-26
(Amounts in Thousands)
Non-Recurring Revenue/Savings Items:

Non-Recurring Revenue/Resources 1,362 $
Estimated Annual Budget Savings 5,244 5,505 5,722 5,957 6,136 Non-Recurring Revenue/Savings Total: 6,605 5,505 5,722 5,957 6,136 Plus Est. Beginning Balance June 30th 48,854 $ 38,246 $ 23,548 $ 16,157 $ 9,681 $ Working Capital Reserve (2,479) (1,962) (1,629) (1,756) (1,347) Emergency Reserve (826) (654) (543) (585) (449) Budget Stabilization Reserve (826) (654) (543) (585) (449) Compensated Absences Reserve (78) -
Adjusted Beginning Balance July 1st 44,645 34,975 20,833 13,230 7,437 Less Non-Recurring Expenses
One-Time Budget Items (4,367)$
ERP Ramp-up (1,202) (1,804) (2,405) (1,503) Contributions to CalPERS (5,914) (4,500) (4,500) (4,500) (4,500) Deposit to 115 Trust (6,758)
Subtotal Non-Recurring Items (11,484) (13,061) (6,905) (6,003) (4,500)

EXCESS/(DEFICIENCY) OF REVENUE
OVER APPROPRIATIONS 39,767 $ 27,419 $ 19,650 $ 13,184 $ 9,073 $ PLUS RECURRING BALANCE (ABOVE) (1,521)$ (3,872)$ (3,494)$ (3,502)$ (2,185)$ ENDING SPENDABLE FUND BALANCE 38,246 $ 23,548 $ 16,157 $ 9,681 $ 6,888 $ FORMAL RESERVE BALANCES 65,545 $ 68,816 $ 71,530 $ 74,457 $ 76,701 $ Attachment 2 - Page 2
733
Description 2025-26 2026-27 2027-28 2028-29 2029-30
Revenues:

Sales Tax (6.9%) 2.0% 3.0% 3.1% 3.2%
Property Taxes 5.0% 4.0% 4.5% 4.5% 4.5%
Utility Users Tax 5.9% 7.8% 5.0% 5.0% 5.0%
Services Charges - Intra City 12.3% 6.0% 5.0% 4.0% 3.5% Service Charges 4.2% 3.5% 3.5% 3.0% 3.0%
In-Lieu of Tax 8.1% 9.9% 5.0% 5.0% 5.0%
Interest/Use of Money (4.3%) 2.0% 1.0% 1.0% 1.0%
Parking/Traffic/Other Fines 21.6% 5.0% 5.0% 4.0% 3.0%
Transient Occupancy Tax 2.6% 3.5% 6.5% 8.5% (1.5%)
Building Permits/License Fees 2.5% 5.0% 4.0% 3.5% 3.0%
Transient Parking Tax 4.0% 5.0% 5.0% 5.0% 3.0%
Business Taxes 3.0% 3.0% 3.0% 3.0% 3.0%
Franchise Fees 1.0% 1.0% 1.0% 1.0% 1.0%
Intergovernmental Revenues 31.4% 2.0% 2.0% 2.0% 2.0%
Expenditures:

Salaries & Wages* - - - - -
Utilities 5.0% 5.0% 3.0% 3.0% 3.0%
Contracts/Services/Other 3.0% 3.0% 3.0% 3.0% 3.0%
Internal Service Funds 7.0% 5.0% 5.0% 4.0% 4.0%
*confidential
Attachment 2

BUDGET PARAMETERS
First Quarter FY 2025-26
Attachment 2 - Page 3
734
CITY of BURBANK
General Fund FY 2025-26
First Quarter Financial Status

FINANCIAL

SERVICES
City Council Study Session
November 18, 2025
735
First Quarter Report Overview
 FY 2024-25 Year End Results (unaudited)
 FY 2025-26 Q1 Results
 Revenues: Highlights & Trends
 Expenditures: Spending to Date
 CalPERS Update
 FY 2025-26 Year End Forecast
 Revised Recurring Budget Balance
 Projected General Fund Spendable Balance
 General Fund 5 Year Financial Forecast
2736
FY 2024-25 Year End Results
 Spendable General Fund balance as of June 30, 2025,
is $49 million
 $28 million higher than the balance projected during the FY 2025-26 budget process
• Receipt/recognition of several one-time revenues
• Recurring revenues 1.5% over revised projections
• Year-end budget savings $3 million higher than projected  After fully funding reserves, the July 1, 2025, starting balance is $44.6 million
 Independent Financial Audit still in process
 Will return to the City Council with the Annual
Comprehensive Financial Report (ACFR)
3737
Q1 Actual Revenue to Revised Forecast
(numbers shown in $1,000’s)
4 Sales Tax 61,777$ 63,381$ 59,981$ (3,400)$ 4,964$ 8.3% Property Tax 79,552 82,557 82,557 273 0.3% Utility User's Tax 18,939 20,802 20,802 4,615 22.2% Service Charges 44,333 46,120 46,620 500 7,143 15.3% Transient Occupancy Tax 13,352 14,407 14,207 (200) 1,165 8.2% Transient Parking Tax 5,273 4,889 4,889 - 0.0% Interest/Use of Money 5,165 4,612 4,612 540 11.7% All Other Revenue 30,437 26,691 26,991 300 6,246 23.1% TOTALS 258,828$ 263,459$ 260,659$ (2,800)$ 24,946$ 9.6% Change
from
Adopted
2025-26
Actual
Received

RECURRING REVENUE
CATEGORY 2024-25
Actual
2025-26
Adopted
2025-26
Revised
% Of
Revenue
Received
738
Q1 General Fund Revenue Adjustments
5 Sales Tax (-$3.4 million)
 FY 2024-25 year-end results were down (4.1%) from revised projections
 Sales tax receipts for 2nd Quarter (Apr-Jun) 2025 decreased (10.9%) vs 2nd Quarter 2024
 LA County down 1.1%, State of CA up 0.5%
 Auto sales declined (50.5%)
 Major retailer no longer operating auto sales within the City  General Consumer goods remained flat despite inflation  Restaurants and Hotels up 2.7%
 TUT revenue not impacted by auto sales decline, up 3.4% 739
Transient Occupancy Tax (-$200,000)
 Federal policies and wildfires have resulted in a decline in travel 6 Q1 General Fund Revenue Adjustments
$0
$50
$100
$150
$200

0.0%

10.0%

20.0%

30.0%

40.0%

50.0%

60.0%

70.0%

80.0%

90.0%
2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025
(to date)
Occupancy Rate ADR
Burbank Hotel Occupancy Rates
740
Q1 General Fund Revenue Adjustments
Services Charges (+$500,000)
Parking Fines (+$300,000)
 Parking Management Program implemented
 Improved parking enforcement efforts
 Emergency Medical Services (EMS) revenues above projections  Increased Park & Recreation revenues, led by expansion of day camp programming
 Safety Services for Filming up 150% for 1Q25 vs 1Q24
 Local efforts to support the California Film and
 Television Tax Credit Program
7741
Q1 General Fund Revenue
8 Property Tax
 Citywide Assessed Value increased by $854 million, 2.6% from the prior year (General Fund 3.7%)
 Reassessments from industrial parcels
 Large residential developments
 Transfers in ownership
 Offset by declines in unsecured property valuations
 Median single-family home sale price in Burbank for the 3rd Quarter 2025 remained stable at $1.3 million
742
Q1 General Fund Expenditure Results
9 *Appropriations include all carryovers as well as any additional General Fund budget amendments approved by Council since the adoption of the FY 2025-26 Budget. The original General Fund adopted budget totals $275,367,900.

EXPENDITURE APPROPRIATIONS EXPENDITURES PERCENT
CATEGORY FY 2025-26 as of 9-30-2025 EXPENDED
Police 81,105,880 19,866,156 24.5%
Fire 54,805,489 14,304,041 26.1%
Parks and Recreation 42,121,359 9,403,842 22.3%
Library Services 12,105,323 2,885,348 23.8%
Community Development 27,749,423 4,589,393 16.5%
Public Works 21,462,254 4,738,585 22.1%
Administrative Services 34,032,646 7,345,547 21.6%
Non-Departmental 26,730,655 14,029,732 52.5%
TOTALS 300,113,029 77,162,644 25.7%
743
2025 CalPERS Update
10  FY 2023-24 net investment returns of 9.3%
 Exceeded CalPERS discount rate of 6.8%
 Increased the City’s overall funded status from 74% to 75%  FY 2024-25 net investment returns of 11.6%
 Should result in lower Unfunded Actuarial Liability (UAL) and increase the City’s funded status for FY 2027-28
 Adoption of the CalPERS experience study assumptions is expected to increase the City’s FY 2027-28 pension costs due to rising salary scale and inflation
 Burbank’s UAL is at $435 million across the City’s three pension plans
744
CalPERS Pension Costs
11 *Amounts shown are the total employer contribution amounts required for FY 2025-26. The City has completed the prepayment of the additional UAL payment to CalPERS, which will result in a net savings of $1,331,066 citywide.

Classification
Actual
FY 2025-26*
Actual
FY 2026-27
Projected
FY 2027-28
Projected
FY 2028-29
Police 3% @ 50 Rate 22.80% 21.72% 21.10% 20.60%
Police Liability Payment $8,314,615 $8,871,926 $9,706,000 $10,824,000 Fire 3% @ 55 Rate 18.32% 17.50% 17.10% 16.70%
Fire Liability Payment $5,818,144 $7,081,964 $7,667,000 $8,547,000 Misc. 2.5% @ 55 Rate 10.76% 10.49% 10.30% 10.10%
Misc. Liability Payment $21,711,502 $24,614,685 $26,298,000 $29,636,000 745
CalPERS Investment Return History

10.80%
-7.10%
-6.00%

3.90%

16.70%

12.60%

12.30%

19.10%
-4.90%
-23.40%

11.60%

20.90%

0.10%

13.20%

18.40%

2.40% 0.60%

11.20%

8.60%

6.70%

4.70%

21.30%
-6.10%

5.80%

9.30%
-25.00%
-20.00%
-15.00%
-10.00%
-5.00%

0.00%

5.00%

10.00%

15.00%

20.00%

25.00%
2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 12 11.60%
746
CalPERS Pension Funding Plan
 Burbank made ADP of $7.5 million for FY 2025-26
 Resulted in $1.3 million in recurring savings ($1 million General Fund) 13 Burbank UAL Savings FY 2026 -27
Classification
Original
FY 2026-27
Payment
NEW
FY 2026-27
Payment SAVINGS
Miscellaneous Plan $25,220,377 $24,614,685 $605,692
Police Plan $9,297,693 $8,871,926 $425,767
Fire Plan $7,381,571 $7,081,964 $299,607
Citywide Total $41,899,641 $40,568,575 $1,331,066
Estimated General Fund Savings: $1,028,220

747
Projected FY 2025-26 General Fund Balance
Adopted FY 2025-26 Recurring Revenues $263,459,151 1st Quarter Revenue Adjustments (2,800,000)
Less: Recurring Appropriations (262,179,746) TOTAL RECURRING DEFICIT ($1,520,595)
14748
Projected FY 2025-26 General Fund Balance
Projected Spendable Fund Balance 6/30/25 $48,854,465 Less: Formal & Compensated Absence Reserve Adjustments (4,209,679) Projected Beginning Spendable Balance 7 /1/25 $44,644,787 Other Non-Recurring Revenue/Use of Resources 1,361,757 Estimated Budget Savings FY 2025-26 5,243,595 Less: Adopted One-Time Budget Items (4,366,856) Less: ERP Ramp-up Contribution (1,202,469) Less: Adopted Contribution to CalPERS (5,914,200) TOTAL NON-RECURRING BALANCE $39,766,613 15749
Projected FY 2025-26 General Fund Balance
Total Recurring Deficit ($1,520,595) Total Non-Recurring Balance 39,766,613

PROJECTED GENERAL FUND
SPENDABLE BALANCE 6/30/26: $38,246,018
16750
General Fund 5-Year Forecast (in millions)
Ending GF
Balance: $38.2 $6.8
17 $260.7
$271.4
$282.6
$294.3
$304.6
$262.2
$275.3
$286.1
$297.8
$306.8
$200
$220
$240
$260
$280
$300
$320
$340
2025-26 2026-27 2027-28 2028-29 2029-30
Revenue Expenses
Balance/
(Deficit): ($1.5) ($3.9) ($3.5) ($3.5) ($2.2) 751
Options to Address the Recurring
FY 2026-27 Deficit: $3.9 million
 No new department budget requests for FY 2026-27
 Strategic departmental budget cuts
 Freezing vacant positions
 Negotiating with labor groups
 Analyzing opportunities for increased revenue
 Investing in items that generate recurring savings
 Use of one-time funds
18752
Burbank is Prepared
 Added Budget Stabilization Fund, increasing General
Fund reserves from 20% to 25%
 Paid down pension liabilities and set aside additional pension funds in a Section 115 Trust
 Adopted a cost recovery policy for City service fees
 Committed funds to capital improvements
 Fully funded our internal service funds
19753
Unrestricted General Fund
One-Time Resources
20 Projected General Fund Balance 6/30/26: $38,246,018

RESERVES AND SPECIAL ACCOUNTS
15% Working Capital $39,441,065
5% Emergency Contingency 13,147,022
Up to 5% Budget Stabilization 13,147,022
Compensated Absences 4,026,625
Section 115 Pension Trust 34,914,136
Total Available One -Time Resources $142,921,888
754
Conclusion
 Current (FY 2025-26) projected General Fund recurring budget deficit of $1.5 million
 General Fund deficit expected in all five years of the forecast  Anticipated spendable balance of $38 million at the end of FY 2025-26
 Strong cash position allows Burbank opportunity to invest one- time funds to generate recurring savings
 Staff will continue to monitor economic conditions and legislative actions and provide updates to City Council 21755
 December 16 – FY 2024-25 Annual Comprehensive Financial Report  March 3 – Mid-Year Financial Report
 May – Distribution and Presentation of Proposed FY 2026-27 Budget  June 2 - Public Hearing and Adoption of FY 2026-27 Budget 22 Future Financial Reports
756
Recommendation
 Note and File
 Staff is available to answer questions
23757
Contact
Jennifer Becker
Financial Services Director
[email protected]
(818) 238-5500
https:/ /www.burbankca.gov/web/financial-services
24 758